THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL.
ADNOC GROUP PROJECTS AND ENGINEERING
ACTIVE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
Specification
APPROVED BY:
NAME: Abdulmunim Al Kindy TITLE: Executive Director PT&CS EFFECTIVE DATE:
AGES-SP-03-002
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/577713/04/2022
GROUP PROJECTS & ENGINEERING / PT&CS DIRECTORATE
CUSTODIAN ADNOC
Group Projects & Engineering / PT&CS Specification applicable to ADNOC & ADNOC Group Companies
REVISION HISTORY
DATE
REV.
NO
PREPARED BY (Designation / Initial)
REVIEWED BY (Designation / Initial)
ENDORSED BY (Designation / Initial)
ENDORSED BY (Designation / Initial)
08-Mar-2022
1
Rajeevan K Maroli / TL. HSE
Mahmoud Abdel Hakim / HOD Pipeline Eng. - GPE
Najem Qambar / VP Group Eng. - GPE
Ebraheem AlRomaithi / SVP - GPE
Reuben Yagambaram / Manager Proj. Portfolio - GPE
Ali Al Breiki / VP Upstream Projects - GPE
Group Projects & Engineering is the owner of this Specification and responsible for its custody, maintenance and periodic update.
In addition, Group Projects & Engineering is responsible for communication and distribution of any changes to this Specification and its version control.
This specification will be reviewed and updated in case of any changes affecting the activities described in this document.
AGES-SP-03-002
Rev. No: 1 Page 2 of 4
12/04/2022All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/577712/04/202213/04/2022
INTER-RELATIONSHIPS AND STAKEHOLDERS
a. The following are inter-relationships for implementation of this Specification:
i. ADNOC Upstream and ADNOC Downstream Industry, Marketing & Trading Directorate.
ii. ADNOC Onshore, ADNOC Offshore, ADNOC Sour Gas, ADNOC Gas Processing. ADNOC LNG,
ADNOC Refining, Fertil, Borouge, Al Dhafra Petroleum, Al Yasat
b. The following are stakeholders for the purpose of this Specification:
iii. ADNOC PT&CS Directorate
c. This Specification has been approved by the ADNOC PT&CS is to be implemented by each ADNOC Group company included above subject to and in accordance with their Delegation of Authority and other governance-related processes in order to ensure compliance.
d. Each ADNOC Group company must establish/nominate a Technical Authority responsible for compliance
with this Specification.
DEFINITIONS
“ADNOC” means Abu Dhabi National Oil Company.
“ADNOC Group” means ADNOC together with each company in which ADNOC, directly or indirectly, controls fifty percent (50%) or more of the share capital.
“Approving Authority” means the decision-making body or employee with the required authority to approve Policies & Procedures or any changes to it.
“Business Line Directorates” or “BLD” means a directorate of ADNOC which is responsible for one or more Group Companies reporting to, or operating within the same line of business as, such directorate.
“Business Support Directorates and Functions” or “Non- BLD” means all the ADNOC functions and the remaining directorates, which are not ADNOC Business Line Directorates.
“CEO” means Chief Executive Officer.
“Group Company” means any company within the ADNOC Group other than ADNOC.
“Specification” means this Active Fire Protection.
CONTROLLED INTRANET COPY The intranet copy of this document located in the section under Group Policies on One ADNOC is the only controlled document. Copies or extracts of this document, which have been downloaded from the intranet, are uncontrolled copies and cannot be guaranteed to be the latest version.
AGES-SP-03-002
Rev. No: 1 Page 3 of 4
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL …5
PART 2 – FIREWATER SYSTEM …25
PART 3 – WATER SPRAY FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM …46
PART 4 – FOAM FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM …76
PART 5 – CLEAN AGENT SYSTEM…155
PART 6 – PORTABLE AND MOBILE FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT …183
PART 7 – GENERAL FIRE FIGHTING VEHICLE AND FIRE STATION …203
PART 8 – SPRINKLER SYSTEMS…283
PART 9 – OTHER FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS …296
AGES-SP-03-002
Rev. No: 1 Page 4 of 4
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL.
ADNOC GROUP PROJECTS AND ENGINEERING
ACTIVE FIRE PROTECTION
Specification
Part 1 – General
AGES-SP-03-002
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
INTRODUCTION …4
SCOPE …4
2.1
2.2
INCLUSIONS …4
EXCLUSIONS…5
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS …5
3.1 GENERAL DEFINITIONS…5
3.2
3.3
TECHNICAL DEFINITIONS…6
ABBREVIATIONS …7
ADNOC REFRENCES …8
4.1
4.2
ADNOC HSE STANDARDS …8
ADNOC GROUP ENGINEERING STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS (AGES) …9
INDUSTRY REFERENCES…10
DOCUMENT PRECEDENCE …17
SPECIFICATION DEVIATION / CONCESSION CONTROL …17
QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE …17
SUB-CONTRACTORS …18
10
PAINTING, PRESERVATION AND SHIPMENT…18
10.1 PACKAGING AND SHIPPING …18
10.2 PRESERVATION AND STORAGE …19
11
12
GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE …19
INSPECTION, TESTING AND MAINTENANCE…20
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 2 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 3.1 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS …7
LIST OF FIGURES
No table of figures entries found.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 3 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1
INTRODUCTION
This Standard covers the design of most active fire protection systems involving all COMPANY Projects and upgrade of existing facilities. It addresses the following measures:
Part 1 – General Part 2 – Firewater System Part 3 – Water Spray Fire Protection System Part 4 – Foam Fire Protection System Part 5 – Clean Agent System Part 6 – Portable and Mobile Firefighting Equipment Part 7 – General Fire Fighting Vehicle and Fire Station Part 8 – Sprinkler Systems Part 9 – Other Fire Protection Systems
Part 1- General is intended to describe some general information which will be applicable to all other parts, while Part 2 to 9 concentrates on design criteria, installation, testing and maintenance requirements of the different active fire protection systems. Some overlap is provided, such as document references, where necessary for clarity.
The Standard applies to both, greenfield and brownfield projects and shall be implemented taking account of integration requirements with any existing COMPANY operational, maintenance and spares holding practices. A prerequisite to the application of this Standard will therefore require clarity on the following elements:
Project Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE) Philosophy Project Basis of Design
Operations & Maintenance Philosophy
These elements help define the philosophical approach to Major Accident Hazard (MAH) management in terms of detection, control, mitigation and Emergency Response (ER) requirements. Clarity on these aspects in terms of manual, remote manual or automatic action, will have a major bearing on the design of the ‘ Active Fire Protection’ arrangements.
This Standard is not retrospective but can be used, so far as practicable, to reduce risk on existing plant.
2
SCOPE
2.1
Inclusions
The scope of this document covers all COMPANY Business areas (apart from the exclusions stated in section 2.2).
Upstream Oil and or Gas production facilities; ONSHORE facilities, OFFSHORE installations and Artificial
Islands;
Petrochemical (Fertiliser and Polyolefins plants);
Downstream (Gas Processing, Refinery, LNG); Distribution Terminals including outlets (Bulk Storage, Loading bays);
Industrial Gases.
This Standard applies to Brownfield Projects (Subject to feasibility of integration with existing facilities). Brownfield is defined as new permanent facilities that are to be erected inside the boundary (or control) of an existing operating facility. These include permanent modifications and facility expansions.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 4 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The philosophy may be used to determine the requirements for building protection against an incident involving the process / utility areas, including if such a unit is within a building, but the requirements within a building shall be determined by Abu Dhabi Building Codes, UAE Fire & Life Safety code and AGES-SP-03-003 Building Design Safety Specification.
2.2
Exclusions
All drilling facilities Temporary modifications at existing operating facilities Building’s design
Dust / hazards from handling solids (to be managed as special cases).
3
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
3.1
General Definitions
The following defined terms are used throughout this document:
“Commissioning” means procedures prior to or related to handing over the system for placing into service. This often includes acceptance testing, handing over of drawings and documentation, delivering instructions for operations, maintenance etc., and providing training.
“CONCESSION REQUEST” - A deviation requested by the CONTRACTOR or SUPPLIER, usually after receiving the contract package or purchase order. Often, it refers to an authorization to use, repair, recondition, reclaim or release materials, components or equipment already in progress or completely manufactured but which does not meet or comply with COMPANY requirements. A CONCESSION REQUEST is subject to COMPANY approval
“COMPANY” means ADNOC, ADNOC Group or an ADNOC Group Company, and includes any agent or consultant authorized to act for, and on behalf of the COMPANY.
“CONSULTANT” means the party that performs specific services, which may include but are not limited to, Engineering, Technical support, preparation of Technical reports and other advisory related services specified by the party that engages them, i.e. COMPANY, CONTRACTOR or its SUBCONTRACTOR(s).
“CONTRACTOR” means the parties that carry out all or part of the design, engineering, procurement, construction, commissioning or management for ADNOC projects. CONTRACTOR includes its approved MANUFACTURER(s), SUPPLIER(s), SUB-SUPPLIER(s) and SUB-CONTRACTOR(s).
“MANUFACTURER / VENDOR / SUPPLIER” means the party which manufactures and/or supplies equipment, technical documents/drawings and services to perform the duties specified by the COMPANY/CONTRACTOR.
“may” means a permitted option
“shall” indicates mandatory requirements
“should” means a recommendation
“SUB-CONTRACTOR” means any party engaged by the CONTRACTOR to undertake any assigned work on their behalf. COMPANY maintains the right to review all proposed SUB-CONTRACTORs; this right does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of their obligations under the Contract, nor does it create any contractual relationship between COMPANY and the SUB-CONTRACTOR.
“SUB-VENDOR” means any supplier of equipment and support services for an equipment/package or part thereof supplied by a VENDOR.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 5 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 3.2
Technical Definitions
“Building / Enclosure” means any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy of people.
“Escalation” Increase in severity of consequences due to failure of preventative barriers or mitigation measures.
“Fire Detection Zone (FDZ, same F&G Zone)” A geographical area defined to identify the location of a fire or hazardous leak from containment so that Emergency Response measures can be initiated and targeted.
“Fire Zone” Fire zones are areas of the plant sub-divided based on the potential for fire & explosion hazard to cause escalation, as assessed by the consequence and risk modelling.
The partition into fire zones is such that the consequence of fire or an explosion corresponding to the reasonably worst event likely to occur in the concerned fire zone shall not impact other fire zones to an extent where their integrity could be put at risk.
The partition of the fire zone is intended to limit the consequence (escalation) of credible events but is not intended to avoid the occurrence of the credible events. (Ref. HSE-GA-ST07, HSE Design Philosophy)
“Hazard” The potential to cause harm, including ill health and injury, damage to property, products or the environment; production losses or increased liabilities (HSE-RM-ST01, HSE Risk Management).
“Hazardous Area” An area in which a flammable atmosphere is or may be expected to be present in quantities such as to require special precautions for the control of potential ignition sources.
“Ignition Source” Source of temperature and energy sufficient to initiate combustion [API].
“Inherently Safer” A condition in which the hazards associated with the materials and operations used in the process have been reduced or eliminated, and this reduction or elimination is permanent and inseparable from the process.
“Non-Hazardous Area” All areas not classified as hazardous under normal operations.
“Offshore Installation” A buoyant or non-buoyant construction engaged in offshore operations including drilling, production, storage or support functions, and which is designed and intended for use at a location for an extended period.
“UAE F&LS Code” means United Arab Emirates Fire and Life Safety Code of Practice.
“Utility” An energy or services supplier, including electricity, instrument air, steam or heating medium, fuels (oil, gas, etc.), refrigeration, cooling water or cooling medium, or inert gases.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 6 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 3.3
Abbreviations
The abbreviations used throughout this document are shown in Table 3.1.
Table 3.1 List of Abbreviations
Abbreviations
ADIBC
ADNOC
ALARP
AFP
API
ASTM
BS-EN
CAD
CCR
EI
CCR
CRS
EPC
ESD
FACP
FEED
FGS
FM
HAZID
HAZOP
HFE
HMI
HSE
HVAC
IOGP
ISO
NFPA
P&ID
PPE
PPM
PSV
Abu Dhabi International Building Code
Abu Dhabi National Oil Company
As Low as Reasonably Practicable
Active Fire Protection
American Petroleum Institute
American Society of Testing and Materials
British Standards / European Standards
Computer-Aided Design
Central Control Room
Energy Institute
Central Control Room
Concession Request Sheet
Engineering Procurement and Construction
Emergency Shutdown System
Fire Alarm Control Panel
Front End Engineering Design
Fire and Gas System
Factory Mutual
Hazard Identification
Hazard and Operability Study
Human Factors Engineering
Human Machine Interface
Health, Safety and Environment
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
International Oil and Gas Producers
International Standards Organization
National Fire Prevention Association
Piping and Instrumentation Drawing
Personal Protective Equipment
Planned preventative maintenance
Pressure Safety Valve
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 7 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Abbreviations
QA
QC
UL
UPS
Quality Assistance
Quality Control
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
Uninterruptible Power Supply
4
ADNOC REFRENCES
4.1
ADNOC HSE Standards
HSE-EN-ST01
HSE-EN-ST02
HSE-EN-ST03
HSE-EN-ST04
HSE-EN-ST05
HSE-EN-ST06
HSE-EN-ST07
HSE-GA-ST01
HSE-GA-ST02
HSE-GA-ST03
HSE-GA-ST04
HSE-GA-ST05
HSE-GA-ST06
HSE-GA-ST07
HSE-GA-ST08
HSE-GA-ST09
HSE-GA-ST11
HSE-GA-ST11
HSE-OS-ST20
HSE-OS-ST21
HSE-OS-ST29
Environmental Impact Assessment
Pollution Prevention and Control
Energy Management Systems
Waste Management
Environmental Performance Monitoring
Biodiversity Protection
Air Dispersion Modelling Techniques (TBC)
HSE Governance Framework
HSE Management System Manual
Critical HSE Roles & Competence
Incident Notification, Reporting & Investigation
Contractor HSE Management
Project HSE Plans
HSE Design Philosophy
HSE Performance Monitoring & Reporting
HSE Audit and Assurance
Life Saving Rules
Life Saving Rules
Personal Protection Equipment
Management of H2S
HSECES Management
HSE-OS-ST30
Management of Technical Changes
HSE-RM-ST01
HSE-RM-ST02
HSE-RM-ST03
HSE-RM-ST04
HSE-RM-ST05
HSE-RM-ST06
HSE Risk Management System
HSE Impact Assessment (HSEIA)
HAZID ENVID OHID
Hazard & Operability Study (HAZOP)
SIL Determination
Control of major accident Hazards (COMAH)
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 8 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 HSE-RM-ST08
HSE-RM-ST09
HSE-RM-ST10
HSE-RM-ST11
HSE-RM-ST12
HSE-RM-ST13
HSE-CE-ST01
HSE-CE-ST03
Emergency System Survivability Assessment (ESSA)
Fire and Explosion Risk Assessment (FERA)
Quantified Risk Assessment (QRA)
Project HSE Review (PHSER)
Pre-Startup Safety Review (PSSR)
Inherently Safer Design
Emergency Response and Crisis Management
Fire and Rescue Operations
AHQ/HSE/CRMIGlD/OO1/R00l19 Foam Concentrate Management Guideline for Mobile Response
4.2
ADNOC Group Engineering Standards and Specifications (AGES)
AGES-GL-02-001
Electrical Engineering Design Guide
AGES-GL-03-001
Facility Layout & Separation Distances Guidelines
AGES-GL-07-001
AGES-GL-13-001
AGES-GL-13-002
AGES-GL-16-003
AGES-PH-03-001
AGES-PH-03-002
AGES-SP-02-011
AGES-SP-03-003
AGES-SP-03-005
Material Selection Guidelines
Contractors QA/QC Requirement
Positive Material Identification of Equipment and Piping
Basic Engineering Design Data (BEDD)
Emergency Shutdown and Depressurisation System Philosophy
Fire & Gas Detection and Fire Protection System Philosophy
Electrical Power, Control and Earthing Cables
Building Design Safety Specification
Specification for Hazardous Area Classification (Supplement to EI 15)
AGES-SP-04-003
Fire & Gas System Specification
AGES-SP-04-006
Instrument & Control Cable Specification
AGES-SP-05-001
AGES-SP-05-006
AGES-SP-05-008
Centrifugal Pumps (API 610) Specification
Rotating Equipment Minimum General Requirements and System Integration Specification
Centrifugal Pumps for General (Utility) & Firewater Service Specification
AGES-SP-06-001
Design Criteria for Static Equipment
AGES-SP-07-001
Cathodic Protection Specification
AGES-SP-07-003
AGES-SP-07-004
AGES-SP-07-007
AGES-SP-07-009
Requirements for Materials in Severe Service
Painting and Coating Specification
Welding
Galvanizing
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 9 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 AGES-SP-07-011
Preservation and Export Packing Specification
AGES-SP-09-001
Piping Design Basis
AGES-SP-09-002
AGES-SP-09-014
AGES-SP-13-001
AGES-SP-13-002
AGES-SP-13-003
AGES-SP-14-001
Piping Materials Specification
Fibre Reinforced Plastic Piping and Pipeline Systems
Criticality Rating Specification
Procurement Inspection and Certification Requirement in Projects
Traceability of Shop and Filed Piping Materials
HVAC Design Basis
5
INDUSTRY REFERENCES
The following Codes and Standards are minimum but not limited that shall form a part of this specification. When an edition date is not indicated for a Code or Standard, the latest edition in force at the time of the contract award shall apply.
AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE
AISI 304
AISI 306
AISI 316
AISI 316L
American Iron and Steel Institute
American Iron and Steel Institute
American Iron and Steel Institute
American Iron and Steel Institute
AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE
API 14 C
API 14 F
API 14 G
API 14 J
API 2160
API 2218
API 2510 A
Analysis, Design, Installation, and Testing of Safety Systems for Offshore Production Facilities
Recommended Practice for Design and Installation of Electrical Systems for Offshore Production Platforms
Recommended Practice for Fire Prevention and Control on Open Type Offshore Production Platforms
Recommended Practice for Design and Hazards Analysis for Offshore Production Facilities
Design, construction, operation, maintenance, and inspection of chemical and tank facilities
Fireproofing Practices in Petroleum and Petrochemical Processing Plants
Fire-Protection Considerations for the Design and Operation of Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) Storage Facilities
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 10 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE
API 2510 and API 2510A
Design and Construction of LPG Installations
API RP 2001
Fire Protection at Refineries
API RP 2021
Management of Atmospheric Storage Tank Fires
API RP 2030
Application of fixed Water Spray Systems for Fire Protection in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR CIVIL ENGINEERS
ASCE 7 -16
Appendix-E Performance Based Design Procedures for Fire Effects on Structures” of “ASCE 7 -16 Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
ASME Section VIII Division 1
ASME B16.5
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings NPS 1⁄2 Through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard
ASME B31.3
Process Piping
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS
ASTM A 106
ASTM A 193
ASTM A194/A194M
ASTM A216/A216M
ASTM B 148
ASTM B171/B171M
Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service
Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service
Standard Specification for Carbon Steel, Alloy Steel, and Stainless Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both
Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for High-Temperature Service
Specification for Aluminum-Bronze Sand Castings
Standard Specification for Copper-Alloy Plate and Sheet for Pressure Vessels, Condensers, and Heat Exchangers
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 11 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS
ASTM B240
ASTM B466
ASTM B467
ASTM B 584
Standard Specification for Zinc and Zinc-Aluminum (ZA) Alloys in Ingot Form for Foundry and Die Castings
Standard Specification for Seamless Copper-Nickel Pipe and Tube
Standard Specification for Welded Copper-Nickel Pipe
Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications
ASTM D 2584
Test Method for Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins
ASTM D 3299
ASTM D 3418
ASTM E 1002
ASTM E-1529
Standard Specification for Filament Wound Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermoset-Resin, Chemical Resistant Tanks
Standard Test Method for Transition Temperatures and Enthalpies of Fusion and Crystallization of Polymers by Differential Scanning Calorimetry
Standard Test Method for Leaks
Standard Test Methods for Determining Effects of Large Hydrocarbon Pool Fires on Structural Members and Assemblies
BRITISH / EUROPEAN STANDARDS
BS 336
BS 1635
BS 476-20
BS 5306
BS 6266
BS 6391
BS 7273
BS 7863
EN 166
EN 374-1
EN 388
EN 943-2
EN 1147
Specification for Fire Hose Couplings and Ancillary Equipment
Graphical Symbols and Abbreviations Standard
Fire tests on building materials and structures. Methods for determination of the fire resistance of elements of construction (general principles)
Code of practice for fire extinguishing installations and equipment on premises – All parts
Fire protection for electronic equipment installations. Code of practice
Specification for non-percolating layflat delivery hoses and hose assemblies for firefighting purposes
Code of practice for the operation of fire protection measures
Recommendations for colour coding to indicate the extinguishing media contained in portable fire extinguishers
Personal eye-protection — Specifications
Protective gloves against dangerous chemicals and micro-organisms
Protective gloves against mechanical risks
Protective clothing against dangerous solid, liquid and gaseous chemicals, including liquid and solid aerosols
Portable ladders for fire service use
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 12 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 EN 13565-1
EN 14126
EN ISO 20345
EN ISO 20471
EN 3
EN 1363
EN 1568
EN 1992
EN 1994
EN 476
EN 54-20
EN_ISO_13702
EN_ISO_834
PD CEN/TS 15989
Fixed firefighting systems. Foam systems. Part 1: Requirements and Test
Protective clothing —Performance requirements and tests methods for protective clothing against infective agents
Personal protective equipment - Safety footwear
High visibility clothing — Test methods and requirements
Fire Extinguisher Colour Code
Fire resistance tests
Fire Extinguishing Media-Foam Concentrates
Design of Concrete Structures General Rules – Structural Fire Design
Design of composite and concrete structures. General Rules-Structural Fire Design.
Fire tests on building materials and structures.
Fire detection and fire alarm systems. Aspirating smoke detectors
Petroleum and natural gas industries — Control and mitigation of fires and explosions on offshore production installations — Requirements and guidelines
Fire Resistance Tests - Elements of Building Construction
Firefighting and rescue service vehicles and equipment - Graphical symbols for control elements and displays and for markings
ENERGY INSTITUTE
EI 15
EI 19
EI 9
Model code of safe practice Part 15: Area classification for installations handling flammable fluids
Model Code of Safe Practice, Part 19,: Fire Precautions at Petroleum Refineries and Bulk Storage Installations
Large bulk pressure storage and refrigerated LPG
INTERNATIONAL ELECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION
IEC 529
IEC 60331
IEC 60332
Classification of Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures
Tests for Electric Cables Under Fire Conditions
Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under fire conditions
IEC 60079-10
Classification of areas - Explosive gas atmospheres
IEC 60529
IEC 61508
Ingress Protection Marking
Functional Safety of Electrical/Electronic/Programmable Electronic Safety- related Systems (E/E/PE, or E/E/PES)
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 13 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 IEC 61511
Functional safety - Safety instrumented systems for the process industry sector
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)
ISO 1185
ISO 1461
ISO 1728
ISO 2954
Road vehicles - Connectors for the electrical connection of towing and towed vehicles — 7-pole connector type 24 N (normal) for vehicles with 24 V nominal supply voltage
Metallic Coatings - Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings on Fabricated Ferrous Products
Road Vehicles - Pneumatic Braking Connections Between Motor Vehicles and Towed Vehicles - Interchangeability
Mechanical Vibration of Rotating and Reciprocating Machinery
- Requirements for Instruments for Measuring Vibration Severity
ISO 4642 Part 1&2
Rubber Products - Hoses, Noncollapsible, for Firefighting Service
ISO 5128
ISO 7731
ISO 9001
ISO 9004
Acoustics - Measurements of Noise Inside Vehicles
Ergonomics -Danger signals for public and work areas — Auditory danger signals
Quality Management Systems – Requirements
Quality management — Quality of an organization — Guidance to achieve sustained success.
ISO 10474
Steel and Steel Products Inspection Documents
ISO 13702
ISO 19011
ISO 45001
Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries – Control and Mitigation of Fires and Explosions on Offshore Production Installations – Requirements and Guidelines
Guidelines for Auditing Management Systems
Occupational health and safety management systems
INTERNATIONAL CODES
IBC
IFC
International Building Code
International Fire Code
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 1
NFPA 10
Fire Code
Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 14 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 NFPA 11
NFPA 12
NFPA 13
NFPA 14
NFPA 15
NFPA 17
Standard for Low, Medium and High Expansion Foam
Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems
Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems
Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems
Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection
Standard for the Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 17 A
Standard for the Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 20
NFPA 22
NFPA 24
NFPA 25
NFPA 30
NFPA 45
NFPA 55
NFPA 58
NFPA 59
NFPA 59 A
NFPA 70
NFPA 72
NFPA 76
Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection
Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection
Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Manis and Their Appurtenances
Standard for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenances of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems
Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals
Compressed gases and cryogenic fluids code
Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code
Standard for the Storage and handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases at Utility Gas Plants. Incl Appendix D: Procedure for Torch Fire
Standard for the Production, Storage, and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG)
National Electric Code
National Fire Alarm and Signalling Code
Standard for the Fire Protection of Telecommunications Facilities
NFPA 90 A
Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems
NFPA 90 B
NFPA 96
NFPA 101
NFPA 170
NFPA 414
NFPA 600
NFPA 750
Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems
Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations
Life Safety Code
Standard for Fire Safety and Emergency Symbols
Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting Vehicles
Standard for Facility Fire Brigades
Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 15 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 NFPA 1901
NFPA 1961
NFPA 1981
NFPA 2001
NFPA 5000
Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus
Standard on Fire Hose
Standard on Open-Circuit Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) for Emergency Services
Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems
Building Construction and Safety Code
REICHS AUSSCHLUSS FÜR LIEFERBEDINGUNGEN (RAL) (NATIONAL COMMITTEE FOR DELIVERY AND QUALITY ASSURANCE):
RAL 1021
RAL 3000
RAL 9003
RAL 9005
RAL 9010
UAE CODES
Standard Colour Yellow
Standard Colour Red
Standard Colour Olive Green
Standard Colour Black
Standard Colour White
UAE Fire & Life Safety Code
ADIBC
Abu Dhabi International Building Code
UNITED NATIONS
E/ECE/324- E/ECE/TRANS/505
Addendum 12, Regulation 13
Addendum 13, Regulation 14
Addendum 15, Regulation 16
Addendum 16, Regulation 17
Addendum 28, Regulation 29
United Nations’ Agreement concerning the adoption of uniform conditions of approval and reciprocal recognition of approval for motor vehicle equipment and parts
Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles with Regard to Braking
Safety Belt Anchorage
Safety Belts
Strength of Seats, Their Anchorage and Head Restraints
Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles with Regard to the Protection of the Occupants of the Cab of a Commercial Vehicle
UNDERWRITER LABORATORIES INCORPORATED
UL 1091
UL 1709
UL Standard for Safety Butterfly Valves for Fire-Protection Service
Standard for Safety Rapid Rise Fire Tests of Protection Materials for Structural Steel
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 16 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 6
DOCUMENT PRECEDENCE
The specifications and codes referred to in this Specification shall, unless stated otherwise, be the latest approved issue at the time of contract award.
It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to be, or to become, knowledgeable of the requirements of the referenced Codes and Standards.
The CONTRACTOR shall notify the COMPANY of any apparent conflict between this specification, the related data sheets, the Codes and Standards and any other specifications noted herein.
Resolution and/or interpretation precedence shall be obtained from the COMPANY in writing before proceeding with the design/manufacture.
In case of conflict, the order of document precedence shall be:
a. UAE Statutory requirements
b. ADNOC HSE Standards
c. Equipment datasheets and drawings
d. Project Specifications and standard drawings
e. Company Specifications
f. National / International Standards
7
SPECIFICATION DEVIATION / CONCESSION CONTROL
Deviations from this Specification are only acceptable where the MANUFACTURER has listed in his quotation the requirements he cannot, or does not wish to comply with, and the COMPANY / CONTRACTOR has accepted in writing the deviations before the order is placed.
In the absence of a list of deviations, it will be assumed that the MANUFACTURER complies fully with this Specification.
Any technical deviations to the Purchase Order and its attachments including, but not limited to, the Data Sheets and Narrative Specifications shall be sought by the MANUFACTURER only through Concession Request Format. Concession requests require CONTRACTOR’S and COMPANY’S review / approval, prior to the proposed technical changes being implemented. Technical changes implemented prior to COMPANY approval are subject to rejection.
8
QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE
SUPPLIER‘s quality management systems shall comply with all the requirements of ISO 9001 - Quality Management Systems – Requirements and ISO 9004 - Quality Management — Quality of an organization — Guidance to Achieve Sustained Success. The quality system shall provide for the planned and systematic control of all quality-related activities performed during design.
The quality management system shall be implemented in accordance with CONTRACTOR’S Quality Manual and the Project Quality Plan, which shall both together with all related / referenced procedures, be submitted to COMPANY for review, comment and approval.
SUB-CONTRACTOR shall have in effect at all times, a QA/QC program, which clearly establishes the authority and responsibility of those responsible for the quality management system. Persons performing quality functions
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 17 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 shall have sufficient and well-defined authority to enforce quality requirements that initiate, identify, recommend and provide solutions to quality problems and verify the effectiveness of the corrective action.
CONTRACTOR shall identify in purchase documents to its SUB-CONTRACTORs all applicable QA/QC requirements imposed by the COMPANY and shall ensure compliance. On request, CONTRACTOR shall provide objective evidence of its QA/QC surveillance of its SUB-CONTRACTORs activities. If selected SUB- CONTRACTORs have ISO 9001 certification, as required for contracted scope, then copies of these certifications are to be provided for COMPANY review. The COMPANY may elect to waive their audits in favor of ISO 9001 registrar audits. Any contracted services without ISO 9001 certification will be subject to COMPANY audit requirements.
COMPANY / CONTRACTOR reserves the right to inspect materials and workmanship standards at all stages of manufacture and to witness any or all tests. The SUB-CONTRACTOR, 30 days after award but prior to the pre- inspection meeting, shall provide CONTRACTOR with a copy of its manufacturing Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) for review and inclusion of any mandatory COMPANY / CONTRACTOR witness or hold points.
The Criticality Rating (CR) outlined in respective ADNOC Group Company’s Quality System Specifications shall be used by CONTARCTOR or CONTRACTOR’s designee to develop the design checking levels and minimum requirements of production checks, shop inspection, testing and material certification.
The SUB-CONTRACTOR shall provide equipment inspection and test reports as per approved Inspection and Test Plan by CONTRACTOR.
The SUB-CONTRACTOR shall submit a quality plan for approval by COMPANY / CONTRACTOR.
9
SUB-CONTRACTORS
The SUB-CONTRACTOR shall assume unit responsibility and overall guarantee for the equipment package and associated equipment.
The SUB-CONTRACTOR shall transmit all relevant purchase order documents including specifications to his VENDORS.
It is the SUB-CONTRACTOR’S responsibility to enforce all Purchase Order and Specification requirements on his VENDORS.
The SUB-CONTRACTOR shall submit all relevant VENDOR drawings and engineering data to the CONTRACTORS.
The SUB-CONTRACTOR shall obtain and transit all VENDOR warranties to the CONTRACTOR/COMPANY, in addition to the system warranty.
10
PAINTING, PRESERVATION AND SHIPMENT
10.1
Packaging and Shipping
Preparation for shipment shall be in accordance with AGES-SP-07-011, Preservation and Export Packing, VENDOR’S standards and as noted herein. SUB-CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the adequacy of the preparation for shipment provisions with respect to materials and application, and to provide equipment at the destination in ex-works condition when handled by commercial carriers. Adequate protection shall be provided to prevent mechanical damage and atmospheric corrosion in transit and at the jobsite.
Preparation for shipment and packing will be subject to inspection and rejection by COMPANY’S / CONTRACTOR’S inspectors. All costs occasioned by such rejection shall be to the account of the VENDOR.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 18 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 After inspection and test, equipment shall be completely free of water and dry before start of preparation for shipment.
Equipment shall be packed, securely anchored, and skid mounted when required. Bracing, supports, and rigging connections shall be provided to prevent damage during transit, lifting, or unloading. All temporary bracing/supports shall be marked “REMOVE BEFORE EQUIPMENT COMMISSIONING AND STARTUP.”
Open ends of tubes and pipe shall be capped for protection. Female threaded connections shall be plugged with solid metal pipe plugs, and male threaded connections shall be protected with full metal pipe caps.
Separate, loose, and spare parts shall be completely boxed. Pieces of equipment and spare parts shall be identified by item number and service and marked with Contractor’s order number, tag number, and weight, both inside and outside of each individual package or container. A bill of material shall be enclosed in each package or container of parts.
Exposed finished and machined surfaces, including bolting, shall be given a coating of rust inhibiting compound. Internal metal surfaces shall be sprayed or coated with a suitable rust preventative prior to shipment. Openings shall be suitably tagged to indicate the rust preventative applied.
Mechanical seal assemblies shall be fully protected from rusting and entry of moisture and dirt.
One complete set of the installation, operation, and maintenance instructions shall be packed in the boxes or crates with equipment. This is in addition to the number called for in the Purchase Order.
10.2
Preservation and Storage
Equipment and materials shall be protected to withstand ocean transit and extended period of storage at the jobsite for a minimum period of 18 months. Equipment shall be protected to safeguard against all adverse environments, such as humidity, moisture, rain, dust, dirt, sand, mud, salt air, salt spray, and seawater.
All equipment and material shall be preserved, and export packed in accordance with AGES-SP-07-011, Preservation and Export Packing Specification.
Checklists and procedures for emergency situations, troubleshooting techniques, maintenance operations and procedures shall be included in the manual.
11
GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE
CONTRACTOR/ VENDOR / MANUFACTURER shall guarantee that the supplied equipment components conform to the Contract Documents and are new and free from any defects, including faulty design, materials or workmanship. Should any defects, without limitation, in design, material, workmanship or operating characteristics to be present at or develop within twelve (12) months from the date of components are first used as intended, or eighteen (18) months from the date of shipment, whichever is earlier, VENDOR shall, at his expense, do all things necessary to rectify the defects.
CONTRACTOR/MANUFACTURER / VENDOR shall guarantee that the equipment offered shall meet all of the performance criteria specified on the data sheet and scope of supply.
In the event of any performance deficiency the CONTRACTOR/ VENDOR / MANUFACTURER shall be solely responsible for executing all necessary corrective measures at no cost to COMPANY.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 19 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 12
INSPECTION, TESTING AND MAINTENANCE
Group companies shall ensure that a consistent approach to inspection, testing and maintenance programmes is applied to all of its sites. Planned preventative maintenance (PPM) is essential to ensure that fire and life safety systems operate as designed and also adhere to statutory requirements.
GC`s shall ensure a programme is in place which specifies which systems will be part of the PPM programme, the inspection and test methods and the frequency of such tests. The programme should identify which standards are being adopted to ensure all fire and life safety systems are tested according to a specific standard, procedure or instruction.
Standardised checklists should be available for each type of equipment to ensure consistency across all sites. As an example a GC may adopt the requirements of NFPA 25 in relation to the inspection, testing and maintenance of water based fire protection systems.
Where a piece of equipment or a system does not have a standard adopted, the manufacturers specifications shall be adopted.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-1)
Rev. No: 1 Page 20 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL.
ADNOC GROUP PROJECTS AND ENGINEERING
ACTIVE FIRE PROTECTION
Specification
Part 2 – Firewater System
AGES-SP-03-002
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
GENERAL …5
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
INTRODUCTION…5
PURPOSE…5
DEFINITIONS & ABBREVIATIONS …5
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS…6
DOCUMENT PRECEDENCE …7
SPECIFICATION DEVIATION / CONCESSION CONTROL…7
2
FIREWATER SUPPLY AND STORAGE …7
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
FIREWATER SUPPLY …7
STORAGE CAPACITY …8
FIREWATER QUALITY …9
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FIREWATER TANKS …9
3
FIREWATER PUMPS …10
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
DRIVERS …10
CAPACITY OF PUMPS …11
SPARING CAPACITY …11
HEAD CHARACTERISTICS…12
FIREWATER PUMPS CONTROLLERS AND SEQUENCING…12
JOCKEY PUMPS…13
FIREWATER PUMPS SUCTION / DISCHARGE PIPING …13
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FIREWATER PUMPS…13
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY …14
3.10 FIREWATER PUMPS TESTING …14
4
FIREWATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM …15
4.1
4.2
FIREWATER MAIN…15
ISOLATION VALVES …15
4.3 MATERIALS …16
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
INSTALLATION…16
FIREWATER HYDRANTS…16
FIREWATER MONITORS …17
HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS…19
SURGE ANALYSIS …19
FIREWATER SYSTEM TESTING …20
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 2 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 5
OTHER REQUIREMENTS …20
5.1 QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE …20
5.2
5.3
SUB-CONTRACTORS …20
PAINTING, PRESERVATION AND SHIPMENT …20
5.4 GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE …20
5.5
INSPECTION, TESTING AND MAINTENANCE …20
APPENDICES …21
APPENDIX A1. TYPICAL SKETCH OF FIREWATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM …21
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 3 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1-1 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS …6 TABLE 2-1 CONTINGENCY FOR WATER DEMAND CALCULATIONS …8
LIST OF FIGURES
No table of figures entries found.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 4 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1
GENERAL
1.1
Introduction
This technical specification contains the minimum design requirements for Firewater Storage, Firewater Pumps, Firewater Network, Firewater Hydrants and Monitors.
These requirements shall be applied to new installations and to major modifications or extensions of existing installations.
This Part of the specification, Part 2- Firewater System shall be read in conjunction with Part 1- General.
1.2
Purpose
In general, the purpose of this specification is to provide a design basis for Firewater System for Projects. General requirements for Firewater System can also be found in the Fire & Gas Detection and Fire Protection System Philosophy, AGES-PH-03-002 (Part-4).
It is intended to be used as a basis for the development of detailed design documents (including scope, basis of design, technical requirements, plans, drawings, specifications, cost estimates, request for proposals, and invitations for bids).
It must be used as a reference document and requirement in the procurement and engineering services and other consulting services to prepare detailed design documents including those for design/build projects. It is not intended to be used in lieu of detailed design documents in the procurement of facility construction.
1.3
Definitions & Abbreviations
1.3.1
General Definitions
Refer to Section 3.1 of Part 1 - General
1.3.2
Technical Definitions
Refer to Section 3.2 of Part 1 – General.
Additional definitions for this Part 2 – Firewater Systems are the following:
“Boilover” means violent ejection of flammable liquid from its container caused by the vaporization of water beneath the body of liquid. It may occur after a lengthy burning period of products such as crude oil when the heat wave has passed down through the liquid and reaches the water bottom in a storage tank. It will not occur to any significant extent with water-soluble liquids or light products such as gasoline.
“Fluid Category” As per American regulation (NFPA 30), hydrocarbons fluids are classified as follows:
Fluid class I IA: Liquid having a flash point below 22.8°C and a boiling point below 37.8°C IB: Liquid having a flash point below 22.8°C and a boiling point above 37.8°C IC: Liquid having a flash point at or above 22.8°C and below 37.8°C Fluid class II: Liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8°C and below 60°C Fluid class III IIIA: Liquid having a flash point at or above 60°C and below 93°C IIIB: Liquid having a flash point at or above 93°C.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 5 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 “Flash Point” means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off sufficient vapour to form an ignitable mixture with air.
“Foam” means a stable aggregation of bubbles of lower density than oil or water.
“Foam Concentrate” means the foaming agent for mixing with the appropriate amounts of water and air to produce finished foam. A concentrated liquid foaming agent as received from the manufacturers.
“Friction Loss” means the loss of pressure in a flowing stream resulting from resistance to flow imposed by the inside of the pipe or hose and by changes in flow direction such as elbows and tees.
“Monitor” means a large heavy water stream nozzle, controlled by wheel operated gears and/or swivel connections, for safety backup protection on all large volume fire evolutions on the field.
“Nozzle Pressure” means the pressure at which water is being discharged from the nozzle. Discharge pressure and nozzle pressure are synonymous.
“Prevailing Wind” means the direction from which the wind is originating, having the highest percentage of occurrence based on local meteorological observations.
“Residual Pressure” means the pressure existing in a line at a specified flow. (As opposed to static pressure).
“Utility” means an energy or services supplier, including electricity, instrument air, steam or heating medium, fuels (oil, gas, etc.), refrigeration, cooling water or cooling medium, or inert gases.
1.3.3
Abbreviations
Refer to Section 3.3 of Part 1 – General. Additional abbreviations used throughout this Section are in Table 1-1.
Abbreviations
Table 1-1 List of Abbreviations
FRP
GC
GRE
IFC
NPS
OS&Y
PLC
PVC
SRB
Fibre Reinforced Plastic
Group Company
Glass Reinforced Epoxy
International Fire Code
Nominal Pipe Size
Outside Yoke and Stem
Programmable Logic Control
Polyvinyl Chloride
sulphur reducing bacteria
1.4
Reference Documents
It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s, SUBCONTRACTOR’s, CONSULTANT’s, VENDOR’s and SUB-VENDOR’s responsibility to be, or to become, knowledgeable of the requirements of the referenced Codes and Standards and to ensure that all equipment, systems, installations, packages are designed, manufactured and tested accordingly.
The Codes, Standards, Specifications including its referenced documents and statutory regulations referred in this specification, form a part of this specification. Unless specified otherwise, the latest edition in force at the time of award of Contract or Purchase Order shall apply.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 6 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1.4.1
International Codes and Standards
Refer to Section 5 of Part 1- General.
1.4.2
ADNOC Specifications
Refer to Section 4 of Part 1- General.
1.4.3
National and Local Codes and Standards
As a rule, the requirements of this specification shall be adhered to. However, national and/or local regulations may exist in which some of the requirements may be more stringent. SUPPLIER and CONTRACTOR shall determine by careful scrutiny which of the requirements are more stringent, and which combination of requirements will be acceptable as regards safety, economic and legal aspects.
In all cases, SUPPLIER and CONTRACTOR shall inform COMPANY of any deviation from the requirements of this specification, which is considered necessary in order to comply with the national and/or local regulations. CONTRACTOR may then negotiate with the authorities concerned with the object of obtaining agreement to follow this specification as closely as possible.
As applicable to the scope, CONTRACTOR and SUPPLIER shall comply with UAE Fire and Life Safety Code of Practice (e.g. non process areas).
1.5
Document Precedence
Refer to Section 6 of Part 1- General.
1.6
Specification Deviation / Concession Control
Refer to Section 7 of Part 1- General.
2
FIREWATER SUPPLY AND STORAGE
2.1
Firewater Supply
Firewater systems shall be required for all COMPANY owned or operated facilities. Firewater is considered a vital utility for a plant. Firewater shall be available throughout the plant at the required flow and pressure as defined by Section 6 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4) and building design hydraulic calculations complying to the applicable codes and standards.
The design and installation of firewater systems in buildings serving the industrial facilities and other non-industrial facilities shall be per UAE F&LS Code, unless indicated otherwise in this standard.
Water extinguishes fire primarily by cooling. When materials are burned, they each have their individual heat releases. Water has the capacity to absorb large amounts of heat and convert it to steam that is also useful for fire smothering purposes. In the process industry, the prime purpose of applying water streams in a fire situation is to provide cooling and containment, not extinguishment.
Industrial fires are not exactly similar. This is due to the fuels handled, plant layout, drainage, and the nature of the materials available for combustion, i.e., spill, gas, pressurized jet release, etc. Consequentially various methods have been proposed and investigated to determine the quantity of water that is enough for flow and duration requirements by internarial standards. The quantity of water required for fire protection shall be based on the criteria specified in Section 6 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4).
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 7 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 When calculating the firewater demand, a contingency shall be added to the total firewater demand rate estimated for the end point application requirements to cover for hydraulic imbalances and wind losses below;
During water demand calculation following 20 % Wind loss and 10 % Hydraulic balance. Wind loss can be varied, however hydraulic balance to be considered.
Table 2-1 Contingency for Water Demand Calculations
Type of System
Water Spray system
Monitors/ Hydrant
Additional Contingency to be included to the theoretical fire water demand.
30% on the theoretical demand
20% on the theoretical demand
Foam System for fixed roof/ internal floating roof
10% on the theoretical demand
Foam system for open discharges to atmosphere i.e external floating tanks, loading bays
30% on the theoretical demand
Sprinkler system for enclosed areas
10% on the theoretical demand
Section 6 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4), provides a consistent approach to determining firewater demand for all applications including high-risk complexes such as Oil and Gas Production facility, refinery, petrochemical and etc.
AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4) requires a facility / site to be segregated into individual Fire Zones by means of physical separation, fire barriers, diking, special drainage (e.g. impoundment basis) or by a combination of these so that fire is expected to be contained within that area. For details concerning Fire Zone, refer to section 7.9 of ADNOC HSE Design Philosophy, HSE-GA-ST07. Firewater demand for each Fire Zone shall be calculated by summing up: demand from fire protection systems (e.g. deluge system, foam system or monitor (s) for individual equipment / area in the Fire Zone) plus Supplementary allowance (i.e. 2 hydrants or 1 monitor). Therefore, the capacity of the firewater pumping system shall be based on the largest single Fire Zone firewater demand, based on project philosophy, this could be applicable to site with medium to low risk fire hazard. COMPANY approval is required prior any design development.
AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4) also provides Enhanced Requirements (if required for Company Specific Requirements) for high-risk complex (e.g. Refinery, Petrochemical, etc.), Firewater pump sizing case shall be based on two separate simultaneous initiating events in two different Fire Zones at the Site. The Fire Zones selected shall be the two largest firewater demands.
2.2
Storage Capacity
For sites without access to an unlimited water supply, there shall be a minimum of two fire water storage tanks with 100 % effective capacity each. Both tanks shall be interconnected to common suction header with isolation valves to facilitate isolation of one fire water tank without interrupting the operation of the alternate fire water tank and the fire water pumps.
The storage capacity shall be of sufficient quantity for a minimum of six hours of uninterrupted firefighting at the maximum required rate (unless more time is required based on the Fire Hazard Assessment). For non-process areas, out- plant buildings, refence shall be made to the UAE F&LS Code.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 8 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Storage Capacity (special case), where the facility fire risk (firefighting duration) is shown to be low, the firewater capacity storage may be optimized. This shall require demonstration (Fire Hazard Assessment) and approval of the Group Company Technical Authority.
Where seawater is available, Seawater backup firewater pumps shall act as a secure alternative source of water for maintenance periods. A minimum of 100% of the required firewater demand flowrate and pressure shall be provided. If salty water is used, the complete firewater main system must be pressurized and flushed with fresh water.
Firewater storage tanks shall normally be replenished with utility water. An additional tank fill line shall be provided to supply water for initial tank filling, and for replenishment. An easy-to-clean strainer shall be provided in the replenishment supply to the storage tank. As per NFPA the replenishment duration is 8 hour, however considering our Hydrocarbon and petrochemical facilities are designed for higher duration of fire water reserve with 100 % redundancy in storage the replenishment flowrate shall be decided based GC specific operational scenarios considering complexity of the facility and plant re-start up, Strategy for replenishment along with duration shall be established during the initial phase of the project clearly evaluating the potential constraints, infrastructure etc.
When firewater storage tank will also be used for the storage of the plant service water, the quantity of water for firefighting purposes shall be additional to that required for any other user taking water from the same static storage. The service water portion will be the top section of the tank. The bottom portion of the tank is the fire water section and meets the required fire water volume. The piping arrangements shall be arranged so that other users cannot draw and/or use for any other purpose than the fire water capacity.
2.3
Firewater Quality
It is preferable for the primary supply of water to be fresh water. However, since the tank(s) fill is likely to stand for considerable periods of time, consideration precautions shall be taken to maintain water quality. Provisions shall be made for:
a. Prevent debris, corrosion product…etc.
b. Hypochlorite injection to control the growth of algae, where necessary, and limit bacterial growth, including
sulphur reducing bacteria (SRB).
When seawater is used, chlorination, hypochlorination, or other system shall be provided to prevent the growth of marine organisms in pump suctions, pump caissons, and other piping systems susceptible to their growth. A system shall be provided to monitor the chlorine concentration entering the pump.
2.4
Special Requirements for Firewater Tanks
Firewater storage tanks shall be aboveground welded steel fixed roof tanks.
Tank material and construction shall be in accordance with ADNOC Specifications AGES-SP-06-001 (Design Criteria for Static Equipment) and AGES-SP-07-001 (Cathodic Protection Specification) and/or shall meet the requirements of NFPA 22. The lining and internals of tanks shall be compatible with all types of water anticipated as being a source of fire water. Firewater storage tank manholes for access, material and construction, shall be designed to meet the requirements of NFPA 22.
Low-Low(30%), Low(90%) and high level alarms shall be provided. The low level alarm shall be set at 90% of the normal operating level. The Low Low level alarm shall be set at the minimum intervention duration but not less than 30% of the normal operating level. The maximum filling level shall be provided with an overflow. Firewater tank (s) level alarm (s) shall be installed with annunciation at the appropriate manned control facility and / or fire station.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 9 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Automated filling requirement shall be provided to ensure the smooth replenishment of fire water .
Storage tanks shall be located as per requirements of ADNOC Specification on Facility Layout & Separation Distances Guidelines, AGES-GL-03-001.
Detail of Tanks accessories such as overflow, tank return line connections, vortex inhibitor, etc shall be as per NFPA 22
3
FIREWATER PUMPS
The purpose of a firewater pump is to supply water to meet fire protection water application requirements. The fire protection requirements shall be analysed and defined as per Section 6 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4).
Firewater pumps shall be used exclusively for firefighting purposes. A complete firewater pump system, which includes the driver, the pump and the controller shall be regarded as a specialized one-vendor unit.
NFPA 20, Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection, defines the basic guidance for specification, selection and control of firewater pumps. The content of NFPA 20 is limited to pumps that are tested and listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. (UL) and / or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation (FM).
Firewater Pumping Sets, Driver and Controller shall be Underwriters Laboratory (UL) Listed and Factory Mutual (FM) Approved.
Firewater pump piping components and materials shall comply with the appropriate piping class of ADNOC Specification AGES-SP-09-002.
Design specific requirement to be referred for Centrifugal Pumps for General (Utility) & Firewater Service Specification AGES-SP-05-008.
3.1
Drivers
Fire water pumps shall be of the following type:
a. Electric motor driven centrifugal pumps
b. Diesel engine driven centrifugal pumps
Pumps shall be horizontal centrifugal type or vertical turbine submersible pumps. The pumps shall be capable of discharging 150% of its rated capacity at a minimum of 65% of the rated head. The shut-off head shall be minimum of 115% shut of head and maximum of 140%. The piping Design standard shall consider this as minimum without jeopardizing the rating requested in any other standard.
Pumps and drivers shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 20, AGES Specifications AGES-SP-05-008 and AGES-SP-05-001.
3.1.1
Diesel Driven Firewater Pumps
Each diesel engine driven pumps shall be provided with a local, dedicated fuel tank. The minimum capacity of each dedicated fuel tank shall meet NFPA 20 requirements (8 hours). However, additional requirements may be required based on Fire Hazard Assessment and operational constraints in frequent replenishing upon testing of fire protection system to meet Group Company specific requirements. Diesel day tank shall also meet the requirements of AGES-SP-05-008.
Fuel tank (s) for diesel driven pump (s) shall be located outdoors, grounded, vented, safely supported and properly contained. The “day tanks” for diesel fuel shall be permitted to be installed inside a Fire Pump House / room where fire water pump and drivers are installed. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in accordance with NFPA
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 10 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 13 as an Extra Hazard Group 2 occupancy, as per NFPA 20 for complete fire pump room where Diesel Engines are used as drivers.
The fuel tank shall be provided with a bund to cater 110% capacity of single largest tank with sump arrangement, (where double wall fuel tanks are provided the bund is not required to be provided however curbing shall be provided around the tanks for containing the spill) expansion dome, level gauge and alarms (90% Low alarm, Low Low Alarm at 30% , High alarm shall be annunciated at manned location). Where double wall fuel tanks are provided the same shall comply with UL 142 and shall be provided with leak detection system for the annulus area.
Refilling points with valve and piping arrangement shall be installed for fuel tanks to facilitate manual / online filling through tankers/ drums, or on line pumping system, which are connected to the centralized supply and filled automatically based on the low alarm and stopped automatically.
Spill provisions for fuel tanks are to be provided in accordance with NFPA 20 requirements.
3.2
Capacity of Pumps
The capacity and number of main firewater pumps shall be fixed based on design firewater rate, i.e. the largest Fire Zone firewater demand for all applications OR Enhanced design requirement (if required for Company specific requirement) two of the largest flow rates (Water Demand) calculated for different Fire Zones simultaneously for high risk complexes (e.g. Refinery, Petrochemical, etc.). Jockey pumps shall not be counted toward meeting the firewater system demand design basis.
Each pump maximum capacity shall not exceed 1000 m3/hr. Higher capacity shall require approval from ADNOC Group Company Technical Authority.
3.3
Sparing Capacity
Pumps may be driven by electric motors or Diesel Engine, subject to availability and reliability criteria and according to the application, location, reliable power supply, fuel availability and economics.
The selection of the pump drivers shall be governed by the requirement of maximum reliability of the overall system. This includes the reliability of the associated utility systems (power and fuel supply) and the instrumentation system.
Firewater shall be supplied by at least two pumps as per the following:
a. where two pumps are provided each pump shall be able to supply the maximum required flow rate to the
firewater ring mains (2 x 100%);
b. where three pumps are provided, each pump shall be able to supply 60 % of the maximum required flow rate (3 x 60%). If n is the number of pumps necessary to produce the required flow rate, a minimum of n
- 1 pumps shall be installed.
c.
the rating of all the duty and the standby pumps (Make, Model, Flow Rate, Pressure, pump rating, pump curve, etc.) shall be identical
d. Firewater pumps, drivers, controllers, instrumentation and performance shall conform to NFPA 20.
Maximum capacity of each pump shall not exceed 1000m3/hr. Where the fire water pump capacity exceeds 1000 m3/hr justification, based on meeting the reliability and availability AND compliance with NFPA 20 performance and listed, shall be submitted for GC Technical Authority approval prior to any design development.
Pumps shall be conducted its routine maintenance and testing as per NFPA and manufacture recommendation to keep up its reliability and availability requirement on demand. Alternate operating procedures or mitigation measures shall be implemented where one pump is under breakdown maintenance / dismantled or overhaul. This
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 11 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 requirement should not be applicable for a pump routine / preventive maintenance as per the manufacturer’s instructions and NFPA requirements.
Maximum firewater demand shall be calculated as per Section 6 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4).
3.3.1
Seawater Backup Firewater Pumps
Where seawater is available, Seawater backup firewater pumps shall be provided to ensure a secure supply of firewater for cases of reduced storage capacity (due to tank maintenance), or for use in the event of a fire that exceeds six hours in duration. The backup pumps shall be designed to the following specification:
a. They shall source seawater from the seawater basin and discharge direct into the firewater ring main. The seawater shall not be routed through the firewater tanks as this would necessitate full tank drainage and cause corrosion concerns.
b. They shall supply at least 100% of the maximum firewater demand flowrate.
c. The number of backups pumps shall be (n+1) to ensure that there is provision of a reserve pump.
d. Pump type shall be suitable for the suction requirements e.g., submersed, vertical type.
e. Pumps and drivers shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 20 and ADNOC Specification AGES-SP-
05-008.
f.
They shall by driven by diesel engine to ensure coverage is provided during instances of plant power failure.
3.4
Head Characteristics
All fire water pumps feeding the same firewater system shall have the same head characteristics.
The head characteristic shall be constantly rising from operating point to pump shutoff (churn).
For centrifugal fire pumps, the net pump shutoff (churn) pressure plus the maximum static suction pressure, adjusted for elevation, shall not exceed the pressure for which the system components are rated.
3.5
Firewater Pumps Controllers and Sequencing
Firewater pump controllers shall be listed by UL and/or FM. The controller shall receive a signal directly from a dedicated pressure switch located per NFPA 20. Each pump shall be provided with standalone dedicated listed fire pump controller.
Firewater pumps are normally arranged to be started manually, remote manually (from the control center and from the fire station) or automatically. They shall be arranged for manual shutdown only at the pump itself. Because of their critical importance for start-up, automatic start-up of the pumps is normally required. Automatic activation is provided through instrumentation connected to an automatic fire pump controller. The controller primary function is to start up and monitor the condition of the firewater pumping system. The controller for each pump shall include an adjustable timer as part of the start-up circuit.
The main firewater pump(s) shall start automatically in response to a low-pressure condition. If maximum firewater requirements call for more than one pumping unit to operate, additional fire water pumps shall be started up automatically at 5 to10-second intervals, as necessary to bring pressure up to the setting per Project Specific Fire Protection Philosophy. Failure of any one pump to start shall not prevent subsequent starting of other pumps.
Reserve firewater pumps shall also start automatically if the main firewater pumps do not start or fail to build up the required pressure within 20 seconds.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 12 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Firewater Pumps operating information including faults, operating conditions and tamper conditions shall be monitored and signaled to the control rooms. Refer to NFPA 20 Annex C for a list of recommended continuously monitored data including failure modes categories, operation parameters, etc.
3.6
Jockey Pumps
The firewater network shall be kept pressurized at minimum 7.0 barg by jockey pumps. 2 Jockey pumps (1 working plus 1 standby, electrically operated) shall be provided.
The capacity of the pump shall be sufficient to maintain system pressure in the event of leakages from valves etc. The capacity of jockey pumps shall be 3% (minimum) and 10% (maximum) of the design firewater rate and its head higher than the main firewater pumps.
3.6.1
Jockey Pump Controllers
Each pump shall be provided with standalone dedicated listed fire pump controller.
3.7
Firewater Pumps Suction / Discharge Piping
Suction piping shall be installed above grade. Suction piping layout shall be without air pockets (e.g., high point) to meet NFPA 20. Valves on the immediate suction of the pumps shall be tamper proof.
Individual pump suction shall be provided with dedicated strainer with differential pressure arrangement.
The discharge line from each pump shall be fitted with a check valve, a test valve, a pressure gauge and a block valve with a locking device. The test valves shall have a common return line, with a flow metering unit, discharging to individual fire water tanks with isolation valve arrangement to ensure testing even when one tank is on maintenance. The test line returns water discharge of the pump to the storage tank to allow performance testing of individual pumps. This is not required for jockey pumps.
Each pump discharge shall be connected to 2 Nos common discharge manifolds with individual isolation valves. The common discharge manifolds shall be connected to the firewater distribution system (fire ring main) with individual isolation valves of the same size as the ring main.
To prevent a pressure surge in the main fire water system, a suitable pressure control system shall be installed in the pump discharge piping network which shall include but not be limited to providing pressure control valves in each of the discharge headers. Additionally, a PCV shall be provided in the tank return (/dump) line and the system shall be configured such that the discharge pressure is stabilised by operating the above stated PCVs (3 numbers) in such a manner to regulate flow through the dump PCV prior to start-up of the fire water pump. The PCV controls shall be managed through a reliable PLC system.
Discharge line from firewater pumps shall be perpendicular to water supply lines so as to minimize water hammer.
3.8
Special Requirements for Firewater Pumps
Firewater pumps shall be installed in a location safe from the effects of fire, combustible vapor, and damage by vehicles and shipping. They shall be accessible to facilitate maintenance and be provided with hoisting facilities. Firewater pumps shall be located as per requirements of ADNOC Specification on Facility Layout & Separation Distances Guidelines, AGES-GL-03-001.
Onshore facilities Firewater pumps shall be located only in electrically unclassified areas.
In an offshore facility, firewater pump divers, power sources and pump units are located generally in the non- hazardous area of the facility. If it is located in a process platform, Zone-2 classified Engine and Zone-1 Panel,
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 13 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 and associated instrumentation shall be in place. Where there is a fire and explosion events impact envisaged in the pump location, suitably designed enclosure to be considered. Where there is potential for flammable gas ingression at the fire pump location or at module ventilation / combustion air intakes, fixed gas detectors shall be provided. Confirmed gas detection at firewater pump location / intake, shall inhibit automatic start of firewater pump. If firewater pump has already started and is running, the pump shall not be stopped. Provision for starting firewater pump from remote location should be available all the times including in the inhibit mode.
Firewater pumps inquiries shall require that bids include a list of all provided components with manufacturer’s name, model number for the following items:
a. Fire pump controllers
b. Circulation relief valves: A circulation relief valve is needed to provide cooling water when the pump is operating at churn in accordance with NFPA 20. The only exemption to above is where diesel fire pumps that use water from the discharge side of a fire pump for engine cooling perform the same function as a circulation relief valve.
c. Pressure relief valve: Pressure Relief Valve is required for Diesel Driven Firewater pumps in accordance with NFPA 20, this requirement is based on the assumption that if engines ran too fast, the fire protection system would be exposed to pressure in excess of the pressure ratings of the system component. This is not required for electric driven pumps.
d. Suction and discharge gauges
e. Check Valves: NFPA 20 requires all firewater pumps to be provided with a listed check valve. This is due to a concern of damage to a pump from backpressure from the distribution system. This may be due to reverse rotation caused by unexpected driver failure or from the operation of another pump, which feeds into the same system. It is provided between each pump discharge flange and its discharge isolation valve.
f. Automatic air releases valve: Air in the intake of a pump causes cavitation and will lead to reduced performance of the pump and premature wear of the impeller. As per NFPA 20 requirements, the automatic air release valve must be a listed or approved “float-operated” type device and installed on pumps that start automatically and shall not be less than 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) in size.
g. Approved fire pump flow meter with flow rate indicator
3.9
Electrical Power Supply
Electrical power supply and installation for fire pumps shall meet article 695 of NFPA 70, except as modified by AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4).
3.10
Firewater Pumps Testing
NFPA 20 does not cover requirements for periodic inspection, testing, and maintenance of fire pump systems. This information is included in Chapter 8 of NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water- Based Fire Protection Systems.
The minimum frequency of inspection, testing, and maintenance shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and NFPA 25 requirements.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 14 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 4
FIREWATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Firewater distribution within a facility involves firewater mains, valves and fittings, and fire hydrants and monitors.
4.1
Firewater Main
A firewater distribution piping system shall be installed around all processing units, flammable liquids storage facilities, loading facilities, warehouses, workshops, utilities, training centers, laboratories, offices and as required by the UAE Fire and Life Safety Code
a. Each units shall be enclosed by firewater mains equipped with hydrants and isolation block valves.
b. Only the firefighting training ground area may be provided by a single firewater pipeline source.
Firewater mains shall be installed underground in order to provide a safe and secure system (i.e., protected from traffic and blast damage). Where GC identifies constraints in routing the ring main underground, as an alternate aboveground piping is acceptable with COMPANY approval subject to demonstrating that the aboveground piping is designed against thermal radiation, explosion, dropped objects, vehicle collision, mechanical impact, etc. The firewater ring main system shall never run through the bund areas of storage tanks or on top of bund walls.
Firewater mains shall be provided with full bore valve flushing connections so that all sections and dead ends can be properly flushed out. Flushing connections shall be sized for a fluid velocity of not less than 80% of the velocity under normal design conditions. Flushing connections shall be located at low points in the ring main to allow drainage. After any use of seawater in the network, the ring main shall be emptied in order to prevent excessive corrosion. The seawater shall be drained from the low points and routed to a suitable location, such as the seawater outfall channel for disposal to the sea. Unit flushing shall be carried out ending at underground valve pit fitted with isolation valve, which shall be connected with storm water drain.
A grid or looped piping distribution system shall be used in such a way that each Fire Zone / critical item of equipment can be reached from two parts of the grid.
The capacity of firewater mains shall be based on the maximum demand as specified in Section 6 of AGES-PH- 03-002 (Part 4). System pressure under fire conditions shall provide the design flow rate at a pressure of 10 barg at the most remote location, with the maximum flow / velocity in the system not exceeding 3 m/s.
To prevent surge in the network, maximum velocity in firewater network shall be less than 3m/sec. The pipe sizes shall be calculated based on design flow rates and pressure of 10barg (based on hydraulics) at the take-off points of each section even if one of the supply sides has been blocked or is out of operation.
The firewater main and isolation valves requirements shall comply with NFPA 24.
4.2
Isolation Valves
Isolation valves used in a firewater system shall be of a type such that their position, open or closed, can be readily determined, i.e. post indicator for underground and OS&Y (Outside Yoke and Stem) for Above ground. Butterfly valve shall also be acceptable for isolation purpose.
Isolation valves in underground lines shall be operable from grade with the valve stem and packing protected against contact with soil and rock. Isolation valves shall be installed in a chamber (concrete valve boxes). Valves shall be clearly marked for easy recognition.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 15 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Isolation valves shall be incorporated in the ring main system so that sections can be isolated for maintenance without undue interruption of the firewater system. No more than a total of four (04) fire protection devices (hydrants, monitors, water spray) may be removed from service at any one time.
Isolation valve locations shall insure that the required quantity of water for the isolated area can still be supplied from other hydrants, with fire hoses having a maximum length of 100 m.
4.3
Materials
The materials for Firewater piping system shall be selected in accordance with the Materials Selection report as per COMPANY Specification AGES-SP-09-002.
Isolation valves shall be as per ADNOC Specification AGES-SP-09-002. Isolation valves shall be solid wedge type gate valves, or type UL-1091 approved butterfly valves.
4.4
Installation
Underground piping installed in areas accessible to heavy traffic and at road crossings shall be installed to meet the allowable stresses recommended by the MANUFACTURER but shall not be less than 1 m below ground level.
Fire mains shall be restrained against movement at changes in direction. The use of concrete thrust blocks is one method of restraint, provided that stable soil conditions prevail and space requirements permit placement. Successful blocking is dependent on factors such as location, availability and placement of concrete, and possibility of disturbance by future excavations. Other methods of restraint include Restrained Joint Systems, they do not require thrust blocks. Refer to NFPA 24 for restraining the firewater mains and thrust block calculations.
Aboveground piping shall be located on sleepers and the pipe shall be protected by physical barriers where necessary to reduce the possibility of impact by vehicles. System pipework shall be routed such that wherever possible it is not exposed to excessive radiation from a fire for which it may be required. Firewater pipework shall be at least 15m from process facilities.
Access during a fire shall be taken into account where locating the system isolation valves and firefighting devices (monitors, hydrants).
The firewater distribution system shall be equipped with hydrants, dry risers, and monitors. A typical arrangement of a firewater distribution system is shown in Appendix A1.
4.5
Firewater Hydrants
Firewater mains shall be provided with permanent hydrants, located in strategic positions all around the plant so that they can be safely utilized during a fire by trained firefighters.
Hydrants shall be located close to the fire truck access road, along access ways and roadways, around process and be at least 15 m away from the equipment to be protected.
Item 37 to 45 of Section 6 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4) provides detailed information on firewater hydrants including hydrants spacing, requirements for accessibility, hose connection sizes & configurations along with requirements for pressure regulating valve on hydrant outlet valve. Therefore, reference shall be made to Item 37 to 45 of Section 6 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4). Depending on the facility, non process areas (outside the plant) shall also consider requirements of UAE Fire and Life Safety Code and International Fire Code (IFC).
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 16 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 4.5.1
Hydrant Hose Box
Hydrant hose boxes shall be provided close to hydrants at a rate of one to every two hydrants. Refer to Part 6 – Portable and Mobile Firefighting equipment of this specification for contents.
4.5.2
Material
Hydrant valve shall be of gun metal or Brass. Stand post only shall be made of carbon steel. For salt/brackish water internally coated carbon steel pipe shall be used in accordance with ADNOC Specification AGES-SP-09- 002.
4.6
Firewater Monitors
Firewater monitors are the basic unit of protection for open industrial process areas, monitors can be activated with limited firefighting manpower and previous training. Monitors shall be positioned to be accessible during a fire and located where they will provide effective water streams for the equipment to be protected.
Firewater monitors (manually or remotely operated type) may be desirable in some areas. The distance reached and spray pattern of firewater monitors depends on available pressure and the type of monitor.
The exact spacing and location of monitors shall be determined by considering elevation, solid decking, obstructions, stream trajectory, depth of structure & prevailing wind. A common practice during a design stage is to draw “coverage circles” from the monitor on a plot plan, where these circles intersect pipe racks & process equipment, the water coverage will be blocked partially or completely and the coverage circle shall be modified accordingly.
Stationary monitors shall be either free-standing or installed on fire hydrants.
In process areas that are not protected by water spray system, self oscillating monitors with remote start shall be provided and appropriate quantity demonstrating the coverage to envelop complete exposed surface area of the protected equipment. Strategy of the fire protection shall be approved by COMPANY prior to design development..
Where fixed water spray system is provided, Fixed manually operated water monitors shall be provided as supplementary and same shall be accessible during a fire.
Elevated monitors have application where it is necessary to deliver large volumes of water to areas that cannot be reached by ground level monitors or would be unsafe for manual firefighting. Elevated monitors shall be self- oscillating with remote start or oscillating type with remote control from a safe location.
Refer to item 46 to 56 of Section 6 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4), for all details concerning different type of firewater monitors and their applications, recommended locations, operating pressure and flow.
4.6.1
Remote Control Monitors
In special situations where remote control of a monitor is desired, the motor unit shall be powered from the emergency electrical supply. Hydraulically operated units may be allowed subject to approval by ADNOC Group Company Technical Authority.
a. The equipment and operating panel shall be suitably rated to operate based on hazardous area
classification, and as a minimum it shall be suitable for Zone 1 environment.
b. Operating panel shall be located upwind of the prevailing wind direction and as defined in ESSA (HSE-
RM-ST08) standard which ensure the survivability of the equipment.
c. The panel shall be weather proofed and equipped with a pair of binoculars.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 17 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 d. A secondary panel may be installed in a control room.
e. The operator shall have a good view (direct or CCTV) of the area.
At least the following features shall be provided:
a. Power on/off switch (including status lights) for foam/water monitors.
b. Joy stick for integrated rotation and elevation, including position indicator(s).
c. Push buttons for “jet”/“fog” or deflector control, including position indicator.
d. Switch for opening water supply valve, including “open/closed” position indicator.
e. Switch for opening the foam solution inlet valve, including “open/closed” position indicator.
f. Reset (stop) button
g.
Individual failure alarm indication for rotation, elevation and jet/fog control motors.
h. Maintenance override
Electrical and instrumentation cables shall be installed underground. Where this is not possible fire-resistant cables shall be installed or enclosed in fire resistant cable ducting. (Refer to ADNOC Specifications AGES-SP-02-011 & AGES-SP-04-006).
4.6.2
Self-Oscillating with Remote start
Self-oscillation is used where automatic rotation over a pre-set angle is required for monitors.
a. Stroke adjustment shall allow setting of rotation sectors (minimum 45 degrees to maximum 315 degrees).
Rate of stroke: approx. 360 degrees/min.
b. Remote start type shall be deluge operated or motor operated valve. The electric motor / deluge valve and associated instrumentation shall be in accordance with the applicable hazardous area classification.
c. The operating panel shall be furnished with the following additional features:
i. On/off switch (based on mode of remote start selected, including status light, for oscillating mode.
ii. Push buttons, including position indicators, to increase/decrease stroke.
iii. Failure (alarm) indication for oscillating motor.
iv. Water flow feedback at control room.
v. Power source used to operate monitor shall be supplied from emergency power (essential supply)
4.6.3
Nozzles
There are a variety of nozzles that can be used for monitors. They shall be capable of projecting a solid, spray or fog stream of water depending on the requirements and at varying flowrates. Nozzle adjusted in a straight stream will have a greater reach and penetration compared with other moods. Nozzles in fog or spray mode will absorb more heat due to water droplets being smaller with a greater surface area for heat absorption, this mode will also be used in some applications to disperse flammable or toxic gases.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 18 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 4.6.4
Material
Monitor and nozzle shall be of materials and coatings suitable for seawater and outdoor weather conditions.
a. Surface preparation and painting shall be in accordance with ADNOC Specification AGES-SP-07-004.
b.
“Dry” lines shall be flanged carbon steel and hot dip galvanized after fabrication (ADNOC Specification AGES-SP-09-002).
4.7
Hydraulic Analysis
The purpose of a hydraulic analysis is to ensure the firewater system can deliver the maximum firewater demand (flow & pressure), and it also provide a basis for future expansion.
Hydraulic analysis of a firewater system can only be carried out after maximum firewater demands are established, together with an accurate plot plan showing the firewater pump (s) location, flow and pressure of supply, and locations and flow of all end users (i.e. hydrants, monitors, deluge water sprays, sprinkler and etc).
Hydraulic analysis shall be performed using only a computer software approved by COMPANY. The standard method for hydraulic calculations uses Hazen-Williams formula. The following Hazen-Williams friction coefficient, flow factors (C-factors), shall be used:
C = 120, Galvanized Steel or Steel
C = 130, Cement-Lined Steel / FBE as per material specification
C = 140 may be used for non-metallic piping as approved as per piping material specification.
All water supply systems used for firewater shall be hydraulically calculated with results for volume flowrates, velocities, and residual pressures at each system node and most remote end users’ locations. Fire flow velocities in water mains shall be 10 ft/sec (3 m/sec) at the required fire flowrate. The minimum residual pressure at hydraulically furthest user outlet (piece of firefighting equipment) shall be above 7barg (hydrant / monitor) and at take-off point ring main shall have minimum of 10 barg shall be available at the hydraulically most remote end user under full design flowrate as per AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4).
To assure firewater availability at all outflow points under adverse conditions, the pipe diameter for the main distribution lines shall be hydraulically sized based on the projected flow, pressure demand (residual pressure of 10 barg), and velocity of maximum 3 m/sec even if one of the supply sides has been blocked.
4.8
Surge Analysis
Surge (water hammer) is the result of a rapid rise in pressure occurring in a closed piping system. The surge pressure can be generated during a pump start or stop operation or the sudden starting or stopping of deluge valve (s) or sudden closure of any fire fighting apparatus resulting in a change in water velocity in the system.
A rapid rise in pressure caused by a water hammer is not necessarily a problem if it does not exceed the pipe rating, as pipe might be able to absorb some severe surge effects over a relatively short period of time, however the pipe could be weakened due to repeated fatigue effects to the system and may be experienced to rupture sometime afterwards. As such, Surge Analysis shall be performed to demonstrate that the firewater system integrity shall not be compromised due to surge pressures.
Computer modelling shall be utilized to model firewater system transient pressure conditions to analysis surge conditions and to eliminate unacceptable surge pressures. Methods to absorb the effects of water hammer include
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 19 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 surge chambers or vessels. It worth mentioning that the firewater system still experiences the surge effects, until the surge effect reaches these devices.
In any case, water hammer shall be reduced by controlling pump start or stop operation or the starting or stopping of deluge valve so neither of these operations will occur rapidly and result in the occurrence of water hammer.
4.9
Firewater System Testing
Firewater System and its appurtenance shall be properly inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25 to ensure the system will provide the same level of performance and protection as designed.
Hydrostatic Test of new construction, repair or renovation of firewater systems shall meet the requirements of NFPA 24. Prior to hydrostatic testing, the whole network shall be flushed per NFPA 24. The system shall be hydrostatically tested to 200 psig or 50 psig in excess of maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater, and held without pressure loss for 2 hours. Leaks shall be repaired, and tests repeated as necessary before lines are covered.
5
OTHER REQUIREMENTS
5.1
Quality Control and Assurance
Refer to Section 8 of Part 1- General.
5.2
Sub-Contractors
Refer to Section 9 of Part 1- General.
5.3
Painting, Preservation and Shipment
Refer to Section 10 of Part 1- General.
5.4
Guarantees and Performance
See Section 11 in Part 1 – General.
5.5
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance
See Section 12 in Part 1 – General.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 20 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A1. TYPICAL SKETCH OF FIREWATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
APPENDICES
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-2)
Rev. No: 1 Page 21 of 21
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL.
ADNOC GROUP PROJECTS AND ENGINEERING
ACTIVE FIRE PROTECTION
Specification
Part 3 – Water Spray Fire Protection System
AGES-SP-03-002
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
GENERAL …5
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
INTRODUCTION…5
PURPOSE…5
DEFINITIONS & ABBREVIATIONS …5
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS…6
DOCUMENT PRECEDENCE …7
SPECIFICATION DEVIATION / CONCESSION CONTROL…7
2
WATER SPRAY SYSTEMS …7
2.1 GENERAL…7
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
HEAT / FIRE DETECTION …8
HYDRAULICS…9
PIPING LINE-UP…9
INSTRUMENTATION …11
2.6 MATERIAL SELECTION …11
3
PUMP AND COMPRESSOR PROTECTION …12
3.1
3.2
PURPOSE…12
LOCATION …12
3.3 OPERATION…12
3.4
DESIGN …12
4
HORIZONTAL VESSELS AND HORIZONTAL HEAT EXCHANGERS …13
4.1
4.2
PURPOSE…13
LOCATION …13
4.3 OPERATION…13
4.4
DESIGN …13
5
COLUMNS AND VERTICAL VESSELS …14
5.1
5.2
PURPOSE…14
LOCATION …14
5.3 OPERATION…14
5.4
DESIGN …14
6
SPHERICAL TANKS …14
6.1
6.2
PURPOSE…14
LOCATION …15
6.3 OPERATION…15
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 2 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 6.4
DESIGN …15
7
FIXED ROOF TANKS …16
7.1
7.2
PURPOSE…16
LOCATION …16
7.3 OPERATION…16
7.4
DESIGN …17
8
FLOATING ROOF AND INTERNAL FLOATING TANKS …18
8.1
8.2
PURPOSE…18
LOCATION …18
8.3 OPERATION…18
8.4
DESIGN …19
9
10
11
12
MATERIALS…19
TESTING …19
INSTALLATION …19
OTHER REQUIREMENTS …19
12.1 QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE …19
12.2 SUB-CONTRACTORS …20
12.3 PAINTING, PRESERVATION AND SHIPMENT …20
12.4 DOCUMENTATION …20
12.5 GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE …22
12.6 INSPECTION, TESTING AND MAINTENANCE …22
APPENDICES …23
APPENDIX A1. TYPICAL SPRAY NOZZLE ARRANGEMENT FOR PUMPS …23
APPENDIX A2. TYPICAL SPRAY NOZZLE ARRANGEMENT FOR HORIZONTAL VESSELS AND
HORIZONTAL HEAT EXCHANGERS …24
APPENDIX A3. TYPICAL SPRAY NOZZLE ARRANGEMENT FOR VERTICAL VESSELS AND
COLUMNS …25
APPENDIX A4. TYPICAL PROTECTION OF SPHERICAL PRESSURE VESSELS…26
A4.1. DETAIL 1 OF 2 …26
A4.2. DETAIL 2 OF 2 …27
APPENDIX A5. TYPICAL HEADER ARRANGEMENT ON TANK ROOF …28
APPENDIX A6. TYPICAL NOZZLE ARRANGEMENT ON TANK ROOF SUPPLY HEADERS …29
APPENDIX A7. TANK SPRAYER TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT…30
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 3 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1-1 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS …6
LIST OF FIGURES
No table of figures entries found.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 4 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1
GENERAL
1.1
Introduction
This technical specification gives minimum requirements for the design, fabrication, assembly, testing and installation of the fire protection water spray systems.
These requirements shall be applied to new installations and to major modifications or extensions of existing installations. This specification is to be used by the CONTRACTOR as a basis for issuing the minimum requirements of project work to the SUBCONTRACTORS.
This Part of the specification, Part 3- Water Spray Fire Protection Systems, shall be read in conjunction with Part 1- General.
1.2
Purpose
This COMPANY specification for Water Spray Fire Protection Systems define a design basis for water spray fire protection systems applicable to the Project. General Requirements for spray systems may be found in Section 6 of Fire & Gas Detection And Fire Protection System Philosophy, AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4)
It is intended to be used as a basis for the development of detailed design documents (including scope, basis of design, technical requirements, plans, drawings, specifications, cost estimates, request for proposals, and invitations for bids).
It must be used as a reference document and requirement in the procurement and engineering services and other consulting services to prepare detailed design documents including those for design/build projects. It is not intended to be used in lieu of detailed design documents in the procurement of facility construction.
1.3
Definitions & Abbreviations
1.3.1
General Definitions
Refer to Section 3.1 of Part 1 – General.
1.3.2
Technical Definitions
Refer to Section 3.2 of Part 1 – General.
Additional definitions for this Part are the following:
“Boilover” means violent ejection of flammable liquid from its container caused by the vaporization of water beneath the body of liquid. It may occur after a lengthy burning period of products such as crude oil when the heat wave has passed down through the liquid and reaches the water bottom in a storage tank. It will not occur to any significant extent with water-soluble liquids or light products such as gasoline.
“Combustible Product” means a medium having a flash point of greater or equal to 37.8°C
“Flammable Product” means a medium having a flash point below 37.8°C and a maximum vapor pressure of 2.81 bar (a) at 37.8°C.
“Fluid Category” As per American regulation (NFPA 30), hydrocarbons fluids are classified as follows:
Fluid class I IA: Liquid having a flash point below 22.8°C and a boiling point below 37.8°C IB: Liquid having a flash point below 22.8°C and a boiling point above 37.8°C
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 5 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777
IC: Liquid having a flash point at or above 22.8°C and below 37.8°C Fluid class II: Liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8°C and below 60°C Fluid class III IIIA: Liquid having a flash point at or above 60°C and below 93°C IIIB: Liquid having a flash point at or above 93°C.
“Flash Point” means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off sufficient vapour to form an ignitable mixture with air.
“Friction Loss” means the loss of pressure in a flowing stream resulting from resistance to flow imposed by the inside of the pipe or hose and by changes in flow direction such as elbows and tees.
“Minimum Operating” Temperature means the lowest temperature at which foam liquid will proportion with venturi devices.
“Monitor” means a large heavy water stream nozzle, controlled by wheel operated gears and/or swivel connections, for safety backup protection on all large volume fire evolutions on the field.
“Nozzle Pressure” means the pressure at which water is being discharged from the nozzle. Discharge pressure and nozzle pressure are synonymous.
“Prevailing Wind” means the direction from which the wind is originating, having the highest percentage of occurrence based on local meteorological observations.
“Residual Pressure” means the pressure existing in a line at a specified flow. (As opposed to static pressure).
1.3.3
Abbreviations
Refer to Section 3.3 of Part 1 – General. Additional abbreviations used throughout this Section are in Table 1-1.
Abbreviations
BLEVE
FERA
FIT
LNG
LPG
MESC
TSO
Table 1-1 List of Abbreviations
Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosion
Fire and Explosion Risk Analysis
First Intervention Team
Liquefied Natural Gas
Liquefied Petroleum Gas
Material and Equipment Standards and Code
Tight Shut Off
1.4
Reference Documents
It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s, SUBCONTRACTOR’s, CONSULTANT’s, VENDOR’s and SUB-VENDOR’s responsibility to be, or to become, knowledgeable of the requirements of the referenced Codes and Standards and to ensure that all equipment, systems, installations, packages are designed, manufactured and tested accordingly.
The Codes, Standards, Specifications including its referenced documents and statutory regulations referred in this specification, form a part of this specification. Unless specified otherwise, the latest edition in force at the time of award of Contract or Purchase Order shall apply.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 6 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1.4.1
International Codes and Standards
Refer to Section 5 of Part 1 - General
1.4.2
ADNOC Specification
Refer to Section 4 of Part 1 - General
1.4.3
National and Local Codes and Standards
As a rule, the requirements of this specification shall be adhered to. However, national and/or local regulations may exist in which some of the requirements may be more stringent. SUPPLIER and CONTRACTOR shall determine by careful scrutiny which of the requirements are more stringent, and which combination of requirements will be acceptable as regards safety, economic and legal aspects.
In all cases, SUPPLIER and CONTRACTOR shall inform COMPANY of any deviation from the requirements of this specification, which is considered necessary in order to comply with the national and/or local regulations. CONTRACTOR may then negotiate with the authorities concerned with the object of obtaining agreement to follow this specification as closely as possible.
As applicable to the scope, CONTRACTOR and SUPPLIER shall comply with UAE Fire and Life Safety Code of Practice.
1.5
Document Precedence
Refer to Section 6 of Part 1- General.
1.6
Specification Deviation / Concession Control
Refer to Section 7 of Part 1- General.
2
WATER SPRAY SYSTEMS
2.1
General
Water Spray Systems, often called Deluge Systems, are fixed pipe system connected to a reliable firewater source and equipped with spray nozzles (open nozzles) for discharge directed at a specific piece of equipment or surface area to be protected.
In accordance with NFPA 15, Water Spray Systems shall be designed to operate automatically and supplemented with manual tripping means.
Deluge Water Spray system shall be designed to be activated from all the following means:
a. Automatic: 1. With pilot (Fusible link) – Potable water (Hydraulically operated) or instrument air (pneumatically operated), connected to the deluge valve causing valve operation and allowing water to the spray system.
b. Fire / Heat Detection – Confirmed fire shall energise the solenoid valve of the deluge system allowing
water to the spray system piping.
c. Manual actuation from Deluge skid’s manual release valve
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 7 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 d. Manual stations: Located at a safe area in the proximity of the protected equipment as established through
ESSA standard.
e. Remote start – From Control room
Water Spray Systems are used for protection of process areas involving gaseous and liquid flammable material, transformers and tank farms handling flammables. Water Spray Systems are used typically for cooling of process equipment (e.g. pressure vessel, over pumps, road/rail loading facilities, etc), exposed to the heat from a fire. However, in general, water spray can be considered effective for any one of or a combination of the following objectives:
a. Control of burning: by applying water spray on equipment, where a fire is likely to originate from leakage, in order to control the rate of burning and thereby limit the heat release from a fire until the fuel has been consumed or eliminated or extinguishment achieved.
b. Exposure protection: it can be achieved by using water spray to remove or reduce heat from surface of
exposed equipment or structure
c. Extinguishment of fire: extinguishment may result when a water spray system is used to control fire
intensity
d. Prevention of fire: it is possible by the use of water spray to dissolve, dilute or cool flammable materials.
Water Spray Systems may also be used to prevent formation of flammable or toxic Vapor Clous by creating turbulence and dilution.
Refer to Section 6.2 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4) for Firewater Application Rates, NFPA 15 and API RP 2030. Water densities required for fire extinguishment are usually higher than those required for exposure protection and would result in larger spray systems.
Effective protection is dependent on having adequate pressure and quantity of water available for all the spray nozzles and the piping shall be designed and sized to provide the required nozzle pressure for all the outlets.
2.2
Heat / Fire Detection
Each water spray system shall be equipped with linear heat sensor type (24 V) insulated wire conductors, intrinsically safe.
A double loop linear heat wire system shall be installed at the equipment to be protected. All linear heat wiring shall be well supported. Construction drawings shall be submitted for approval by the SUBCONTRACTOR.
Activation in a single loop shall result in a fault alarm, while activation in both loops will result in a fire alarm (two out of two voting system). Both alarms shall be visually and audibly annunciated on the fire and gas detection panel. Detection system shall start automatic water spray system and each shall energize to open the solenoid valve in the instrument impulse line to the automatic deluge valves of the corresponding water spray system.
Each automatic deluge valve shall be provided with a three-position switch (open/automatic/closed) to be installed on the smoke, fire and gas detection panel in the control room.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 8 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 2.3
Hydraulics
The design of a water spray system shall be based on hydraulic calculations to determine the required pressures and corresponding water quantities of the spray nozzles.
The normal working pressure shall be established at the point of off-take under conditions of maximum water consumption, including simultaneous flow of the single largest demand in accordance with Section 6 of AGES-PH- 03-002 (Part 4). The pressure shall be at least 10 barg. The minimum pressure at the remotest nozzle shall be as per manufacturer recommendation.
Pressure spikes/surges may occur during initial admission of water into a “dry” section of water spray systems. The magnitude of such pressure spikes/surges must be investigated, and if critical, special measures must be taken (e.g., excess flow control, etc.).
The systems shall be designed so that the required pressure for the optimum operation of the spray nozzles is achieved by adequate dimensioning of the piping without application of restriction orifices. Orifice plates are not accepted to balance the network flow/ pressure. However, where hydraulic balance with pipe reduction is not feasible, in a large facility with major water spray system supply and demand may need to introduce pressure reducing deluge valve or orifice plate. Orifice pate introduction shall not lead to clogging of the system and staving the system. The deluge valve, strainer etc. shall be part of the calculation.
The systems shall be designed so that the required pressure for the optimum operation of the spray nozzles is achieved by adequate dimensioning of the piping without application of restriction orifices. Orifice plates are not accepted to balance the network flow/ pressure.. The on-off valve, filter etc. shall be part of the calculation.
However, where hydraulic balance with pipe reduction is not feasible, in a large facility with major water spray system supply and demand may need to introduce pressure reducing deluge valve. Alternatively, pipe spool with reduced diameter / orifice plate may be used with appropriate calculation which shall be subjected to approval of respective Group Company (GC).
In all cases a detailed layout shall be made of the equipment and areas to be protected on which the arrangement of the spray nozzles shall be shown.
Maximum velocity permissible inside dry system is 10 m/sec. Piping selection and support shall meet the velocity requirement.
2.4
Piping Line-Up
A spray water pipe system shall have two connections to the fire water ring main. The connections shall be in opposite locations in relation to the equipment / area to be protected.
The automatic Deluge Valve Listed for Complete Trim assembly shall be installed downwind of the prevailing wind direction. The automatic valve manifold shall be at least 15 m from the spray system. In offshore facilities where 15m separation is not possible, the automatic valve manifold shall be as far as possible. Upwind the manual valve shall be at least 30 m away from the spray system. In offshore facilities where 30m separation is not possible, the manual valve manifold shall be as far as possible. At both connections a strainer shall be provided; for size see section titled Strainer (below). There shall be an isolation valve between a section of ring main supplying water to a deluge valve and a section feeding manual valve.
In the exceptional case that the distance from the fire water mains to the manually operated block valve is more than 100 m, the fire water supply to this valve may be taken from the same side as the deluge control valve. In such a case an isolation valve shall be provided in the fire water main between both branch connections.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 9 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Horizontal “dry” piping downstream of the block valve and of the automatic deluge valve shall be installed with a slope of 1:200 or steeper and shall be fitted with adequate drain facilities; weepholes in spray headers and automatic drain valves shall be provided at selected locations.
At each fire water supply side (downstream of the deluge control valve and the block valve) a 3 inch branch with valve and 2½ inch instantaneous hose connection shall be provided for water or smoke testing, flushing with fresh water and drainage. Each water spray ring piping shall be provided with blind flange arrangement with at the rear side of the ring with instrument air connection in the front side of the ring to facilitate flushing of the ring.
All overhead piping shall be well supported and fixed to prevent deflection and vibrations. When supported from grade the supports shall be fireproofed as identified in FERA or any other HSE studies.
2.4.1
Strainer
The type of strainer either Y, Bucket or Basket shall be based on the location and maintenance requirement subject to Group Company, piping and maintenance.
Each strainer shall have a minimum capacity of 800% of the nominal inlet piping diameter.
The strainer openings shall be at least 50% of the size of the smallest spray nozzle orifice opening to be used, with a maximum of 4 mm diameter.
To save on strainer capacity, adjacent spray water systems that may operate simultaneously may be served by a common strainer in both fire water supplies (the deluge control valve side and the manually operated block valve side).
2.4.2
Automatic Deluge Valve
An Automatic Deluge valve shall be used. The automatic deluge control valve shall be a butterfly valve or equivalent approved by COMPANY. The automatic deluge control valve shall be either Pneumatic, Hydraulic or Electric Deluge Valve, UL-1091 listed, that automatically opens upon receiving an electrical signal to the three- way solenoid valve. The valve shall be tight shut off (TSO) against a maximum pressure of 16 bar g. When instrument air pressure drops to 3 bar g the valve shall be activated to fully open within 10 seconds. The actuator shall be sized such that the valve can be fully opened and closed under the maximum occurring pressure differential or maximum flow conditions. Automatic Deluge valves shall be protected against the harsh environment by the use of a valve house or cabinet.
Automatic on-off valve shall only be used at exceptional case with ADNOC Group Technical Authority approval.
2.4.3
Manually Operated Valve
The manually operated valve shall be UL listed, FM approved butterfly valve.
2.4.4
Water Spray Nozzles
Medium velocity, full cone, open-type spray nozzles with external deflectors shall be used for Pumps, compressors, and vessels. Medium velocity, flat spray or full tank top pattern, open-type spray nozzles with external deflectors shall be applied for fixed roof and floating roof tanks.
Internal strainers are not permitted to avoid individual nozzles becoming blocked during operation.
Recommended operating range is between 2 and 3.5 barg. The minimum operating pressure of any nozzle shall be 1.4 barg
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 10 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The orifice diameter of the nozzles shall not be smaller than 8 mm. The nozzles shall be provided with a male threaded connection; minimum size ½ inch.
The water spray nozzle manufacturer shall provide full test data on the nozzle, i.e.:
a. Spray pattern at applicable distance;
b. Flow rate at applicable pressure;
c. Distribution rate over the area.
2.4.5
Corrosion Protection
Where underground carbon steel and salt/brackish water is used, the flanged cross-over piping from underground to above ground and piping to the automatic deluge valve or block valve shall be internally coated, preferably by epoxy paint (minimum SS316L microns dry film thickness) or alternatively by cement lining (refer to AGES-SP-09- 002). For offshore facilities, Cu/Ni coating material shall also be considered.
2.5
Instrumentation
The solenoid valve shall be electrically operated and be suitable for the applicable zone of the Hazardous Area Classification (refer to AGES-GL-02-001).
Instrument air supply pressure: minimum 3 barg, maximum 7 barg (based on the facility pneumatic air supply basis).
2.6
Material selection
2.6.1
Piping
The piping / fitting material shall be selected in accordance with AGES-SP-09-002. Maximum pressure upstream the deluge control valve is 16 barg.
Hydraulic calculation and fire pump discharge pressure and line protection shall be considered if the pump discharge pressure is higher than the operating pressure of piping. Pipe material selection shall be based on the operating pressure and surge pressure in due consideration if any.
The “dry” pipe sections shall be flanged for all sizes and shall be hot dip galvanized after prefabrication in accordance with (refer to AGES-SP-07-009). For offshore facilities, Cu/Ni coating material or equivalent material for corrosion resistance shall also be considered since hot dipped galvanized piping is still prone to corrosion in saline environment.
2.6.2
In-Line strainer
The strainer housing shall be carbon steel; for use in salt/brackish water it shall be internally epoxy coated (minimum SS316L microns).
Strainer element material to be stainless steel (316L).
2.6.3
Deluge Valve
Valve to have corrosion resistant internals and rubber lined or epoxy coated carbon steel body. Refer to relevant MESC description as indicated in the piping class.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 11 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 2.6.4
Water Spray Nozzles
Nozzle material shall be brass or equivalent.
2.6.5
Solenoid Valve
Body material: brass or equivalent.
3
PUMP AND COMPRESSOR PROTECTION
3.1
Purpose
Pumps handling LNG, LPG, products near their auto-ignition temperature & handling flammable hydrocarbon fluids operating above flash point shall be protected by automatic water spray, not only to suppress and possibly extinguish fires but also to cool down equipment (to avoid flash fires).
Compressors handling hydrocarbon gases operating above flash point and cannot be covered by fixed water monitors shall be protected with automatic water spray system.
3.2
Location
Pumps, Compressors, and Rotating Equipment, including a radius of at least 1.5 m around the periphery, shall be protected by water spray. The application rate, water density, shall be
a. 40.8 lpm/m2 directly over the pump / the ground surface of the compressor
b. 20.4 lpm/m2 over the area around the pump / compressor
The number of pumps sprayed by one system shall be limited to a maximum of 4 pumps.
Lube oil units and seal oil consoles of compressors shall be protected with Automatically operated water spray systems at an application rate not less than 8.5 lpm/m2 of equipment surface.
3.3
Operation
The system shall be activated automatically by a fire/heat detection system. In addition, manual activation shall be provided from the control room. Apart from the fire/heat detection system, if a gas detection system is installed around LNG or LPG product water spray protected pumps, this shall also activate the water spray system subject to GC approval.
In salt/brackish water service the normally “dry” piping shall be flushed clean with fresh water after testing or use.
3.4
Design
3.4.1
General
Water application rates for individual equipment shall be in accordance with Section 6.2 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4).
Spray nozzles for pumps shall be installed as shown in APPENDIX A1. The number of spray nozzles shall be at least two. More nozzles may be necessary for larger pumps to achieve the water densities shown in APPENDIX A1. If a group of pumps (e.g. in a congested area) is to be protected by water spray, the spray nozzles shall be spaced to ensure the overlapping water spray from two adjacent nozzles covers the pump body.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 12 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Water spray provided for compressors shall be designed to directly spray all exposed equipment surfaces, including auxiliary equipment such as lube oil consoles and lube oil pumps. For reciprocating type compressors, additional water spray nozzles shall be provided for gas snubbers and piston packing glands/stuffing boxes.
The spray nozzle layout shall not interfere with piping or structures.
4
HORIZONTAL VESSELS AND HORIZONTAL HEAT EXCHANGERS
4.1
Purpose
Each horizontal vessel or heat exchanger, normally holding butane or lighter products (e.g., LPG and LNG) and holding a liquid volume of more than 5 m3, shall be protected by a dedicated water spray system to cool down the product and the vessel/ exchanger, to avoid flange failures and a BLEVE.
4.2
Location
Vessels shall have water density of 10.2 lpm/m2 over the total surface area and being fully sprayed with no allowance for water run down below the equator. Un-insulated vessel skirts and vessel skirts which are not protected with fire proofing material shall have water spray applied to one exposed side only, either inside or outside.
Heat Exchanger shall have water density of 10.2 lpm/m2 over the total surface area.
4.3
Operation
The spray system shall be activated automatically by a fire/heat detection system. In addition manual activation shall be provided from the central control room.
In salt/brackish water service the normally “dry” piping system shall be flushed clean with fresh water after testing or use.
4.4
Design
4.4.1
General
Water application rates for individual equipment shall be in accordance with Section 6.2 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4). For each equipment application rate, add 20% for wind allowance and an additional 10% as a flow balancing factor for discharge nozzle pressure variations.
For LPG/LNG vessels with depressurizing facilities and heat resistant (1200°C) insulation conforming to UL-1709, spray water requirements shall be subject to approval by the COMPANY and shall be demonstrated by FERA assessment.
Equipment, insulated for process purposes, shall also be protected by water spray.
During water spray system testing, the vessel insulation shall be protected from moisture and water intrusion.
Spray water nozzles shall be directed radially to the vessel/heat exchanger wall and heads. The spray nozzles shall be installed at a distance not exceeding 0.6 m from the equipment surface. Only one type and size of spray nozzle shall be applied (See APPENDIX A2).
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 13 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 5
COLUMNS AND VERTICAL VESSELS
5.1
Purpose
Each column or vertical vessel, normally holding butane or lighter products (e.g. LPG and LNG) and holding a liquid volume of more than 5 m3, shall be protected by a dedicated water spray system to cool down the product and the vessel/columns to avoid flange failures and a BLEVE.
Insulated equipment shall also be protected by water spray. Fireproofed skirts do not require protection by a water spray system.
5.2
Location
The vertical extent of the water spray application shall be based on release scenarios, surface areas that can sustain a pool fire and fire hazard calculations to be approved by CONTRACTOR/COMPANY. The water application rate shall not be less than 10.2 lpm/m2 of the analyzed surface area.
5.3
Operation
See Section 4.3
5.4
Design
5.4.1
General
Water application rates for individual equipment shall be in accordance with Section 6.2 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4). For each equipment application rate, add 20% for wind allowance and an additional 10% as a flow balancing factor for discharge nozzle pressure variations.
For LPG/LNG equipment with depressurizing facilities and heat resistant (1200°C) insulation conforming to UL- 1709, spray water requirements shall be subject to approval by the COMPANY and shall be demonstrated by FERA assessment.
The arrangement of water spray nozzles shall be such that complete coverage of shell and heads (including appurtenances) is obtained, with minimum loss due to wind and up-draught. For this purpose, spray water nozzles shall be directed radially to the column/vessel wall and heads. The number of spray nozzles on each level and the spray angle (inclination) of the nozzles depend on the column/vessel diameter.
In case spray patterns are obstructed, by platforms, stairs, flanges, manways, etc., additional spray nozzles shall be provided to achieve complete coverage.
The water spray system shall be arranged so as not to interfere with the future maintenance requirements of the equipment.
The spray nozzles shall be installed at a distance not exceeding 0.6 m from the equipment/insulation surface. Only one type and size of spray nozzles shall be applied (see APPENDIX A3).
6
SPHERICAL TANKS
6.1
Purpose
Pressurized storage spheres and vessels, normally holding butane and lighter hydrocarbon products (e.g., LPG) and having a liquid volume of more than 5 m3, shall be provided with a water spray system as a protection against
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 14 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 a credible engulfed fire and radiated heat from a fire at the top of the sphere proper or an adjacent object on fire. Heat, originating from these various options, on pressurized metallic parts in the vapor phase may lead to local hot/weak spots, which may cause a BLEVE.
The engulfed fire pool case determines the spray water application rate. The engulfed fire pool case requires the full surface of the sphere(s) on fire and the adjacent impacted equipment shall be covered in water spray.
6.2
Location
To economize on water consumption, the sphere shall have its spray system split into two entirely separate sections, one for the upper and one for the lower half of the sphere (see APPENDIX A4). This will allow for one sphere on fire to be 100% sprayed and the adjacent sphere to be 50% sprayed for cooling (the upper half). As well as the sphere surface itself, all appurtenances, non-fireproofed sections of the supporting legs and equipment in the containment area shall be water sprayed.
The water application rate shall not be less than 10.2 lpm/m2 of the total surface area as per AGES-PH-03-002.
6.3
Operation
The spray system shall be activated automatically by a fire/heat detection system. A sphere on fire shall have both sections activated automatically. If adjacent sphere(s) are present, they shall have only the upper section activated automatically. In addition, manual activation shall be provided from the central control room.
In salt/brackish water service the normally “dry” piping system shall be flushed clean with fresh water after testing or use.
6.4
Design
6.4.1
General
Water application rates for individual equipment shall be in accordance with Section 6.2 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4). For each equipment application rate, add 20% for wind allowance and an additional 10% as a flow balancing factor for discharge nozzle pressure variations.
Complete wetting of the entire sphere surface is required independent of rundown. Because of overlap in the spray pattern, spraying of the appurtenances and the selection of the nearest larger spray nozzle, the actual rate is at least 10 lpm/m2.
For any equipment in the vicinity (e.g., pipe racks, pumps etc.) heat calculations shall be made to determine the necessity of cooling by means of water spray.
Nozzles shall be installed on a ring header at the upper part of the sphere. For easy access and maintenance this ring header is usually installed near the top platform.
The number of headers plus spray nozzles and the capacity thereof shall be such that the upper half of the sphere is covered with the required application rate as described above. The sphere surface area above the ring header elevation, as well as the appurtenances, like safety valves and instrumentation located at the top of the sphere, shall be adequately wetted, possibly by installing additional dedicated spray nozzles, located above such equipment.
The lower half of the sphere shall be protected by water spray from nozzles installed at regular intervals to achieve complete coverage (wetting) with overlapping spray patterns. The preferred method is to use a “top” ring header feeding regularly-spaced legs in the vertical plane, concentric to the sphere surface.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 15 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Spray water nozzles shall be directed radially at the sphere surface. The spray nozzles shall be installed at a distance not exceeding 0.6 m from the equipment surface.
In order to apply a minimum of different spray nozzle sizes and types, it shall be aimed to select the same spray nozzles for the upper and lower half of the sphere.
The filling/outlet line shall also be protected by water spray up to the isolating valve, located outside the containment wall.
The sphere’s support legs are provided with fire proofing material, which will withstand heat for a limited time period. To cover the extended period of a credible fire, the legs also require spray water protection. Here particular attention shall be paid to the region where the support leg meets the sphere.
Where supports, stairs, platforms, nozzles, manholes etc. interfere with the spray patterns or the rundown water layer, additional spray nozzles shall be provided to guarantee complete coverage. Sufficient allowances shall be made to compensate for water loss due to wind, overshooting etc.
Ring headers shall be constructed from circular or straight prefabricated pipe sections. The upper half and lower half “top” ring header shall be firmly supported from the top platform and the sphere’s support legs respectively.
The vertical legs of the lower part shall be provided with distance pieces (no welding on sphere) and pulled together at their free ends.
The water spray system shall be arranged so as not to interfere with the future maintenance requirements of the equipment.
For a typical scheme see APPENDIX A4.
7
FIXED ROOF TANKS
7.1
Purpose
Fixed roof storage tanks containing flammable products shall have an automatic water spray systems installed to protect against anticipated radiated heat from adjacent equipment on fire. Requirement of spray system for roof surface shall be determined based on heat radiation impact from adjacent tank/ hydrocarbon fire sources
Water application rate shall not be less than 4.1 lpm/m2 of the surface area requiring spray protection as per Table 6-1 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4)
7.2
Location
Normally the entire roof outer surface and the wall section exposed to heat radiation as determined in the pre-fire plans (scenarios), shall be sprayed. In the case that the water demand to fixed roof tank(s) is the largest in the complex and more than the “standard” pump rating required for other credible scenarios, the tank roof spray system shall be divided into sections. The spray system for the tank shall be divided into two to four sections depending upon the diameter of the tank, heat exposure surface, fire water flow rate availability..
7.3
Operation
The spray system shall be activated automatically. Apart from automatic, manual activation provision shall be there. The manual valve’s location shall be marked with sign board stating the purpose of the valve.
Manual only activation of the water pray system shall be with COMPANY approval.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 16 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 In salt/brackish water service the normally “dry” piping system shall be flushed clean with fresh water after testing or use.
7.4
Design
7.4.1
General
Water application rates for individual equipment shall be in accordance with Section 6.2 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4). For each equipment application rate, add 20% for wind allowance and an additional 10% as a flow balancing factor for discharge nozzle pressure variations.
7.4.2
Tank Roof
Complete wetting of roof surface shall be ensured. For optimum wetting and piping lay out at least one inner ring header, with a radius of 3 meters, shall be installed. This inner ring header shall be equipped with three sub headers (minimum size 2 inch), equally spaced along the inner ring header’s circumference and pointing radially inwards. At the end of the sub header a full pattern nozzle shall be installed. On the circular header(s) full pattern or flat spray nozzles shall be installed. Maximum meters spray distance is, for both type of nozzles: “upwards” and “downwards” respectively, 2.0 and 2.5 meters. For wetting, a maximum water rundown of 4 meters is permitted. Based upon the foregoing additional ring headers are required for tanks above 18 m diameter (see Appendices A5, A6 and A7).
7.4.3
Tank Wall
The tank wall shall be protected by a circular ring header supported from the tank’s top curb angle or wind girder. Maximum distance between wall and header center line is 0.45 m. On this header flat spray nozzles shall be spaced at regular intervals, with an inclination from the vertical axis of 10 to 20 degrees, to achieve complete coverage (wetting) at overlapping spray patterns (see APPENDIX A7). The number of nozzles depends on the tank diameter. Normally additional ring headers are only required if additional wind girders are applied. Additional ring shall be provided to meet the application rate.
In order to apply a minimum of different spray nozzle sizes and types, one size and type of nozzle shall be chosen for the roof, and one size and type for the tank wall. The wall nozzle size and type can be the same as the roof if it meets the design.
Where reinforcing rings, supports, stairs, platforms, nozzles, manholes etc. interfere with the spray patterns or the rundown water layer, additional spray nozzles shall be provided to guarantee complete coverage (including appurtenance).
Ring headers shall be constructed from flanged circular prefabricated pipe sections. The roof ring headers shall be firmly supported. Pipe supports to be welded or bonded to the roof.
The water spray system shall be arranged so as not to interfere with the maintenance requirements of the tank and appurtenances.
7.4.4
Piping Line-Up
Ring headers, serving roof or wall (shell) sprayers, shall be connected to a common supply header. Each supply header (protecting a section of each tank) shall have a single connection to the fire water ring main. The connection shall be located upwind of the prevailing wind direction. The manual operated valve shall be located upwind from the prevailing wind direction, and at least 30 m away from the spray system in an easy accessible place outside the tank bund. Upstream the manual operated block valve a strainer shall be installed..
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 17 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Horizontal “dry” piping, downstream of the automatic operated valve with manual operation provision, shall be installed with a slope of 1:200 or steeper, and it shall be equipped with adequate drain facilities (typically 6 mm dia. weephole). Piping shall be installed in the pipe track, it shall pass over the bund wall and it shall be supported on sleepers or elevated pipe supports within the bund.
Vertical legs to be provided with a bottom blind flange for cleaning purposes (minimum size 2 inch).
At each fire water supply side (downstream of the deluge control valve and the manual operated valve) a 3 inch branch, with valve and 2½ inch instantaneous hose connection, shall be provided for water or smoke testing, flushing with fresh water and drainage. Where practical, flushing deluge piping with potable water after wet testing is recommended to removed pooled sea water and salt deposits.
Piping supports welded to the shell or head of the equipment shall be minimized. Where support from the equipment cannot be avoided, COMPANY shall coordinate the design, supply, and installation of the supports at the various locations. Local loads imposed on the equipment due to these supports, shall be thoroughly checked.
All overhead piping shall be adequately supported and fixed to prevent deflection and vibrations.
8
FLOATING ROOF AND INTERNAL FLOATING TANKS
8.1
Purpose
Floating roof storage tanks over 10m in height containing flammable products shall have an automatic water spray systems installed to protect against anticipated radiated heat from adjacent equipment on fire.
Floating roof storage tanks up to 10 m height can be protected by mobile equipment if the First Intervention Team (FIT) is available, with sufficient manpower. Otherwise the requirement for an automatic water spray system shall be reviewed.
8.2
Location
The floating roof itself does not require cooling by a fixed water spray system; the boxed sections/pontoons will serve as an insulation layer, while single sheeting is able to absorb heat as it floats on the product (heat sink). Therefore, only those parts of the floating roof tank shell that are exposed to heat radiation as determined in the pre-fire plans (scenarios) shall be sprayed. The spray system for the tank wall is divided into two to four sections depending upon the diameter of the tank, heat exposure surface, fire water flow rate availability.
Water application rate shall not be less than 4.1 lpm/m2 of the surface area requiring spray protection.
8.3
Operation
The spray system shall be activated automatically. Apart from automatic, manual activation provision shall be there. The manual valve’s location shall be marked with sign board stating the purpose of the valve.
In salt/brackish water service the normally “dry” piping system shall be flushed clean with fresh water after testing or use. Flushing requirement should be reviewed based on the material of usage and quantity of water required to flush or availability of potable water. Flushing requirement to be established during design development based on the consideration of all these parameters.
Where practical, flushing deluge piping with potable water after wet testing is recommended to removed pooled sea water and salt deposits.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 18 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 8.4
Design
8.4.1
General
Water application rates for individual equipment shall be in accordance with Section 6.2 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4). For each equipment application rate, add 20% for wind allowance and an additional 10% as a flow balancing factor for discharge nozzle pressure variations.
Heat radiation calculations shall be made, to determine the maximum heat flux in order to arrive at the required water spray application rate.
8.4.2
Tank Roof
See section 7.4.2, for internal floating tanks.
8.4.3
Tank Wall
See Section 7.4.3.
8.4.4
Piping Line-Up
See section 7.4.4
9
MATERIALS
Materials and equipment shall be in accordance with the appropriate sections of this specification meeting the service requirement (e.g potable or sea water) and shall be UL listed and/or FM approved for the services they are intended to be used. Listings and approvals shall be a part of the documentation required to be submitted to the COMPANY for approval.
10
TESTING
A water spray system designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 15 shall be properly inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25 and NFPA 72.
11
INSTALLATION
Installation shall be in accordance with the appropriate sections of this specification and AGES-SP-07-011 (Preservation & Export Packing Specification), and shall meet the requirements of NFPA 15, including Appendices.
System actuation valves shall be provided with manual means of actuation independent of the automatic release system and detection devices.
12
OTHER REQUIREMENTS
12.1
Quality Control and Assurance
Refer to Section 8 of Part 1- General.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 19 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 12.2
Sub-Contractors
Refer to Section 9 of Part 1- General.
12.3
Painting, Preservation and Shipment
Refer to Section 10 of Part 1- General.
12.4
Documentation
The CONTRACTOR shall submit the type and quantity of drawings and documentation for COMPANY’S authorization or information as listed herein, unless the type and quantity are otherwise specified by the COMPANY.
Mutual agreement between the CONTRACTOR and COMPANY on schedule submittal of drawings and documentation shall be an integral part of any formal Contract Package.
Comments made by COMPANY on drawing submittal shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of any responsibility in meeting the requirements of the specifications. Such comments shall not be construed as permission to deviate from requirements of the Contract Package unless specific and mutual agreement is reached and confirmed in writing and shall notify and be approved by COMPANY. Each drawing shall be provided with a title block in the bottom right-hand corner incorporating the following information:
a. Official trade name of COMPANY.
b. CONTRACTOR drawing number.
c. Drawing title giving the description of contents whereby the drawing can be identified.
d. A symbol or letter indicating the latest issue or revision.
e. Contract Package reference number, and all items as specified in NFPA 11 &16 with tag numbers.
Failure to have the required items on the drawings may cause rejection of drawings.
Within ten (10) days after final acceptance, the CONTRACTOR shall provide five (5) complete bound operation and maintenance instruction manuals for each system to the COMPANY.
Upon completion of each system, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY with four copies of as-built drawings showing actual installation details. All equipment locations (manual stations, alarms, detectors, control panels) shall be shown, as well as exact conduit and piping routing details and Deluge Location and its position. All facilities modifications, actuation system and its interface, nozzle arrangement, related PFD and P&ID’s shall be illustrated.
Revisions to drawing shall be identified with symbols adjacent to the alterations, and the authority and date of the revision shall be listed. The term “Latest Revision” shall not be used.
All CONTRACTOR documents and drawings shall strictly follow revision marking (vertical line in right border) along with (strikethrough) for deletion and (underlined) for addition & modifications in hard copy as well as in electronic copy. All documents/drawings shall be submitted showing the last revision and changes/additions made along with a list of item-by- item CONTRACTOR response to COMPANY comments. When COMPANY approves a document with “No Comments”, CONTRACTOR shall issue such documents/drawings as “COMPANY approved issue”. In this issue, the document shall be same as previous submission except that it will only show revised/added version without any revision marks.
COMPANY shall thoroughly review documents to ensure compliance to Project documents/ drawings and shall submit only the marked-up copy of CONTRACTOR documents.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 20 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 COMPANY shall ensure CONTRACTOR utilizes the same drawing format, contents style, presentation, electronic format, as per Project procedures.
The CONTRACTOR is to submit to the COMPANY the following drawings and documents and shall include, as a minimum:
a. Schedule for design, equipment delivery, installation and testing.
b. Material of Construction and its approval
c. CONTRACTOR references.
d. PI&Ds and piping isometrics of the system.
e. Plans (including As-Built). Fully dimensioned system layout drawings including linear scale.
f. Equipment descriptions, listings and specifications.
g. Single line diagrams and Electrical cabling diagrams.
h. Flow test (report) on water supply
i. Hydraulic calculations.
j. Operation and maintenance instructions.
k.
l.
Installation manuals.
Test procedures.
m. List of spare parts provided in COMPANY format
n. VENDORS equipment and CONTRACTORS system warranties.
o. The telephone numbers and addresses of VENDORS.
p. The Number of days to be provided for training
q. Test reports for Material Test certificates
12.4.1
Design
Contractor shall ensure that CALCULATIONS are complete, neatly bound and indexed for submittal to the COMPANY for review and approval at each phase of design required. The design basis of calculation shall be clearly shown on the lead sheet of the calculation.
12.4.2
Drawings
a. To include ADNOC Fire & Gas Detection And Fire Protection System Philosophy, AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4), COMPANY drawing Office instruction and Project Specification shall be used for drawings preparation, revision, circulation, routing.
b. Detail sections and enlarged plans shall be used where required to provide a complete, constructible set
of drawings.
c. CONTRACTOR to submit Shop Drawings, Submit Materials and Equipment Data, Operating and
Maintenance Manuals and As-built drawings.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 21 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 12.5
Guarantees and Performance
See Section 11 in Part 1 – General.
12.6
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance
See Section 12 in Part 1 – General.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 22 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A1. TYPICAL SPRAY NOZZLE ARRANGEMENT FOR PUMPS
APPENDICES
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 23 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A2. TYPICAL SPRAY NOZZLE ARRANGEMENT FOR HORIZONTAL VESSELS AND
HORIZONTAL HEAT EXCHANGERS
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 24 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A3. TYPICAL SPRAY NOZZLE ARRANGEMENT FOR VERTICAL VESSELS AND COLUMNS
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 25 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A4. TYPICAL PROTECTION OF SPHERICAL PRESSURE VESSELS
A4.1.
Detail 1 of 2
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 26 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 A4.2.
Detail 2 of 2
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 27 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A5. TYPICAL HEADER ARRANGEMENT ON TANK ROOF
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 28 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A6. TYPICAL NOZZLE ARRANGEMENT ON TANK ROOF SUPPLY HEADERS
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 29 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A7. TANK SPRAYER TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-3)
Rev. No: 1 Page 30 of 30
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL.
ADNOC GROUP PROJECTS AND ENGINEERING
ACTIVE FIRE PROTECTION
Specification
Part 4 – Foam Fire Protection System
AGES-SP-03-002
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
GENERAL …6
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
INTRODUCTION…6
PURPOSE…6
DEFINITIONS & ABBREVIATIONS …6
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS…11
DOCUMENT PRECEDENCE …12
SPECIFICATION DEVIATION / CONCESSION CONTROL…12
2
FOAM EXTINGUISHING AGENTS…12
2.1 GENERAL…12
2.2
2.3
2.4
EXPANSION …13
FOAM CONCENTRATE TYPES AND PROPERTIES …15
FOAM CONCENTRATE SELECTION …18
3
4
GENERAL DESIGN AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS …19
3.1 OPERATING ENVIRONMENT …19
3.2
ERGONOMICS …19
FOAM CONCENTRATE STORAGE FACILITIES …20
4.1
4.2
PURPOSE…20
LOCATION …20
4.3 OPERATION…20
4.4
4.5
4.6
SAFETY SHOWER AND EYE WASH UNIT …21
DESIGN …21
FOAM CONCENTRATE STORAGE CONDITION …23
4.7 QUANTITIES OF FOAM CONCENTRATE …23
4.8
FOAM CONCENTRATE TESTING …24
5
FOAM SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND SYSTEM TYPES …25
5.1 WATER SUPPLY…25
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
FOAM CONCENTRATE …25
FOAM PROPORTIONING …26
FOAM GENERATING EQUIPMENT …32
FOAM DISCHARGE DEVICES …33
FOAM APPLICATION METHODS …33
FOAM SYSTEMS CONFIGURATIONS…33
FOAM STATION…35
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 2 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 6
LOW EXPANSION FOAM …37
6.1
FIXED ROOF (CONE) TANKS PROTECTION …37
6.2 OPEN-TOP FLOATING ROOF STORAGE TANKS …45
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
COVERED (INTERNAL) FLOATING ROOF TANKS…55
BUNDED / DIKED AREAS PROTECTION …56
NON-DIKED SPILL AREAS (PROCESS AREAS) …58
SUPPLEMENTARY PROTECTION …58
7
8
FOAM-WATER DELUGE / SPRAY SYSTEMS …59
7.1
NON-ASPIRATING FOAM SYSTEMS …59
MEDIUM AND HIGH-EXPANSION FOAM SYSTEMS …60
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
USE AND LIMITATIONS …61
APPLICATION METHOD …62
PROTECTION AGAINST EXPOSURE …62
DUCTS…62
8.5 MEDIUM EXPANSION FOAM SYSTEMS…63
8.6
8.7
8.8
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM SYSTEMS …63
TYPES OF SYSTEMS …64
FOAM APPLICATIONS FOR LIQUEFIED NATURAL GAS (LNG)…65
9
TECHNIQUE CONSIDERATIONS IN EXTINGUISHING LARGE TANK FIRES…66
9.1
APPLICATION RATE …66
9.2 OVER THE-TOP-APPLICATION (WITH LARGE CAPACITY FOAM MONITORS) …67
10
11
12
13
MATERIALS…68
TESTING …68
INSTALLATION …68
OTHER REQUIREMENTS …68
13.1 QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE …68
13.2 SUB-CONTRACTORS …69
13.3 PAINTING, PRESERVATION AND SHIPMENT …69
13.4 DOCUMENTATION …69
13.5 GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE …70
13.6 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE…70
APPENDICES …71
APPENDIX A1. TYPICAL FOAM CONCENTRATE STORAGE FACILITY …71
APPENDIX A2. TYPICAL FOAM STATION …73
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 3 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A3. TYPICAL NONASPIRATING AFFF FOAM SPRAY SYSTEMS …75
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 4 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1-1 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS …10 TABLE 2-1 TYPES OF FIREFIGHTING FOAM CONCENTRATE…18 TABLE 4-1 MATERIAL SELECTION FOR FOAM CONCENTRATE VESSEL…22 TABLE 4-2 MATERIAL SELECTION OF FOAM CONCENTRATE PUMP …23 TABLE 6-1 MINIMUM FOAM SOLUTION FLOWRATE USING PORTABLE FOAM NOZZLES OR MONITORS 58 TABLE 6-2 MINIMUM NUMBER OF HOSE STREAMS FOR SUPPLEMENTARY PROTECTION OF LARGEST
STORAGE TANK…59
TABLE 6-3 MINIMUM DURATION OF HOSE STREAMS FOR SUPPLEMENTARY PROTECTION OF
STORAGE TANK…59 TABLE 8-1 MINIMUM DISCHARGE TIME FOR MEDIUM EXPANSION FOAM SYSTEM …63
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE 5-1 CENTRALIZED FOAM UNIT…34 FIGURE 5-2 DECENTRALIZED FOAM UNIT…34 FIGURE 6-5 THROUGH- THE-TANK PIPED FOAM SYSTEM …49
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 5 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1
GENERAL
1.1
Introduction
This technical specification gives minimum requirements for the design, fabrication, assembly, testing and installation of the fire protection foam systems.
These requirements shall be applied to new installations and to major modifications or extensions of existing installations. This specification is to be used by the CONTRACTOR as a basis for issuing the minimum requirements of project work to the SUBCONTRACTORS.
This Part of the specification, Part 4- Foam Fire Protection System, shall be read in conjunction with Part 1- General.
1.2
Purpose
This COMPANY specification for Foam Fire Extinguishing System define the requirements for the design of foam fire extinguishing systems and specifies the requirements for foam producing and liquid concentrates employed, and gives designs of fixed and semi-fixed systems for applying low, medium and high expansion foam to fires in buildings, industrial plant and storage facilities.
It is intended to be used as a basis for the development of detailed design documents (including scope, basis of design, technical requirements, plans, drawings, specifications, cost estimates, request for proposals, and invitations for bids).
It must be used as a reference document and requirement in the procurement and engineering services and other consulting services to prepare detailed design documents including those for design/build projects. It is not intended to be used in lieu of detailed design documents in the procurement of facility construction.
1.3
Definitions & Abbreviations
1.3.1
General Definitions
Refer to Section 3.1 of Part 1 - General
1.3.2
Technical Definitions
Refer to Section 3.2 of Part 1 – General
Additional definitions relevant to Part 4 – Foam Systems are the following:
“25% (50%) drainage rate (time)” is the time taken for 25% (50%) of the volume of the original foam solution to drain out of the generated foam
“Adhesive Qualities” means the ability to bind together substances of unlike composition. When a foam blanket clings to a vertical surface, it is said to have adhesive qualities. This is required to prevent vapor release from a tank shell, for example.
“ADNOC Fire Station” is the Fire Station, fire crew, or asset in ADNOC Group that use foam concentrate for firefighting or protection purpose
“Alcohol or Polar Solvent” there are two types of foams which are resistant to destruction by water miscible polar compounds. One type is based on protein foam which is called alcohol. A second type of material usually termed polar solvent resist contains a water soluble polymer. A specially formulated foam concentrate for use on alcohols and other polar solvents.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 6 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 “Application rate” is the calculated amount of foam solution in liters per square meter per minute (lpm/m2)
“Aqueous Film Forming Foam” also known as AFFF is a mixture of fluorocarbon carbon and hydrocarbon surfactants. Foam liquid containing fluorocarbon surfactants that control the physical properties of water so that it is able to float and spread across the surface of a hydrocarbon fuel.
“Area of operation” is the area for the design of the foam concentrate solution supplies
“Boilover” means violent ejection of flammable liquid from its container caused by the vaporization of water beneath the body of liquid. It may occur after a lengthy burning period of products such as crude oil when the heat wave has passed down through the liquid and reaches the water bottom in a storage tank. It will not occur to any significant extent with water-soluble liquids or light products such as gasoline.
“Burn back Resistance” means the ability of a foam blanket to resist direct flame impingement such as would be evident in a partially extinguished petroleum fire. Class “A” Fire
“Class A Fire” A fire in ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber, and many plastics.
“Class B Fire” A fire in flammable liquids, combustible liquids, petroleum greases, tars, oils, oil-based paints, solvents, lacquers, alcohols, and flammable gases.
“Class C Fires” are fires that involve energized electrical equipment.
“Class D Fires” are fires in combustible metals, such as magnesium, titanium, zirconium, sodium, lithium, and potassium.
“Class K Fires” are fires in cooking appliances that involve combustible cooking media (vegetable or animal oils and fats).
“Concentration” the amount of foam liquid contained in a given volume of foam solution. The type of foam liquid being used determines the percentage of concentration contained in a liquid foam solution (Typically ranging from 1 % to 6 %) before it is expanded into foam.
“Cohesive Qualities” means the ability to bind together substances of like composition. A good foam blanket is held together by its cohesive qualities.
“Deflector” means the device attached to most Type II fixed foam chamber discharge outlets which directs the flow of foam down and over a large area of the inside of the tank wall.
“Discharge Device” means fixed or portable device which directs the flow of foam onto the hazard to be protected.
“Drainage Rate” means the rate at which solution drains from foam.
“Educator (Inductor)” means device using the Venturi principle to introduce a proportionate quantity of foam concentrate into a water stream. The wording “inductor” is frequently miss-used. The pressure at the throat is below atmospheric pressure and will draw in liquid from atmospheric storage.
“Expansion” means the ratio of volume of foam formed to the volume of solution used to generate the foam; for example, a 10 expansion means 1000 litres of foam from 100 litres of solution.
“Fire Point” means the temperature at which the fluid will sustain a fire if ignited by an outside ignition source.
“Fixed system” These are complete installations piped from a central foam station, discharging through fixed delivery outlets to the hazard area to be protected. Any required pumps are permanently installed.
“Flash-Back” means reigniting of flammable liquid caused by exposure of its vapours to a source of ignition such as a hot metal surface or a spark.
Fluid Category As per American regulation (NFPA 30), hydrocarbons fluids are classified as follows:
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 7 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777
Fluid class I IA: Liquid having a flash point below 22.8°C and a boiling point below 37.8°C IB: Liquid having a flash point below 22.8°C and a boiling point above 37.8°C IC: Liquid having a flash point at or above 22.8°C and below 37.8°C Fluid class II: Liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8°C and below 60°C Fluid class III IIIA: Liquid having a flash point at or above 60°C and below 93°C IIIB: Liquid having a flash point at or above 93°C.
“Fluoroprotein Foam Liquid” means foam based on natural protein and modified with a selected fluorinated surfactant which is loosely bonded to protein and gives the foam oleophobicity (ability to shed oil-like products).
“Flash Point” means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off sufficient vapour to form an ignitable mixture with air.
“Foam” means the homogeneous blanket obtained by mixing water, foam liquid and air or a gas.
“Foam Concentrate” means the foaming agent for mixing with the appropriate amounts of water and air to produce finished foam. A concentrated liquid foaming agent as received from the manufacturers.
“Foam Maker” means a device designed to introduce air into a pressurized foam solution stream
“Foam Solution” means a homogeneous mixture of water and foam concentrate in the proper proportions.
“Friction Loss” means the loss of pressure in a flowing stream resulting from resistance to flow imposed by the inside of the pipe or hose and by changes in flow direction such as elbows and tees.
“High Expansion” means foam having an expansion ratio higher than 200 (generally about 500).
“Low Expansion” means foam having an expansion ratio not greater than 20 (generally about 10)
“Medium Expansion” means foam having an expansion ratio greater than 20 and not greater than 200 (generally about 100).
“Minimum Operating” Temperature means the lowest temperature at which foam liquid will proportion with venturi devices.
“Mobile systems” This includes any foam producing unit that is mounted on wheels, and that is self-propelled or towed by a vehicle. These units shall be connected to a suitable water supply or utilize a premixed foam solution.
“Monitor” means a large heavy water stream nozzle, controlled by wheel operated gears and/or swivel connections, for safety backup protection on all large volume fire evolutions on the field.
“Nozzle Pressure” means the pressure at which water is being discharged from the nozzle. Discharge pressure and nozzle pressure are synonymous.
“Operation time (duration of foam application)” is the minimum time for the supply of the extinguishing system with foam solution
“Pipework” are the pipes and connections including fittings and supports for the transportation of water, foam concentrate, foam solution, and sometimes foam
“Polar Solvent” means a liquid whose molecules possess a permanent electric moment. Examples are amines, ethers, alcohols, esters, aldehydes, and ketones. In fire fighting, any flammable liquid which destroys regular foam is generally referred to as a polar solvent (or is water miscible).
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 8 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 “Polymeric Membrane” means a thin, durable, cohesive skin formed on a polar solvent fuel surface, protecting the foam bubbles from destruction by the fuel; a precipitation which occurs when polar solvent foam comes in contact with hydrophilic fuels such as isopropanol, ethanol and other polar solvents.
“Portable systems” The type in which the foam producing equipment and materials, hose, etc., are transported by hand.
“Pour Point” means the lowest temperature at which a foam liquid is fluid enough to pour, generally about 5°F above the freezing point
“Predicted shelf life” is the predicted time that a foam concentrate may be stored without becoming unfit for use
“Premixed Foam Solution” means it is produced by introducing a measured amount of foam concentrate into a given amount of water in a storage tank.
“Proportioning” means the continuous introduction of foam concentrate at the recommended ratio into the water stream to form foam solution.
“Proportioning component / Foam mixing/ induction equipment” is the component which controls the mixing of foam concentrate into a water flow, at a predetermined ratio, to produce a foam solution
“Protein” means complex nitrogen containing organic compounds derived from natural vegetable or animal sources. Hydrolysis products of protein provide exceptionally stable, cohesive, adhesive, and heat-resistant properties to foam.
“Quarter-Life” means the time required in minutes for one fourth of the total liquid solution to drain from the foam. Also referred to as 25% drainage time.
“Residual Pressure” means the pressure existing in a line at a specified flow. (As opposed to static pressure).
“Sediment” are iInsoluble particles in the foam concentrate
“Semi-fixed foam extinguishing system” is a system where extinguishing foam is delivered through a fixed installed pipework and stationery foam system making components whilst the foam concentrate only, or both the foam concentrate and water, are supplied from mobile appliances
“Spill Fires” are shallow depth of flammable liquid (less than 25 mm over majority of the ignited area)
“Spreading coefficient” is a measure of ability to form an aqueous film on the surface of hydrocarbon liquids
“Sprinkler Foam Water Type” An air aspirating open type sprinkler constructed to discharge water or foam water solutions.
“Stability/separation” is forming two or more distinct layers or solid deposits in liquid
“Storage and use temperature” is a range of temperatures suitable for storage and use of foam concentrate
“Submergence” means completion of the filling of an enclosure with high-expansion foam. Plunging of foam beneath the surface of burning liquid resulting in a partial breakdown of the foam structure and coating of the foam with the burning liquid.
“Subsurface Foam Injection” means discharge of foam into a storage tank below the liquid surface near the tank bottom.
“Subsurface system” is a system where foam is delivered under the surface of the liquid
“Suitability with freshwater and seawater” means it is compatible with fresh and seawater
“Surface tension” is the tension within the interface between a liquid and air
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 9 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 “Surfactant” means chemical agent decreasing the surface tension and increasing the wetting capability, and additionally the penetration into porous solid materials.
“Type of foam extinguishing systems” are fixed, semi‑fixed or mobile foam extinguishing system
“Type II Applicator” the NFPA term for a discharge outlet not supplemented with means for delivering foam on the surface of the burning liquid without undue submergence or agitation of the surface of the liquid.
“Viscosity” is a measure of how well a liquid flows
“Venturi” means a constricted portion of a pipe or tube which increases water velocity, thus momentarily reducing its pressure. It is in this reduced pressure area that Foam Liquid is introduced in many types of proportioning equipment.
1.3.3
Abbreviations
The abbreviations used throughout this Section are in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1 List of Abbreviations
Abbreviations
AFFF
AR
COS
ESCR
F3
F&G
FP
FFFP
FR
FSF
GC
HBPFM
HBPG
IFR
LHD
NNC
P
PBT
PFAS
PFOA
PFOS
Aqueous Film-Forming Foam concentrates
Alcohol Resistant foam concentrate
Crude Oil Storage
Emergency Service Control Room
Fluorine Free Foams
Fire and Gas
Fluoro-Protein Foam Concentrate
Film-Forming Fluoro-Protein Foam Concentrate
Fixed Roof
Fixed Full Surface Fire
Group Company
High Back Pressure Foam Monitor
High Back Pressure Foam Generator
Internal Floating Roof
Linear Head Detection
Normally Not Contaminated
Protein foam concentrate
Persistent, bioaccumulative and toxic
Polyfluoroalkyl substances
Perfluorooctanoic acid
Perfluorooctanesulfonic acid
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 10 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Abbreviations
PFP
pH
RPI
S
SME
SPA
WCCS
WI
WM
Passive Fire Protection
A measurement of the acidity or alkalinity of a liquid on the scale of 1 to 14. A pH of 7 is neutral (e.g., pure water), a pH of 1 is very acidic, a pH of 14 is very alkaline
Resource Protection International
Synthetic foam concentrates
Subject meter expert
Single point of accountability
Worst case credible scenario
Water immiscible
Water Miscible
1.4
Reference Documents
It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s, SUBCONTRACTOR’s, CONSULTANT’s, VENDOR’s and SUB-VENDOR’s responsibility to be, or to become, knowledgeable of the requirements of the referenced Codes and Standards and to ensure that all equipment, systems, installations, packages are designed, manufactured and tested accordingly.
CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, CONSULTANT, VENDOR and SUB-VENDOR shall report to the COMPANY any discrepancy in this specification figures and necessary resolution shall be made prior to engage any Engineering development / Procurement or Construction.
The Codes, Standards, Specifications including its referenced documents and statutory regulations referred in this specification, form a part of this specification. Unless specified otherwise, the latest edition in force at the time of award of Contract or Purchase Order shall apply.
1.4.1
International Codes and Standards
Refer to Section 5 of Part 1- General.
1.4.2
ADNOC Specification
Refer to Section 4 of Part 1- General.
1.4.3
National and Local Codes and Standards
As a rule, the requirements of this specification shall be adhered to. However, national and/or local regulations may exist in which some of the requirements may be more stringent. VENDOR and CONTRACTOR shall determine by careful scrutiny which of the requirements are more stringent, and which combination of requirements will be acceptable as regards safety, economic and legal aspects.
In all cases, VENDOR and CONTRACTOR shall inform COMPANY of any deviation from the requirements of this specification, which is considered necessary in order to comply with the national and/or local regulations. CONTRACTOR may then negotiate with the authorities concerned with the object of obtaining agreement to follow this specification as closely as possible.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 11 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 As applicable to the scope, CONTRACTOR and VENDOR shall comply with UAE Fire and Life Safety Code of Practice.
Along with NFPA 11, COMPANY had adopted EN 13565-2 2018, Fixed Firefighting Systems-Foam Systems as the standard of record in relation to foam system design. ADNOC had adopted BS EN 1568 Fire Extinguishing Media-Foam Concentrates (parts 1-4) as the standard of record in relation to foam concentrate selection
1.5
Document Precedence
Refer to Section 6 of Part 1- General.
1.6
Specification Deviation / Concession Control
Refer to Section 7 of Part 1- General.
2
FOAM EXTINGUISHING AGENTS
2.1
General
Fire-fighting foams are widely used to control and extinguish class B fires, i.e. fires involving flammable liquids and gases, to inhibit re-ignition.
Fire-fighting foams can also be used for prevention of ignition vapours from flammable liquids and, in certain conditions, to extinguish Class A fires, i.e. fires involving in ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber, and many plastics.
Foam for fire protection is an aggregate of air filled bubbles formed from aqueous solution and is lower in density than lightest flammable liquids. It is principally used to form a coherent floating blanket on flammable and combustible liquids lighter than water and prevents or extinguishes fire by excluding air (smothering) and cooling the fuel.
Re-ignition is prevented by suppression of flammable vapours. It adheres to surfaces and provides protection from adjacent fires.
Foam extinguishes fire in four ways:
a. Smothering fire and preventing air from mixing with flammable vapours
b. Control and reduction of flammable vapours release
c. Separating flames from fuel surface
d. Providing some cooling effect for fuel and adjacent metal surfaces.
Foam is not suitable for:
a. Three-dimensional flowing liquid-fuel fires or for gas fires
b. Chemicals releasing sufficient oxygen to sustain combustion
c. Energized un-enclosed electrical equipment
d. Water-reactive materials.
It should be noted that some combinations of extinguishing powder and foam can lead to unacceptable loss of efficiency, caused by unfavourable interaction of the chosen media when applied simultaneously or successively to the fire.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 12 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Foams can be used in combination with other extinguishing media, particularly gaseous media and certain powders.
Foam concentrates of different types and manufacture shall not be mixed.
It is extremely important that the foam concentrate after dilution with water to the recommended concentration shall not in normal usage present a significant toxic hazard to life in relation to the environment.
All fixed foam installations shall be designed to reduce time lag in charging service lines to a minimum, and provision made for draining all services after use.
These specifications have been developed to ensure that fire extinguishing media have the minimum useful fire fighting capability. The user shall ensure that the foam concentrates are used accurately at the concentration recommended by the manufacturer. Fire performances indicated by this standard cannot imitate practical fire situations.
Foam solutions may cause skin or eye irritation. Read warning labels on foam concentrate containers. Effects and antidotal procedures will vary for each foam agent.
There are numerous studies which have proved the long term adverse effects on people and the environment from film forming foams, flouro-protein foams and all foam types which contain Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFOA and PFAS). Contact with foam concentrate or foam solution should be avoided at all times. Foams containing PFOA and PFAS are particularly damaging to the environment and do not break down chemically, they contaminate the ground and water sources for many years. Ingestion of these types of foams has been shown to be responsible for an increase in the prevalence of certain types of human cancers. Firefighting foam can cause serious damage to wildlife.
Currently work is ongoing to develop fluorine free foams (F3) which are comparable in performance to existing foam stocks and it will be beneficial for all group companies to eventually cease using and storing the older types of foam which contain PFOA and PFAS in favour of the approved F3 foams.
More information on different foam types, usage, calculation of foam stocks and the preferred foam type can be found in the ADNOC Foam Management Guidelines.
2.2
Expansion
Foams are classified by their expansion ratio, the ratio of final foam volume to original foam solution volume. Foams are divided into three ranges of expansion corresponding to certain types of usage as follows:
a. Low expansion foams, with expansions between 1 and 20 (vol./vol.), are intended primarily for application
to the surface of flammable liquid fires.
b. Medium expansion foams, with expansions greater than 20 and not greater than 200 (vol. /vol.), are intended for surface application or for application to fires which require a certain depth of foam to obtain coverage up to depths of 4 m.
c. High expansion foams, with expansions greater than 200 (vol./vol.), are intended for filling enclosures
within which a number of fires are burning at different levels up to 10 m.
2.2.1
Low Expansion
Low-expansion foams are the most widely used for pool fires of liquid hydrocarbons. Their main effectiveness in fire prevention, control and fire-fighting is that some of them, such as AFFF & FFFP, can spread and wet the surfaces of most fuels, and form a thin layer acting as an effective vapour seal arresting the combustion and suppressing the evolution fuel vapours. They can be applied from large distances, they stick to equipment and they also provide a cooling coat onto the equipment.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 13 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 In practice it could either be applied to the surface of a burning liquid or beneath the surface (sub-surface application) so that the foam stream floats to the surface and spreads to form a protective layer or blanket upon it. The first method is the more common, and can be used against spill fires, fires in bunded areas, fuel tanks, etc., using the appropriate equipment.
2.2.2
Medium Expansion
Medium-expansion foams can be used on solid fuel and liquid fuel fires where some degree of in-depth coverage is necessary, typical examples would be on a fire where fuel spillages can occur, engine enclosed or semi-enclosed rooms, transformer rooms, etc. Medium expansion foams are generally applied to the surface of flammable liquid fires, either by hand-held foam-making branches, or from fixed foam makers.
Medium-expansion foams can also provide quick and effective coverage of flammable liquid spill fires (pool fires) or some toxic liquid spills where rapid vapour reduction is essential.
2.2.3
High Expansion
High expansion foams are similar in action to medium expansion foams, but they require generators in which air is supplied by a fan, to achieve the rate of flow necessary for their production.
High-expansion foams are agents for control and extinguishing of Class A (combustible material) and Class B (flammable fluids) fires and are particularly suited as flooding agent in confined spaces.
Application of high expansion foam can be used on LNG spill fires to reduce the hazardous vapour dispersion zone. When foam is applied to LNG liquid it initially adds heat which increases the vaporization rate. However, once this initial vapour surge is dispersed, the foam significantly reduces the vaporization rate and warms the LNG vapour to be dispersed as a rising plume, rather than moving along the ground. High expansion foams may also be used on LPG pools for the same purposes but the risks in doing so are increased as compared to LNG because of the higher MW of LNG vapours. They work by blanketing or smothering a fire, but the degree of cooling available is much less than for medium expansion foams, due to their lower water content. They can, however produce much greater foam depths of at least 10m, and can therefore smother a fire in goods stored on high racks. For this, the depth of the foam needs to increase rapidly in order to match, or overtake, the upward rate of development of the fire.
High-expansion foams and, to a lesser extent, medium-expansion foams, have the following effects on fires:
a. Where generated in sufficient volume, they can prevent the free movement of air, and if accumulated in
depth, they provide an insulating barrier, and prevent fire from spreading.
b. Where forced to the heart of the fire, part of the water in the foam is converted to steam, thus reducing the
oxygen rate; additionally the conversion of water to steam absorbs heat.
c. Due to their low surface tension, the solution that is not converted into steam tends to penetrate
combustible materials and pre-wet them.
d. Class A fires are controlled when the foam completely covers the burning material. If the foam is
maintained long enough, the fire can be extinguished.
e. Class B fires can be extinguished when the surface is cooled below the fire-point, or when a foam blanket
of sufficient depth is established over the liquid surface.
As general rule, high-expansion foam shall not be used outdoors because of the effects of wind and the lack of confinement.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 14 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 2.3
Foam Concentrate Types and Properties
A wide variety of foam concentrates exist to meet specific requirements. The currently available products are as follows:
a. Proteins and Fluoro-Protein Foams (P and FP)
b. Synthetic: Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF), Film-Forming Fluoro-Proteins (FFFP)
c. Alcohol-resistant (AR) foams.
Incidents requiring the use of foam are varied and preplanning in support of an effective risk assessment at the prior to commencement of an incident is of utmost importance to ensure that the correct foam concentrate, equipment, and tactics are selected and employed; therefore, only persons with knowledge and experience in determining the selection of foam concentrate should conduct the process.
Foam concentrate parameters and features
Extinguishing performance class – the described ability of the foam to knock down flames.
Burn-back resistance level - the ability of the foam blanket to resist destruction from direct contact with
heat and flames.
Compatibility with protected fuels and the relevant firefighting systems.
Expansion ratio and drainage rate – the amount of finished foam produced from foam concentrate solution and how well the finished foam blanket retains its liquid content. Suitability with freshwater and seawater. Percentage of sediment - a measure of the amount as a percentage by volume of undissolved solids contained in the foam concentrate. Sediment is also sometimes called ‘sludge’. Excess sediment can result in blockages and other serious problems with induction systems and other equipment. The lower the value the better. Freezing point (if applicable) – Freeze/thaw tests are used to determine the effects on a sample of foam concentrate of several cycles of cooling it below its freezing point and then thawing it out. A selection of physical property tests is required to be carried out after the freeze/thaw cycle. Viscosity - is a measure of how well a liquid flows. Low viscosity is often preferred because it improves the flow characteristics of foam concentrate. The desirable viscosity is:
o o
below 200 mm2/s-1 for Newtonian liquids; below 120 mPa·s at 375 s−1 for non-Newtonian liquids.
pH - is a measurement of the acidity or alkalinity of a liquid on the scale of 1 to 14. A pH of 7 is neutral (e.g., pure water), a pH of 1 is very acidic, a pH of 14 is very alkaline. Measurements of pH help indicate the corrosion potential of liquids. Acceptable pH value for foam concentrate is between 6 and 9.5; however, the desired value is as close as possible to 7 (neutral). Stability/separation – foam concentrate should not separate, stratify or precipitate (forming two or more distinct layers or solid deposits). Storage and use temperature – a range of temperatures suitable for storage and use of foam concentrate. Predicted shelf life if stored as per manufacturer’s requirements. Spreading coefficient (surface tension of the foam solution) - film-forming foam concentrates are formulated to form an aqueous film on the surface of some hydrocarbon liquids. The spreading coefficient is a measure of this ability.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 15 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 2.3.1
Usable temperature
Foam concentrate performances are drastically impacted by temperature. Usable temperature varies with the chemical type of concentrate but a typical temperature range for best performance is 0°C to 50°C. This information is provided by the VENDOR and shall be compatible with the prevailing weather conditions.
2.3.2
Compatibility of foam concentrates
Precautions shall be taken to avoid the risk of mixing concentrates (or solutions) of different expansions characteristics.
In the event of older foam systems being used with new foam systems, compatibility and proportioning system requirements shall be ensured.
2.3.2.1 Compatibility of foam with Other Extinguishing Media
The foam produced by the system shall be compatible with any media provided for application at or about the same time as foam.
Certain wetting agents and some extinguishing powders are incompatible with foams, causing a rapid breakdown of the latter. Only media that are substantially compatible with particular foam shall be used in conjunction with it.
Use of water jets or sprays shall adversely affect a foam blanket. They shall not be used in conjunction with foam unless account is taken of any such effects.
2.3.2.2 Compatibility of foam with dry chemical agents
In the event of a First Intervention manual fire fighting with dry chemical agent is not extinguished and foam is applied subsequently, the foam shall be compatible with the dry chemical agent and not create an additional hazard or reduce the efficiency of the foam application.
Some expanded foams might not be compatible with all dry chemical agents. The MANUFACTURERS of the dry chemical and foam concentrate to be used shall confirm that their products are mutually compatible. AFFF and FFFP concentrates are generally compatible with dry chemical agents.
2.3.3
Proteins Foam
Protein (P) foam concentrate is produced from naturally occurring hydrolysed proteins combined with stabilising additives to control viscosity, bactericides to resist bacterial decomposition, inhibitors to prevent corrosion of equipment and containers, and other additives to deliver high heat stability and good burnback resistance. This foam is generally used at 3% and 6% concentration. It is a general purpose foam for hydrocarbon fires with a limited storage time capability which is now being replaced in most applications by fluoroprotein.
2.3.4
FluoroProtein Foam
FluoroProtein (FP) foam concentrate is protein foam concentrate with added a synthetic fluorinated surfactant additive that decreases the surface tension and enhances the surface coverage effectiveness and the penetration into materials.
The foam is generally more fluid than protein foam, gives faster control and extinction of the fire, and has greater ability to reseal if the foam blanket is disturbed. Fluoroprotein foam is fire resistance and resistant to contamination by hydrocarbon liquids and is generally used at 3% or 6% concentration.
Protein and Fluoro-protein concentrates produce low expansion foam (6 to 12).
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 16 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 2.3.5
Synthetic Foams
Synthetic-foam concentrates are based on foaming agents other than hydrolysed proteins. They are generally used at a concentration between 1% and 6%. They are not generally used in low expansion foam systems.
Under normal storage conditions, the life duration of synthetic foam concentrates is significantly higher than protein or FluoroProtein concentrates even when mixed with water up to 25 years (based on foam concentrate manufacture recommendation). For this reason they are more suitable for such application as twin-agent skid.
Synthetic-foam concentrates include the following types:
2.3.6
Film Forming FluoroProtein (FFFP)
This product combines the rapid fire knock down characteristics of film forming foams with the sealing and burnback resistance of fluoroprotein foam. The foam is more fluid than both protein and standard FluoroProtein foams. FFFP foams can also be used unaspirated due to their ability of film formation. The solution is film-forming on some liquid hydrocarbon fuel surfaces and is generally used at 3% or 6% concentration.
They can be considered as an adequate alternative to AFFF. They utilize a protein base plus stabilizing and inhibiting additives to protect against freezing, corrosion, and bacteria. They can be used with conventional water spray nozzles on fixed installations (deluge systems).
NOTE: Other synthetic foam concentrates are based on hydrocarbon surface active agents, and are listed as wetting agents, foaming agents, or both. In general, their use is limited to portable nozzle foam application for spill fires.
2.3.7
Aqueous-Film Forming Foam (AFFF)
Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF) concentrate is generally based upon combination of hydrocarbon and fluorinated surfactants, plus stabilizing and anti-freezing additives. Foam solutions made from fluorochemical concentrates are film-forming on some liquid hydrocarbon fuel surfaces and are generally used at 1%, 3% or 6% concentration.
AFFF is the most commonly used for low-expansion foams. It has such a low surface tension that can actually spread and wet the surface of most fuels and form a thin layer acting as an effective vapour seal arresting the combustion. AFFF should preferably be applied as a spray.
AFFF main advantage is the very high speed of fire control they provide. AFFF is particularly valuable for first-aid use in dealing with spill fires without any appreciable depth. AFFF can be used with conventional water spray nozzles on fixed installations (deluge systems) and/or water monitor/hose reels subject to foam VENDOR recommendation.
AFFF produces low expansion foam (6 to 12).
2.3.8
Alcohol-Resistant Foams
Alcohol resistant (AR) foam concentrates are formulated for use on foam destructive liquids; the foams produced are more resistant than ordinary foam to breakdown by the liquid.
They are used for fighting fires on water-soluble materials where the above foams are not effective. They can be of the main three types:
a. Natural polymers such as proteins or fluoroproteins, in addition with alcohol-insoluble materials that
precipitate as an insoluble barrier in the bubble structure
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 17 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 b. Synthetic concentrates containing a gelling agent surrounding the foam bubbles and forms a protective
surface at the surface of the water-soluble spill
c. Natural polymers such as fluoroproteins and containing a gelling agent acting as above.
Film-forming foams do not form films on water miscible liquids. Alcohol resistant foam concentrates are generally used at 6% concentration on water miscible fuels, and at 1%, 3% or 6% concentration on hydrocarbon fuels. Required concentration shall be subject to VENDOR recommendation.
Alcohol foams should be applied very gently to preserve the integrity of the polymembric layer and thus must not be allowed to submerge during application.
2.3.9
Life duration
Foam concentrates lose their quality over long periods of storage time. Typical life duration ranges between10 to 25 years (foam concentrate selection and shell life to be agreed with COMPANY) but can be drastically increased if elementary precautions are taken such as protecting the concentrate storage from sun (or flare) radiation. Foam shall be UL/FM and ADNOC approved
2.4
Foam Concentrate Selection
There is a range of hazards and potential fire scenarios at each facility. In addition, there is a wide variety of foam concentrates exist to meet specific requirements. Except where a specialized type of concentrate is required for a specific application (ie, medium expansion foam for LNG, or pre-mixed solutions for fixed extinguishing systems), each facility shall standardize on one type of concentrate. This will reduce the chance of accidentally mixing incompatible concentrates during a fire.
Designer shall also review the Foam Concentrate Management Guideline for Mobile Response, for details concerning foam selection. The major considerations in selecting a concentrate are:
a. Speed of extinguishment or knockdown
b. Burn-back and re-ignition resistance
c. Fuel tolerance
d. Concentrates presently in use
e. Effect on the environment
f. Spreading Factor
Table 2-1 summarizes foam concentrates and their attributes.
Table 2-1 Types of Firefighting Foam Concentrate
Grade
AFFF AR AFFF FFFP AR FFFP FP AR FP P AR P S
Extinguishing performance class 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3
25% Burn-back resistance level C A or B B A or B A or B A or B B B C
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Film formation
Application type
YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NO
Forceful Forceful Forceful Forceful Forceful Forceful Gentle Gentle Gentle
Rev. No: 1 Page 18 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Grade
AR S F3 AR F3
Extinguishing performance class 3 1 or 2 1 or 2
25% Burn-back resistance level C C B/C Notes: 1 is the highest extinguishing performing class. A is the highest burn-back resistance
NO NO NO
Film formation
Application type
Gentle Forceful Forceful
3
GENERAL DESIGN AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
The system shall be designed to suit the particular hazard. The following shall be considered:
a. Full details of the flammable liquid, its storage, handling and location.
b. The most suitable class of foam concentrate and concentration.
c. The most suitable solution application rate.
d. The most suitable equipment for making and delivering foam.
e. Required system operation time.
f. Quantity of foam concentrate required for extinction.
g. The most suitable proportioning method(s).
h. Pipework sizes and pressure losses.
i. Water supply quantity, quality and pressure.
j. Method of system operation and any fire or gas detection equipment required.
k. Reserve foam concentrate supply.
l. Drainage and bunds.
Any special considerations, such as the use of electrical equipment in areas where flammable vapours may be present.
3.1
Operating Environment
During the design and positioning of firefighting systems, the environmental site installations conditions defined in the specification issued to the specific project must be kept always into consideration.
All the environmental factors influencing the systems reliability must be considered:
a. Minimum and maximum temperatures;
b. Wind direction and velocity;
c. Presence of corrosive and polluting substances;
d. Direct and indirect lightening;
e. Mechanical stress and vibrations due to normal operation.
3.2
Ergonomics
The fire fighting systems must be positioned in order to:
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 19 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 a. Not obstruct the passage/escape ways;
b. Be easy to identify by means of colours and/or panels;
c. Be accessible for activation operations;
d. Be accessible for calibration operations;
e. Be accessible for maintenance and repair operations
4
FOAM CONCENTRATE STORAGE FACILITIES
4.1
Purpose
A foam concentrate storage facility is required to assist in efficiently replenishing concentrate into stationary and mobile foam systems, e.g., foam stations, fire fighting vehicles and foam trolleys.
The site pre-incident plan shall determine how arrangements shall be made for rapid call-up of sufficient quantity of foam for the largest exposure recognized credible fire scenario. Each location shall have sufficient foam concentrate supplies on the premises for the largest single hazard or group of hazards that are to be protected simultaneously, as determined by AGES-PH-03-002. An additional of 100% of the foam requirement for this largest exposure shall be available on site or as agreed under site sharing arrangements or the quantity of reserve in alignment with GC emergency response team.
Where mutual aid arrangements are in place or foam suppliers can guarantee replenishment of stocks within 6 hours, then a minimum reserve supply of foam concentrate of 50% of the above operational requirement may be sufficient subject to approval of the Group Company Technical Authority.
An emergency plan, listing sources of additional foam concentrate, shall be available and updated annually.
4.2
Location
The foam concentrate storage facilities shall be installed at a safe distance from the credible fire area situated in a safe and easily accessible location for road transport operations. Preferably near the site’s fire station; however, on large sites foam concentrate storage facilities may be located in more than one location to facilitate logistics during emergencies.
Heat radiation calculations are required and shall be approved by COMPANY.
4.3
Operation
Filling of foam concentrate carriers shall be gravity fed where possible, or alternative arrangements shall be made with suitable numbers of foam pumps. The bottom of the foam concentrate storage vessel shall be installed at an elevated level such that foam concentrate carriers and/or fire trucks can be filled by gravity. Gravity discharge shall be achieved by a fixed six inch nominal bore pipe, or size can be modified based on filling time individual site requirements. The end of this pipe shall be equipped with a piece of fire water hose to avoid frothing of the concentrate while it is being discharged. Such a hose shall terminate just above the bottom of the foam concentrate carrier vessel. As an alternative a simple loading arm may be preferred, provided with fresh water flushing facilities.
In order to be able to circulate the foam concentrate at weekly intervals a circulation pump shall be installed. The circulation pump shall also be used to fill the storage vessel from a bulk supply source or from drums. In the event that a bulk supply cannot be guaranteed, a drum unloading facility shall be provided.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 20 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The entire facility shall be provided with a concrete slab, which drains, via a normally closed valve, into the NNC (Normally Not Contaminated) drain system.
Lighting shall be provided for night time operations.
A schematic of the system is provided in APPENDIX A1.
4.4
Safety Shower and Eye Wash Unit
Safety shower and eye wash units shall be located near to foam concentrate storage facility due presence of hazardous chemicals in foam concentrate. Design details, drainage and material selection shall be in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/ISEA standard Z358.1. Safety shower and eye wash unit design parameters are as follows:
Safety shower & eyewash unit shall maintain the required operating temperature at approximately 26°C; Pressure: Pressure rates as defined within ANSI Z358.1; Flow rate: Safety Shower flow rate is 75 lit/min and Eye wash flow rate is 1.5 lit/min for 15 min. duration as per ANSI Z358.1;
Distance: Maximum distance from hazard shall be no more than 15.3 m and Minimum distance from
hazard shall be no closer than 3 m (10ft); Safety shower & eye wash unit shall be provided with dedicated overhead tank which will be fed from plant potable water supply header. Safety shower shall be fitted with a device which is activated when the shower is being used and will raise an alarm in the control room. The shower unit shall also be provided with light.
Safety shower and eye wash unit shall be connected to potable water supply header and also fitted with overhead tank to ensure water available for use always. Overhead tank will have capacity of 1.2 m3 (1200 lit) for 15 minutes of water supply. Safety shower and eye wash unit is designed to ensure the water is always at a safe temperature for use.
4.5
Design
The foam concentrate storage facility consists of an elevated foam concentrate storage vessel, foam concentrate circulation pump and storage vessel filling/discharge facilities. Refer to APPENDIX A1.
4.5.1
Foam Concentrate Storage Vessel
To avoid foam concentrate deterioration due to contact with air, the vessel shall be equipped with an expansion dome having a volume of at least 2% of the nominal vessel capacity. Such a dome may be combined with a manway having a nominal size of 24 inch (based on capacity and dimensions of the storage vessel and maintenance requirements). The vessel shall be filled to the intersection of the manway and the vessel shell. The vessel is to be accessible for easy maintenance and inspection. Heat tracing is not required.
A breathing valve shall be connected to the cylindrical section of the manhole shell. The valve shall be set for typically 0.005 kg/cm2g (+5 mbar) overpressure and 0.005 kg/cm2g (-5 mbar) vacuum. The capacity of the breathing valve size is governed by the largest filling/discharge rate. The sizing shall also take into account a possible liquid overfill.
As the concentrate will foul sight glasses, a membrane type construction shall be applied. Refer to APPENDIX A1. The top of the standpipe shall be provided with a breather. As an alternative a magnetic type level gauge may be used where the top of the standpipe shall be connected to the vapor space in the dome. Provide tank level gauge at ground level.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 21 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 A heat shield shall be provided against sun radiation, as this may heat the foam concentrate and cause accelerated deterioration. A panel mounted low temperature alarm shall be installed. Integrating the heat shield into the insulation shall be considered.
Cage ladder plus access platforms are required for operation, inspection and maintenance of all tank accessories.
Provide power lift for foam drums.
4.5.2
Foam Concentrate Circulation Pump
The foam concentrate circulation pump shall be sized to achieve a vessel hold-up time of approximately two hours. The preferred method of driving the pump is by means of an electric motor. Alternatively, the pump may be driven by a reliable source of compressed air.
The pump capacity shall be approximately 10m3/h at a discharge pressure of 3 barg. This may vary based on facility size and demand. Capacity and pressure shall be finalised based on the foam demand requirements.The Foam Concentrate Circulation Pump material shall be AISI 316.
4.5.3
Storage Vessel Filling / Discharge Facilities
For bulk supply filling a 2½ inch nominal diameter suction hose connection shall be provided. For topping up the foam concentrate vessel from drums by means of a diaphragm pump, the circulation discharge to be provided with a ¾ inch nominal diameter hose connection.
Foam drum unloading facility shall also be provided, it comprises a collecting pit (nominal size 1 m3) and a drum storage/unloading rack. A cover shall be provided to avoid dirt entering the pit. The drum storage rack shall be sized to accommodate at least three pallets of 200 litre drums or ten pallets of 200 liter, drum handling equipment and sufficient space to manoeuvre drums.
The gravity discharge facility shall be six inch nominal diameter, or size can be modified based on filling time individual site requirements.
4.5.4
Material Selection-Mechanical
The foam concentrate vessel may be constructed from glass-fiber reinforced polyester in accordance with ASTM D3299 or constructed of metallic materials in accordance with ASME Section VIII, Division 1.
Depending on the type of foam to be stored, the following metallic materials may be used.
Table 4-1 Material Selection for Foam Concentrate Vessel
Concentrate
Fluoro-Protein
Vessel material
Stainless Steel AISI 316/316L
AFFF
Stainless Steel AISI 316/316L
Alcohol Resistant
Stainless Steel AISI 316/316L
All piping components in permanent contact with foam concentrate shall be stainless steel (AGES-SP-09-002). If the facility is located off plot, glass fiber reinforced epoxy may be used as an alternative subject to approval of the Group Company Technical Authority.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 22 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The choice of any of the above materials (including GRE) shall be verified with the foam concentrate VENDOR. Any alternative requires CONTRACTOR’S approval.
For the testing of the foam concentrate circulation pump refer to AGES-SP-05-001.
For the foam concentrate circulation pump. Material selection shall be as Table 4-2 below:
Table 4-2 Material Selection of Foam Concentrate Pump
Item
Housing, Rotor
Shaft
Material
Ni-Resistant D2 Cast Iron or AISI 304, 306, or 316 (Corrosion Resistant)
AISI 316
Bearings, Glands
MANUFACTURER’S standard proposal
The air driven diaphragm pump shall be of a standard supply type with adequate fresh water flushing and draining facilities.
Grades are indicative only; nearest equivalent may be put forward for approval by CONTRACTOR.
The collecting pit plus cover shall be fabricated from glass fiber reinforced polyester.
4.6
Foam Concentrate Storage Condition
The concentrate shall be stored in a place where the temperature is maintained below temperature specified by the VENDOR. Foam concentrate will deteriorate when exposed to higher solar temperature. Hence, foam skid and atmospheric foam concentrate storage tank shall be installed under shed.
4.7
Quantities Of Foam Concentrate
The amount of concentrate shall be at least sufficient for the largest hazard to be protected, or for the group of hazards that are to be protected simultaneously. Calculations shall be done as below:
For field installations (field foam stations) the capacity of individual tanks shall be designed for 100 % net capacity plus quantity required for testing frequency of 3-6 months to avoid frequent replenishing operation. However increased quantity may be designed based on operating and maintenance philosophies.
The amount of concentrate foam or foam solution available for immediate use in the system shall be not less than:
VSC = q x S x DAPP x FC% x fSAFM
Where:
foam concentrate volume required for any fire scenario, in liters minimum application rate of the foam solution, in liter per minute per square meter surface of a liquid (to be extinguished or protected), in square meters
VSC- q- S-
DAPP- duration of application, in minutes
FC%- percentage of foam concentrate in the foam solution, in percent fSAFM- factor of safety margin (no unit).
For the worst-case credible scenarios, fSAFM it is 1.5 (50%) with the assumption that 50% of worst-case credible scenario (WCCS) required volume is sufficient to maintain the post-fire security (90 min) otherwise, the fSAFM factor shall be increased accordingly.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 23 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 In addition, sufficient foam concentrates to allow operation of all extra branch pipes simultaneously with the primary means of fire protection and for the minimum discharge duration given in BS EN 13565-1 or NFPA 11, which ever is greater shall also be considered, and any contradiction shall be notified to COMPANY for approval.
Various strengths of concentrate are available, i.e. 1%, 3%, and 6% although the use of 6% is not very common.
The amount of foam concentrate volume available for immediate use in the Fire Station shall be calculated in the following manner:
VFS MAX = VFFPS + VSFPS + VFA + VWCCS + V50%WCCS + VDR + VTE + V20%YC + V150%WCCS
where:
- total volume of the fire appliances foam concentrate tanks
VFS MAX- maximum volume of foam concentrate required for one Fire Station and its protected area (or asset) VFFPS - volume of all fixed foam fire protection systems VSFPS - the largest volume demand of foam concentrate for a semi-fixed fire protection system (to be considered the tank rim seal fire or subsurface application unless it is not the worst-case credible scenario) VFA VWCCS- volume calculated for the worst-case credible scenario with consideration of the ultimate flow produced by used foam monitors / systems V50%WCCS*- 50% of the volume of foam concentrate required for the worst-case credible scenario. this requirement could be shared among Fire Stations (assets) located geographically in the same region (obvious cost optimization). If shared, the V50%WCCS shall be available within 45 minutes at any Fire Station (asset) in the region where the required volume is shared. VDR- volume allocated annually for fire drills (considering foam concentrate purchasing annually) VTE- volume allocated for the annual tests of fire protection systems (fixed, semi-fixed and mobile systems) V20%YC- 20% of yearly consumption (VYC = VDR + VTE) - safety margin V150%WCCS*- 150% of the volume calculated for the worst-case credible scenario (required within 24 hrs from any event that consumes foam concentrate that is not included in the annual consumption VYC). this requirement could be shared among all onshore ADNOC Fire Stations (assets) located in the UAE. If shared, the V150%WCCS shall be available within 24 hrs at any Fire Station (asset) in the region where the required volume is shared.
If there is more than one foam concentrate grade being used by a fire station/asset, then equation (VSC = q x S x DAPP x FC% x fSAFM) shall be used for calculation of each foam concentrate grade volume.
The minimum foam concentrate volume for a Fire Station (asset) and its protected area shall never be less than the calculated maximum volume, but with both volumes - VDR and VTE equal to zero.
4.8
Foam Concentrate Testing
Generally, foam concentrate standards consist of two main areas of testing:
Physical and chemical property tests Fire tests
Storing foam concentrates as recommended by the manufacturers will help to maintain them in a usable condition. However, no matter how well they are stored, deterioration will take place. Consequently, it is important that samples of stored foam concentrates are tested systematically (e.g., annually) to ensure that remain able to extinguish fires effectively.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 24 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Most foam concentrate manufacturers offer to carry out this grade of testing. However, it is undesirable to rely on manufacturers’ tests when the manufacturer has a clear commercial interest in the outcome. Thus, testing shall be carried out by an approved independent laboratory. It is necessary to ensure that the chosen laboratory has previously analyzed foam concentrates and that they can carry out the full range of tests to the required standard.
As long as the same test methods and equipment are used, results of periodic testing of stored foam concentrates can be compared with the limits set out in the manufacturer’s data sheets and with the actual performance of the foam concentrate when originally produced. Any discrepancies can then be identified and investigated further with the assistance of the manufacturer.
Foam samples sent for analysis must be representative of the contents of the tank/ container from which they have been taken. Individual test results shall be recorded and included within the final report (EN1568 part 1-4).:
PASS - The sample has passed all the tests for the foam category and can be continued to be relied upon in an emergency. FAIL - One or more critical properties are not acceptable, and immediate replacement is necessary.
5
FOAM SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND SYSTEM TYPES
A foam system consists of a water supply, a foam concentrate storage vessel (tank), proportioning equipment, a piping system, foam makers, and discharge devices designed to distribute foam effectively over the hazard.
The system can be initiated automatically or manually. All systems shall have provisions for manual actuation remotely from Emergency Service Control room/Fire station and locally on the skid in accordance with NFPA 11. Any discrepancy in the design parameters such as application rate ,duration etc in this part of specification shall be notified to the COMAPNY for proper resolution / approval.
5.1
Water Supply
The water supply to foam systems can be hard or soft, fresh, brackish or seawater, but shall be of suitable quality so that adverse effect on foam formation or stability cannot occur. In particular, the use of seawater may decrease slightly the efficiency of the foam, but is considered as acceptable, provided it has been specified to the VENDOR.
No corrosion inhibitor, emulsion breaking chemicals, or any other additive can be present without prior consultation with the foam concentrate VENDOR.
Optimum foam production is obtained using water at temperatures between 4°C and 38°C. (VENDOR Supply to be in consideration with Middle East temperature)
A firewater distribution piping system shall be made available and it’s design shall meeting NFPA 24 requirements. The distribution system shall be in a grid such that all firewater users shall be capable of being supplied with firewater from two different directions. Isolation valves shall be provided in the firewater distribution system so that sections can be isolated for maintenance.
5.2
Foam Concentrate
A wide variety of foam concentrates exist to meet specific requirements, refer to section 2.3. Various induction rates of concentrate are also available, i.e. 1%, 3%, and 6% although the use of 6% is not very common. Generally, 3% concentrates are more used than 6% concentrates, because they require smaller, cheaper and lighter tanks and associated piping and equipment.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 25 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 ADNOC has specified that the preferred foam type for suitable applications for low and medium expansion foam is the Alcohol Resistant Aqueous Film-Forming Foam (AR AFFF) 1%-3% - for water-immiscible, water- miscible fuels, and hydrocarbon subsurface injection; with the following performance parameters:
Extinguishing performance class not less than 1; Burn-back resistance level A.
The parameters mentioned above shall be confirmed by testing against EN 1568 (parts 1, 3 and 4):2018 (or the latest version by default). The above selections are dictated by the following considerations:
Typical performance for various grades of foam concentrate (see table 1; source – EN 13565-2:2018) which indicates the best extinguishing parameters among all grades;
Correction factor fc (tables 2 and 3 EN 13565-2:2018) values for chosen grades; Maximum extinction and minimum burn-back time requirements against the foam concentrate
performance classes; AR AFFF 1% - 3% is a foam concentrate for low expansion foam covering a wide range of applications and has been already introduced in a number of ADNOC sites to protect >100 m diameter external floating roof storage tanks of crude oil, considering a full surface fire scenario; Selection of AR AFFF 1%-3% will allow for standardization of the foam concentrate stock for worst-case credible scenarios across all the ADNOC GCs.
The foam concentrate shall be compatible with the foam proportioning device. Foam concentrates of different types and manufacture shall not be mixed.
The quantity of foam concentrate shall be determined as per section 4.6.
For foam concentrate storage condition, refer to section 4.5.
The quality of stored foam concentration shall be checked as per section 4.7.
5.3
Foam Proportioning
Appropriate type of proportionating method shall be established in the project specific philosophy. The introduction of foam concentrates into water to make foam solution is called foam proportioning. Foam concentrate can be inducted into the water stream by induction, by using energy from the water stream or by using an external power source. These two methods are further explained below:
Induction system: This system consists of an in-line inductor that introduces foam concentrate from a vessel by means of venturi action. The correct operation is very sensitive to water flow and pressure level changes. These changes will result in incorrect proportioning. The maximum lift of the foam concentrate to the inductor shall be 1.8 m (refer to NFPA-11). This system is only recommended for systems where fixed capacities are required and the permanent pressure loss (30% of inlet pressure) can be accommodated.
Balanced pressure proportioning system: In accordance with NFPA 11, this method can be achieved by one of the following: Balance Proportioning with Pump, Inline Balance Pressure Proportioning (utilizing foam concentrate pump or Bladder type Tank), Coupled Water-Motor Driven Pump Proportioning & Direct Injection Variable Pump Output Proportioning.
In both systems foam concentrate is mixed with water (either fresh or salty water). The volume of foam concentrate is automatically determined by the proportioning equipment.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 26 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 5.3.1
In-Line Eductor
This device consists of a venturi which directly aspirates the foam liquid as water flows through it. The eductor is connected by single or multiple lines to a concentrate container. It is pre-calibrated, and it may be adjustable.
Possible uses of the inductor are as follows:
a. Fixed equipment: installed on the foam concentrate reserve tanks to feed one or more pieces of fixed
plants equipment.
b. Portable equipment: supplied with flexible tubing on the inlet and with the foam delivery the outlet
connected to branchpipe.
The use of in-line eductor in some specific cases might be considered when others method of induction could not be practical. It subjects to COMPANY approval.
5.3.1.1 Design
Design shall comply NFPA 11 as a minimum. The in-line eductor shall have the following characteristics:
a. Removable nozzle and diffuser downstream from the nozzle;
b. Suitable to be mounted internal to flanged piping according to Project piping material specification;
c. Body and nozzle in bronze;
d. Piping upstream and downstream shall be as per the piping class specified under AGES-SP-09-002;
e. Foam liquid dose present at 3% or 6%; account shall be taken of the foam fluid characteristics (viscosity
at the minimum working temperature);
f. Accepted tolerance for the foam liquid dose (within the Proportioner operation range): ± 5%
g. Proportioner length (irrespective diameter): 1 meter
The equipment satisfactory operation shall be assured by the following measures:
a. The branchpipe used shall have nominal throughputs as the Proportioner. Check that the pressure drop across the Proportioner does not generates a counter pressure that compromises the foam liquid aspiration;
b. Check that the distribution network is free from potential causes of nozzles plugging, as those events
would compromise the normal operation.
The in-line eductor main disadvantages are the pressure drop across it about 33% of inlet pressure, which shall be taken in account in the design and its inability to maintain proportion when the water flow rate changes.
Another limitation of use is caused by the maximum allowable difference of elevation between the eductor and the concentrate tank. In practice it shall not exceed 3 meters.
5.3.2
Balanced Pressure Proportioning
This system either utilizes a foam concentrate pump or a bladder tank along with a listed pressure reducing valve to form foam solution.
5.3.2.1 Balanced Pressure (Bladder Tank Type) Proportioning
This method, uses the water supply pressure as the source of power, feeds water from upstream of a proportioner to a storage tank that is fitted with a flexible bag filled with foam concentrate.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 27 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The water pressure is used to collapse the bag and force the concentrate, via a perforated dip tube and a flow restricting orifice, to the downstream side of the proportioner. As the concentrate and water are both pressurised i.e. with a balanced pressure ratio, the fixed proportioner will work over a wide range of flows giving flexibility to the system designer. This system will also experience a low pressure drop and does not require any external power for its operation. The main applications of this system could be in truck loading racks, pump rooms and helipads.
5.3.2.1.1 Bladder Tank Technical Features and Materials
The features of components shall comply with the following requisites (unless otherwise specified in the technical Data sheets):
a. Dimensioned according to ASME VIII standard, Div 1.
b. Design temperature 50°C, extra thickness to allow for corrosion 1.5 mm.
c. Construction material shall Be compatible with fire water to be used.
d. Bladder material shall be suitable for middle east environment in addition to type of foam proposed.
e. Connection flange according to ANSI 150 RF.
f. Design pressure shall be over or equal to 1.15 times the maximum working pressure of the network. When
not shown otherwise, the design pressure shall in any case be over than 16 bars.
g. Top flanged manhole,
h. A rang ladder shall be provided to access to the top of the tanks with capacity higher than 2000 litres.
i. Connected in such a way that exchanging and recharging tanks while in operation is possible.
j. Capacity of the tanks shall be standard and in accordance with manufacturer recommendations based on
listings or approvals for specific size and corresponding foam-making devices.
k. Bladder Tank shall be UL/FM Approved.
5.3.3
Balanced Pressure (Pump-Type) Proportioning
Balanced pressure proportioners are used with an atmospheric foam concentrate tank and a positive displacement foam concentrate pump. In-line balanced pressure proportioners are designed to accurately control the flow of a foam liquid concentrate into a water stream over a wide range of flow rates and pressures.
The principle of operation is based on the use of two orifices, one for the water and one for the concentrate supply with both orifices discharging into a common reduced pressure area. Water from the firewater supply feeds a balanced pressure proportioner unit. The foam concentrate is pressurized by the foam concentrate pump and fed to a balance pressure valve integral to the in-line balanced pressure proportioner. At all design flow rates, the constant foam concentrate pressure is greater than the maximum water pressure at the inlet to the in-line balanced pressure proportioner. The balance pressure valve senses the water and concentrate pressures and provides the correct differential across the proportioner orifices. Excess concentrate is fed back to the atmospheric storage tank while the correct quantity is used in the solution flow. Refer to Annex A, figure A.3.3.24.1.1(a) In-Line Balanced Pressure (Pump-Type) Proportioning with Multiple Injection Points of NFPA 11, the figure shall be considered as a guidance only. A spare pump shall be provided. These devices can be used with all types of foam concentrates.
Advantages of the balanced pressure proportioner include the following:
a. Multiple proportioning devices from single pressurized foam concentrate supply.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 28 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 b. Foam concentrate can be proportioned near the discharge devices while the foam concentrate storage
tank and pump are placed in a remote location.
c. Water supply pressure may vary at proportioners under simultaneous operation without affecting foam
solution concentration.
d. Capable of combining various sizes of in-line balanced pressure proportioners to best suit the flow
requirements of each hazard area
5.3.3.1 Proportioning Controller
A manual metering valve (proportioning) shall be installed upstream of the proportioner to allow for concentration adjustment as required based on project philosophy.
The minimum and maximum capacity shall be based on the section with the smallest and largest foam/water spray demand respectively.
The concentrate under pressure coming from the pump shall be injected into the fire water stream by means of a proportioner designed to handle flow rate from 100% down to 10% of the design capacity under the prevailing operating pressure conditions.
At the mixing point the concentrate is added to the firewater to produce a foam solution.
The foam concentrate is transported from the storage vessel to the mixing point by means of a foam concentrate pump. Other means of transporting foam concentrate are not recommended because of limitations in testing, circulation and re-filling.
Taking into account fluctuating foam solution demands, piping design pressure, pressure loss in the foam solution supply piping and minimum operation pressure of the users, e.g., stationary monitor(s), the use of inductors is not recommended because their inherent pressure loss is typically 30% of the inlet pressure and their flow rate cannot be varied outside 95 to 100% of the design capacity.
For proportioning systems it is essential that the foam system components are checked for compatibility regarding fire water supply pressure, pump duty, proportioner capacity and minimum inlet pressure, foam solution delivery rate to monitors and monitor duty.
A differential pressure of 1 bar shall be maintained between foam concentrate and fire water supply to the proportioner. Therefore, hydraulic calculations shall be made for the entire foam system. These calculations shall also address pressure pulses resulting from liquid filling of the normally dry foam solution supply lines.
5.3.3.2 Foam Concentrate Pumps
The foam pump shall be of the electrically driven centrifugal type. The electric driver shall be suitable for the applicable zone of the Hazardous Area Classification. The 100% spare pump shall be diesel driven (meeting the hazardous area requirement) or electrical with an alternate reliable power source to be ensured. Its fuel tank shall have a capacity suitable for at least 4 hours running time under full load conditions and fuel tank capacity shall be confirmed with project philosophy based on the equipment protected and duration requirement.
Pumps shall have adequate capacity to meet the maximum system requirements. To ensure positive injection, the discharge pressure rating at design discharge capacity shall be sufficiently in excess of the maximum water pressure under any condition at the point of injection of the concentrate, in accordance with NFPA 11.
They shall discharge at a nominal pressure 1 barg above the water pressure at the eductor.
Water driven turbine foam concentrate pumps may be used for specific applications subject to GC Technical authority approval..
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 29 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 5.3.3.3 Other Requirements
Pumps, foam concentrate tank(s), proportioner(s), operating devices and the associated controls
shall fulfil the following requirements:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
shall be safeguarded from fire by adequate separation distance from fire hazards, or by fire proof enclosure, or by active fire protection – or a combination of these;
shall be accessible in case of fire;
shall be protected against unauthorized access;
shall have suitable ventilation (if indoors);
provision of devices for flushing the system and components;
shall not be installed in areas which are used for flammable or combustible storage and/or production;
shall have sufficient markings;
shall be safeguarded against mechanical damage;
shall be suitable for the maximum and minimum temperatures, and environment in which they are located.
Water and foam pumps shall start on demand and run continuously until stopped manually, or until the supply is exhausted. There shall be an audible and visual pump running alarm in a constantly attended control room. Where multiple pumps are involved they shall be provided with automatic sequential starting.
Where manifold pressures are required to be maintained, auxiliary pressure maintenance pump(s) shall be provided to avoid frequent operation of the main pumps. Operating instructions and plans shall be fixed permanently and be clearly visible in the equipment area. The locations of decentralized parts of foam shall fulfil the same requirements. The locations shall be included in the plans.
5.3.3.4 Operation
A local logic control panel shall be included to start and stop foam solution supply to user. The foam station shall only be permitted to start after the fire water flow to the user has been established. The suction valve shall be opened before the concentrate pump is started against a closed discharge valve.
Preferably the opening of the foam concentrate discharge valve shall be automatic.
The spare concentrate pump shall start up automatically in case the main pump fails to build the minimum predetermined pressure within 20 seconds.
Provided fire water flow to the user has been established, start-up of any pump shall be possible from the local control panel or the foam station itself.
Upon the decision to change over from foam to water it shall be possible to close the discharge valve at the local control panel or manually at the foam station itself. If it is decided to shut off one or more of the users the foam concentrate pump shall continue to run and the foam concentrate shall circulate into the foam concentrate vessel.
Except for the foam concentrate vessel itself fresh water flushing facilities shall be provided for the foam concentrate pumps and piping to rinse the system after use and testing with foam concentrate. The flushing connection(s) and drain(s) shall be provided with an interlocking system to avoid flushing liquid entering the foam concentrate storage vessel.
By means of a maintenance-overriding facility it shall be possible to circulate the concentrate via the vessel monthly for at least half an hour. Under this condition the foam solution piping shall be kept dry.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 30 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The normally “dry” piping system shall be flushed clean with fresh water after testing or use.
5.3.3.5 Material Selection
5.3.3.5.1 Mechanical
The foam solution piping is normally dry. All flanged carbon steel piping shall be in accordance with AGES-SP-09- 002. After fabrication the piping shall be hot dip galvanized in accordance with ISO 1461.
To avoid flushing with fresh water where manning levels are limited, 90/10 copper-nickel (ASTM B466/B467 C70600 or equivalent approved by CONTRACTOR) or 6% molybdenum stainless steel (UNS S31254 or equivalent approved by CONTRACTOR) may be used. This subject to approval of the Group Company Technical Authority.
Material selection for concentrate pump shall be as per Table 4-2.
The water turbine casing shall be ASTM A240-TP304 or AISI316 according to corrosion protection requirements based on the available fire water and foam concentrate; the Pelton wheel shall be phosphor bronze or equivalent corrosion resistant material.
5.3.3.5.2 Instrumentation and Electrical
Electrical equipment and instrumentation shall be suitable for the applicable zone of the Hazardous Area Classification.
Instrument and electric cabling shall be applied in accordance with respectively AGES-SP-04-006 and AGES- SP-02-011.
5.3.3.6 Automatic Valves
The concentrate suction line from the tank to the pumps shall be equipped with an automatic valve so that the piping downstream of the tank could be maintained full of fresh water while the system is not operating. In a similar fashion the concentrate injection line shall be fitted with an automatic valve upstream of the metering valve to avoid leakage of concentrate to the normally dry section of the fire water network, downstream of the deluge valve. A third automatic valve, normally closed, shall be provided on the recycle line and shall only open upon actuation on the switch over “foam/water” pushbutton located in a center control room.
5.3.3.7 Piping
Suitable flushing and testing lines and valves shall be supplied. Piping in contact with concentrate shall be stainless steel.
5.3.3.8 Control Panel
A control panel shall be provided. It shall be supplied with power coming from the emergency power supply or a set of independent batteries designed for four (04) hours of operation. Battery backup duration shall be confirmed with project philosophy based on the equipment protected and duration requirement
5.3.3.8.1 Operation
The foam station shall start operation only after the fire water flow has been established. The concentrate pump shall start after the suction valve has been opened and the concentrate discharge valve shall open only once it has been established that the concentrate pump is running. The opening of the concentrate discharge valve shall be automatic.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 31 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The concentrate pump discharge line shall be fitted with a pressure switch that will start the stand by pump if the first pump has failed to build up the normal operating pressure 20 seconds after the foam station has been activated.
Pushbuttons shall be provided, both in the main control room and on the local control panel to start the pumps manually, provided the deluge valve has been opened.
A pushbutton shall be provided in the main control room to switch over from “foam” mode back to “water” mode. When activated the concentrate discharge valve shall close but the pump shall continue to operate circulating the concentrate back to the storage vessel. Concentrate pump shutdown shall be from the local control panel only.
5.3.4
Water Turbine Foam Proportioning Unit
A water turbine-driven foam proportioning unit utilizes a foam concentrate pump to directly inject foam concentrate into the water flow. A turbine type water motor drives the foam concentrate pump.
The proportioning system is an automatic regulating one, where two flowmeters sending their electric signals to an electric control unit, one senses the foam concentrate pump output and the other one senses the water flow data. The electronic control then controls the proportioning ratio by adjusting the water turbine speed.
Refer to Annex A, figure A.3.3.24.3(d) Water Turbine–Driven Flow-Sensing Direct Injection Foam Proportioning System of NFPA 11. The system shall be UL Listed and FM approved.
5.4
Foam Generating Equipment
It is defined as a component which introduces air into the foam solution for delivery. The methods to generate foam include the following types.
5.4.1
Low Expansion Foam
Low expansion foam makers are divided into two classes:
a. Low Back Pressure Generators which induce air and discharge foam at essentially atmospheric pressure.
b. High Back Pressure Generators which also induct air by venturi action however they differ because they recover much of the applied inlet pressure. High back pressure generators are used to inject foam against a high pressure in the delivery line, for example their most common use is with injection systems to the base of a petroleum tank.
5.4.2
Medium Expansion Foam
Medium expansion foam is generated in the same way as low expansion low back pressure foam.
5.4.3
High Expansion Foam
High expansion generators use the passage of the foam solution through a net, screen or porous medium. There are two main designs of generator:
a. Aspirator Type: Jet streams of foam solution aspirate sufficient amounts of air that is then entrained on the screens to produce foam. These generators usually produce foam with expansion ratios of not more than 250:1.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 32 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 b. Blower Type: the solution is thrown against the screen with the air stream from a fan either electrically or water turbine driven. Typically, expansions of between 200:1 and 1000:1 can be achieved with the use of this device.
5.5
Foam Discharge Devices
Methods of discharging foam solution include hose stream, foam monitor stream, foam nozzle, medium-and high- expansion generators, foam-water spray nozzles/sprinklers and Non-air aspirating spray nozzles.
5.6
Foam Application Methods
The operation of the foam production systems is depending on their mobility. There are four basic types of systems:
Fixed system: These are complete installations piped from a central or stand-alone foam station, discharging through fixed delivery outlets to the hazard area to be protected. Any required pumps are permanently installed.
Semi-fixed system: The type in which the hazard is equipped with fixed discharge outlets connected to piping that terminates at a safe distance. The fixed piping installation may or may not include a foam maker. Necessary foam producing materials are transported to the scene after the fire starts and are connected to the piping.
Semi-fixed systems are usually installed for protection of cone roof tanks or for full surface fire protection for floating roof tanks.
Fixed system and Semi-fixed systems selection shall be validated based on project philosophy and fire protection requirement.
Mobile systems: This includes any foam producing unit that is mounted on wheels, and that is self-propelled or towed by a vehicle. These units shall be connected to a suitable water supply or utilize a premixed foam solution.
Portable systems: The type in which the foam producing equipment and materials, hose, etc., are transported by hand.
Note: The main foam production systems schemes shall be:
a. Low expansion, centralised (generally fixed)
b. Low expansion, de-centralised (generally semi-fixed, mobile or transportable)
c. High expansion (of any type of mobility).
Self-contained systems are those in which all components and ingredients, including water, are contained within the system. Such systems usually have a premix solution supply tank pressurized by air or inert gas. The release of this pressure places the system into operation. These systems are of the open outlet type, in which foam discharges from all outlets at the same time, covering the entire hazard within the confines of the system.
5.7
Foam Systems Configurations
5.7.1
Centralised Foam Unit
In this option the educator is close to the fire water pump and the solution is distributed through a combination of fixed pipes, hoses, etc., up to the foam makers, either fixed or mobile.
Main applications are large and specific installations where the risks are identified, such as a drilling mud module. This arrangement requires special care during design to ensure that the adequate concentration shall be delivered where needed.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 33 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Figure 5-1 Centralized Foam Unit
5.7.2
Decentralized Foam Unit
In this scheme the concentrate is circulated by fixed pipes to ejectors close and upstream of the foam makers. Main applications are large and specific installations, where the risks are varied and independent.
Figure 5-2 Decentralized Foam Unit
5.7.3
Line Generators
The educator and foam generators are close to the water pump and the foam is distributed by fixed pipes to a set of fixed foam barrels. This configuration is not recommended by COMPANY, considering the large pipe diameter it requires.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 34 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 5.8
Foam Station
5.8.1
Purpose
A foam station is required either to supply foam solution to a particular area of the installation to extinguish the fire entirely in the estimated time, or to supply foam solution during the time required for the First Intervention Team to line up the foam concentrate supply.
The design of the foam station shall be such that the foam application solution is supplied within two minutes after activation of the station.
5.8.2
Location
The foam station shall be installed at a safe distance from the credible fire area. For this reason heat radiation calculations are required. Foam station shall be located sufficiently away from potential heat radiation through FERA assessment.
5.8.3
Operation
See APPENDIX A2.
Refer to section 5.3.3.3 for further details on the Foam Station operation.
5.8.4
Design
The foam station shall preferably be skid-mounted and it shall consist of a foam concentrate vessel, foam concentrate pumps, foam concentrate mixer (proportioner), interconnecting piping and a control panel.
5.8.4.1 Foam Concentrate Vessel
The size of the foam concentrate storage vessel shall be based on the largest credible fire that can occur in the area served by the foam station. In addition, the size of the foam concentrate vessel shall cater foam hose stream as supplementary protection against spill fires.
5.8.4.2 Mixing Point (proportioner)
At the mixing point the concentrate is added to the fire water to produce a foam solution. The foam concentrate is transported from the storage vessel to the mixing point by means of a foam concentrate pump. Other means of transporting foam concentrate are not recommended because of limitations in testing, circulation and re-filling. Correct dosing of concentrate into water is achieved by means of a proportioner.
A typical proportioner, to be suitable for flow rates between 10 and 100% of the design capacity, has a pressure loss of 10% of the inlet pressure.
Taking into account fluctuating foam solution demands, piping design pressure, pressure loss in the foam solution supply piping and minimum operation pressure of the users, e.g., stationary monitor(s), the use of inductors is not recommended because their inherent pressure loss is typically 30% of the inlet pressure and their flow rate cannot be varied outside 95 to 100% of the design capacity.
For proportioning systems, it is essential that the foam system components are checked for compatibility regarding firewater supply pressure, pump duty, proportioner capacity and minimum inlet pressure, foam solution delivery rate to monitors and monitor duty. A differential pressure of one bar shall be maintained between foam concentrate and firewater supply to the proportioner. Therefore, hydraulic calculations shall be made for the entire foam system.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 35 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 These calculations shall also address pressure pulses resulting from liquid filling of the normally dry foam solution supply lines.
5.8.4.3 Foam Concentrate Pump
The foam pump shall be of the electrically driven centrifugal type. The electric driver shall be suitable for the applicable zone of the Hazardous Area Classification. The 100% spare pump shall be diesel driven (meeting the hazardous area requirement) or electrical with an alternate reliable power source to be ensured. Its fuel tank shall have a capacity suitable for at least 4 hours running time under full load conditions and fuel tank capacity shall be confirmed with project philosophy based on the equipment protected and duration requirement.
Refer to section 5.3.3.2 for further information.
5.8.5
Material Selection
Refer to section 5.3.3.5 for Mechanical, Instrumentation and Electrical material selection.
5.8.6
Control Panel
A control panel whose functions are described in section 5.3.3.8 shall be provided. It shall be supplied with power coming from the emergency power supply or a set of independent batteries designed for four (04) hours of operation.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 36 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 6
LOW EXPANSION FOAM
The requirements of this section apply to low expansion foam and foam systems suitable for extinguishing fires on a generally horizontal flammable liquid surface.
Low expansion foam is not generally suitable for the extinction of running fuel fires, e.g. fuel running from a leaking container or from damaged pipework or pipe joints. However, low expansion foam can control any pool fire beneath the running fire which is then extinguished by other means.
Low expansion foam is not suitable for use on fires involving gases or liquefiable gases with boiling points below 0°C, or cryogenic liquids. The advice of the manufacturer shall, therefore, be sought for this application.
Low expansion foams shall be applied:
a. Gently to the surface of the burning liquid or;
b. Forcefully to the surface of the burning liquid (as in monitor and branch pipe systems); or
c. Below the surface so that they float to the surface under their own buoyancy (as in subsurface systems). New installation considering maintenance and operational constraints sub surface foam system should be the final option if other methods are found to be not suitable for fire mitigation.
6.1
Fixed Roof (Cone) Tanks Protection
The protection of liquid hydrocarbons storage tanks consists of an adequate combination of a preventive cooling effect, provided by water and of a control and/or extinguishing effect provided by foam discharge.
In accordance with NFPA11, the foam can be discharged by the following various means, including:
a. Surface application with fixed foam discharge outlets, Foam Chamber / Pourer: which allows inlet of foam
from the top of the tank through a pourer. Refer to Section 6.1.1.
b. Sub-surface application: which allows inlet of foam from the bottom of the tank; in case of only one foam delivery, the same product line can be used for inlet of foam from the bottom. Refer to Section 6.1.2
c. Semi sub-surface application: the inlet of foam is from the bottom of the tank where it is fitted with a hose stored inside the tank and when foam is injected the pressure pushes the hose out of its container and it floats to the fuel surface and distributes the foam directly and gently to the surface of the fuel. Refer to Section 6.1.3
d. Foam monitors and handlines. Refer to Section 6.1.4.
In accordance with NFPA11, Supplementary Protection, in addition to the primary means of protection, shall be provided in accordance with the requirements found in Section 6.6.
The foam application method shall be agreed with COMPANY approval prior to engineering development.
The number of foam nozzles depends on the dimensions of the tank and on the type of system used.
This section applies to liquid hydrocarbons, including gasohol and unleaded gasoline containing no more than 10% alcohol by volume.
It is necessary to determine the type of flammable liquid that is to be protected. The risks can generally be divided into two basic classifications, hydrocarbon or polar solvents. The first includes petroleum, crude oil, gasoline, jet fuels etc. which are not water soluble and the second includes alcohols, ketones, esters and other water soluble products.
Application rates and foam discharge times vary with the flash point of the product on fire however the NFPA code also classifies flammable products as Class IA, IB, IC, II, IIIA and IIIB. For details of the flash point applicable to
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 37 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 these classifications reference shall be made to NFPA 11. Tanks containing Class III liquids (with flash points above 60°C (140°F)) are not usually required to be protected by foam subject to approval of the Group Company Technical Authority.
The foam concentrate required for a system shall be sufficient for the greatest single hazard, refer to section 4.6. for detailed information. Supplementary foam hose streams shall be provided for small spill fires and shall be supplied by the fire truck. The minimum number of such streams and their duration of operation shall be in accordance with NFPA 11.
Detailed design of foam application systems is complex and reference shall always be made NFPA 11, however if any design details / information is not available in NFPA, same may be referred in EN 13565-2 .
6.1.1
Surface application with fixed foam discharge outlets (Foam Chambers Method)
For this method, discharge outlets are commonly called foam chambers, in accordance with NFPA 11. Most foam chambers are of a Type II discharge outlet design, i.e. approved design to lessen submergence of the foam and agitation of the surface.
6.1.1.1 Operation
This method is designed to deliver foam directly onto the surface of flammable or combustible liquids with minimal submergence or fuel agitation ensuring the formation of an effective foam blanket.
This system consists of one or more foam chambers installed on the shell of the tank just below the shell/roof weld location. The chambers are fed with solution from outside the bund, either from a fixed foam-storage and proportioning system or from a dry-pipe semi-fixed system that receives foam solution from a mobile foam apparatus. Foam solution upon entering the chambers it is expanded. The chambers are fitted with a seal to hold in the product vapours which is broken by the expanded foam and the foam is then directed, via a deflector located inside the tank, down the side of the shell onto the tank surface.
6.1.1.2 Design
All design parameters shall be based on NFPA 11, however EN 13565-2 ( e.g Large tanks) may be referred if data cannot be found in NFPA 11.
The number of chambers is a function of the tank diameter, refer to NFPA 11 for the minimum number of chambers required for various diameter cone roof tanks. Where two or more chambers are required, they shall be equally spaced around the tank circumference. Each chamber shall be designed to deliver foam at approximately the same rate.
The minimum application rate where fixed foam discharge outlets are used for fixed-roof (cone) tanks containing hydrocarbons shall be 4.1 Lit.min /m2 in accordance with NFPA 11. Application rate for specific product shall be consulted with the manufacturer of the foam concentrate and the foam-making equipment as to limitations and for recommendations based on listings or specific fire tests.
The minimum discharge times for all type of hydrocarbons shall be in accordance with NFPA 11.
6.1.1.3 Execution And Materials
The foam chamber methods are commonly used with bladder tanks, balanced pressure pump proportioning systems, line proportioners, or foam trucks. Refer to 5.3.2 for balanced pressure proportioning systems. Refer to section 5.8 for a typical detail of a foam station.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 38 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The chamber shall be bolted or welded on the outside of the tank shell near the roof joint. A deflector shall be mounted on the inside of the tank so that the discharging foam from the foam chamber will be diverted back against the inside of the tank wall.
The foam chamber shall be mounted on the cone roof storage tank wall shell in a vertical position just below the roof joint, approximately 8” to 12” down from the roof joint to the centre point of the foam chamber outlet.
Each foam chamber shall have its own individually valved riser supplying the foam solution. For correct operation, a minimum pressure as per manufacturer recommendation is required at the inlet to the foam chamber.
A 3-way valve shall be installed at top of the riser before the foam chamber to carry out periodical tests on the system efficiency.
The feeding vertical rod of the water / foam mixture must be equipped with a drain valve at its bottom.
Foam chambers shall comply with the following conditions:
a. The foam expansion ratio shall lie in the range of 6 to 15, depending on feed pressure and the type of
foam concentrate used (1%, 3% or 6% - based on the project philosophy).
b. Satisfactory operation in the pressure range from minimum 3.5 bars to maximum 12 bars.
c. ASME 150# RF inlet and outlet flanges arranged orthogonally to one another.
d. Upper lid removable for inspection and periodical operational tests.
e. Calibrated glass diaphragm, breakable, mounted to allow its removal and substitution. The bulkhead shall be assembled with gaskets sealing toward the tank allowing operative tests to be performed without causing foam to enter the tank.
f. Diaphragm bursting pressure shall be less or equal to 0.2 bars.
g. The foam chambers standard parameters, i.e nominal flow rate, inlet & outlet diameters, shall be as per
manufacturer data.
h. The materials employed to build the various parts of the foam chambers shall be as follow:
i. Shell and flanges in carbon steel.
ii. Burst diaphragm in glass.
Foam generator shall comply with the following conditions:
a. The air required to form the foam shall be directly aspirated by effect of the solution jetting.
b. A filter for air aspiration to avoid entering of foreign matter.
c. Both the inlet and outlet of the generator shall be axially arranged and supplied with flanges type ASME
150# RF.
d. The generator standard parameters standard parameters, i.e nominal flow rate, inlet & outlet diameters,
shall be as per manufacturer data.
e. The materials employed to build the various parts of the foam generator shall be as follow:
i. Shell in SS AISI 316.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 39 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 ii. Flanged in SS AISI 316 and /or hot galvanized carbon steel free flange if mounted with SS supporting
ring.
iii. Nozzle in SS air filter.
6.1.1.4 Material Selection
Refer to section 5.3.3.5 for Mechanical, Instrumentation and Electrical material selection.
6.1.2
Sub-Surface Base Foam Injection
Sub- Surface foam injection system selection shall be cautiously evaluated considering the complex design, installation, operation and maintenance aspects. Preference shall be given for other type (top pouring) of foam system where suitable. Sub-surface foam injection method to be approved by COMPANY prior to design development.
6.1.2.1 Operation
Fixed roof storage tanks higher than 10 meters, containing nonwater miscible, combustible or flammable products (both having a viscosity up to 100 mm 2/s) and a maximum operating temperature of 95°C, shall be equipped with subsurface foam injection systems to effectively extinguish a full surface tank fire.
The sub-surface method of fire protection produces foam with a “High Back Pressure Foam Generator (HBPG)” located outside the storage tank. This system delivers the expanded foam mass and forces this foam through piping into the bottom of the tank.
The HBPG and foam solution supply could be fixed (foam station) or portable (foam solution from the fire truck is supplied to the portable HBPG) for connection to foam inlet pipes. This pipe may be one of the existing product lines, or a line installed specifically for foam application. The expanded foam entering the tank through a discharge outlet is injected into the flammable liquid and the foam travels up through the product to form a vapour-tight blanket on the surface.
6.1.2.2 Design
The system shall comply with the following conditions:
a. The foam concentrate used with sub-surface systems must be FP, FFFP, or AFFF (because of “fuel
shedding” properties). They shall be listed for sub-surface injection.
b. High back pressure foam makers require high inlet pressures. It shall be determined that sufficient pressure is available from the fire water system and / or fire trucks to meet the demand of the largest tank. The back pressure is an accumulation of the head pressure of the fuel inside the storage tank and any friction loss between the foam maker and the tank. A minimum of 7 bars inlet pressure into the HBPG is normally required to ensure correct operation resulting in a minimum HBPG outlet pressure between 2.4 to 1.8 barg to overcome friction losses and static liquid tank head. In general the pressure loss across the HBPG is between 60 to 75% of the inlet pressure. In case higher downstream pressures (for the outlet piping head) are required, the HBPG inlet pressure shall be increased.
c. The HBPG device shall be mounted in the foam line used to aspirate the foam solution before it is discharged into the storage tank base. It will typically give an expansion ratio of between 2 to 1 and 4 to
- The device shall be capable of discharging against considerable back pressure which can be as high as 40% of the operating pressure
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 40 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 d.
In order to be able to check the foam supply during application, a foam sampling connection shall be provided outside the bund wall.
e. Foam velocity at the point of injection into the tank’s contents shall not exceed 3 m/s for flammable liquid, or 6m/s for combustible liquids. The foam velocity through the piping to the tank from the HBP is very critical and caution must be used so that the maximum foam inlet velocity is not exceeded; otherwise, excessive fuel pickup by the foam as it enters the tank will be experienced.
f.
The minimum foam solution rate shall be 4.1 l/min/m2, where a device has a higher delivery rate, then the discharge duration may be reduced but shall not be less than 70% of the minimum discharge time specified by NFPA 11.
g. When calculating the inlet manifold, the foam flowrate to be delivered must be kept into consideration.
h.
In order to avoid foam dilution, the foam inlet point at the tank, the discharge outlet must be a minimum of 30 cm above any water that may be present at the base of the tank. The foam will be destroyed if injected into the water layer. When injected into the fuel, the foam will rise through the fuel and form a vapour tight foam blanket on the fuel surface. The rising foam can cause the fuel in the tank to circulate which can assist in cooling the fuel at the surface.
i. Upstream, as close as possible to the tank’s foam inlet nozzle, tank isolation valve, bursting disc, hose
container and check valve shall be installed.
j.
The stop gate valve shall be able to “cut” the hose for replacement after use. The bursting disc shall prevent tank product entering the hose container. The check valve is required to prevent product back flow in case of a possible fire hose burst. A sight glass is to be provided prior to bursting disc.
k. Minimum number of Sub Surface discharge outlet shall be in accordance with NFPA 11, it is function of
tank diameter and fluid classes.
If portable system is used then the foam solution shall be supplied by means of a foam concentrate carrying fire truck equipped with a proportioning system. A sufficient number of high back pressure foam makers shall be available within the plant for the largest tank. For this purpose, the truck shall carry portable high back pressure foam generators (HBPG). At the foam solution supply connection location for a particular tank, a sign shall be provided stating the following information:
a. Number and size of HBPFM to be hooked-up (in case portable HBPFM are used)
b. Foam solution rate (l/min).
c. Required solution supply pressure (barg) at the HBPG inlet.
In addition to the portable HBPG a container holding a hose shall be permanently installed externally as close as possible to the tank’s foam inlet nozzle(s).
Where there has been a long pre-burn prior to the application of foam, a hot zone exists near the burning surface at temperatures in excess of 100°C. In order to avoid frothing and slop-over, continuous application of foam shall be avoided in the initial stages. Intermittent application of the foam can induce circulation of the fuel in the tank, thereby bringing the cooler layers of fuel to the surface. The foam injected intermittently will disperse without sufficient steam formation to produce frothing. The rates of foam discharge from each outlet shall be approximately equal.
Among advantages is that the discharging foam is more efficiently directed to the fuel surface without any interruption from the thermal updraft of the. Also, if there is an explosion that could damage the top of the tank, the sub-surface injection system is not likely to suffer damage.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 41 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Among disadvantages the system cannot be used in storage tanks containing polar solvent type fuels or products of alcohols, gasohols, esters, ketones, aldehydes, anhydrides, etc., nor for the protection of Class IA hydrocarbon liquids that require the use of AR-AFFF type foam concentrates.
6.1.2.3 Execution And Materials
The foam solution supply connection and HBPG shall be installed outside the bund wall at a location upwind of the prevailing wind direction. From this point separate piping systems, containing their own check-valve, isolation valve, hose container, bursting disc and stop-valve, run to each inlet nozzle. In order to supply foam evenly to each tank foam inlet nozzle, the design of the system shall be hydraulically balanced (approximately equal flow to each nozzle).
To ease subsurface foam injection operations, particularly with portable HBPG, it shall be designed to standardize on HBPG size and use multiples if required. An HBPG’s turndown ratio shall be maximum 90%.
Piping supports welded to the shell or head of the equipment shall be minimized. Where support from the equipment cannot be avoided, CONTRACTOR/ SUBCONTRACTOR shall coordinate the design, supply, and installation of the supports at the various locations. Local loads imposed on the equipment due to these supports, shall be thoroughly checked.
6.1.2.4 Material Selection
The material selection of the tank isolation valve is determined by the tank product and the “hose cutting” requirement. The bursting membrane assembly shall be made as per MANUFACTURER’S recommendation, and approved by the COMPANY.
Hose container assembly to be galvanized carbon steel or stainless steel 316L; hose to be made from Terylene or as per MANUFACTURER’S recommendation and approved the COMPANY.
For the expanded foam all dry piping components shall be hot dip galvanized after prefabrication (refer to AGES- SP-07-009).
Notes:
While the sub-surface method can be effective, foam chamber foam devices are preferred. Subsurface foam is considered too sensitive to the need to be delivered at the correct rate of injecting and the foam is likely to break up as it passes through the fuel.
Arrangements may be made to allow the system to discharge into the surrounding bund, in order to supplement other methods of bund protection.
6.1.3
Semi-Subsurface Systems
The requirements of this clause are applicable to systems used to apply foam to the surface of fixed roof storage tanks via a flexible hose rising from the base of the tank.
Fixed roof storage tanks containing slops, de-ballasting water, combustible or flammable products that are water miscible (e.g., polar solvents, alcohols, gasohols with more than 15% alcohols by volume) shall be equipped with semi-subsurface foam injection systems to extinguish a possible full surface tank fire effectively. Ensuring that such a system functions effectively, the above products shall have a maximum viscosity of 100 mm2/s and a maximum operating temperature of 95°C.
The semi-subsurface foam injection system discharges foam solution at the liquid surface in a tank by means of a foldable hose, through a rupture disk from an inlet near the bottom of the tank to avoid intimate contact between
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 42 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 foam and the liquid. The foam solution shall be delivered by either a foam station (i.e., fixed foam system) or by the first intervention team (FIT) using portable equipment or mobile foam apparatus (i.e., semi-fixed foam system).
The selection of high backpressure foam maker shall be made based upon hydraulic calculations. To avoid loss of foam solution due to backpressure in the foam solution line, foam makers shall be located at an appropriate distance from bends in pipe work. NFPA 11 shall be consulted for guidance on selected details with COMPANY approval.
On operation the end of the hose is released to float to the liquid surface. Connections to the distribution piping shall be installed outside the bund wall at a location upwind of the prevailing wind direction. A sign shall be provided at the connection point stating the required foam concentration type, foam solution rate (L/min), supply pressure [barg] and the size and number of portable high back pressure foam makers.
Note:
The system is not normally considered appropriate for floating roof tanks with or without a fixed roof, because the floating roof prevents foam distribution. The hose is initially contained in a sealed housing and is connected to an external foam generator capable of working against the maximum product head.
6.1.3.1 Operation
Upon detection of a fire the foam injection system shall be operated with minimum manpower.
If a First Intervention Team can supply foam within 10 minutes after raising the alarm, the foam solution may be supplied by means of a foam concentrate carrying fire truck equipped with a proportioning system, subject to approval of the Group Company Technical Authority. For this purpose, the truck shall carry portable high back pressure foam generators (HBPG). At the foam solution supply connection location for a particular tank, a sign shall be provided stating the following information:
a. Number and size of HBPFM to be hooked-up (in case portable HBPFM are used)
b. Foam solution rate (l/min).
c. Required solution supply pressure (barg) at the HBPG inlet.
In addition to the portable HBPG, a container holding a hose shall be permanently installed externally as close as possible to the tank’s foam inlet nozzle(s). The hose is forced out of the container by the foam pressure and it will float through the stored liquid to the surface, avoiding direct contact of foam and product.
The normal procedure of starting-up a foam solution supply system, (i.e., by first introducing water into the piping system) will also assist forcing the hose out of the container and mixing the top hot fuel layer with colder product.
In case operation of a foam carrying fire fighting truck is not viable, the use of a foam station shall be required.
In order to be able to check the foam supply during application, a foam sampling connection shall be provided outside the bund wall.
The normally “dry” piping system shall be flushed clean with fresh water after testing or use.
6.1.3.2 Design
Consideration shall be given to the following factors when selecting and designing this type of system:
a. For foam selection refer to ADNOC Foam Concentrate Management Guideline For Mobile Response.
b. Design application rates for hydrocarbons are 4.1 L/min·m2 (0.1 gpm/ft2). Manufacturers shall be consulted for appropriate application rates and design recommendations to be followed for protection of products requiring the use of alcohol-resistant foams.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 43 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 c. The foam solution rate (m3/hr) for a particular tank is the product of its fixed inside liquid surface area (m2) multiplied by the foam solution application rate (L/min.m2). Thus the foam solution rate is constant for a typical tank.
d. Duration of discharge shall be in accordance with NFPA 11.
e. As foam has only a limited travel distance the number of foam inlet nozzles varies according to the tank diameter. Semi-subsurface foam units shall be spaced equally, and the number of units shall be in accordance with NFPA 11.
f. As the expanded foam operates against the tank static head and piping/hose friction losses, a High Back Pressure foam Generator (HBPG) having an expansion ratio of between 3 and 4 to 1 shall be used.
6.1.3.3 Execution and Material
a. The foam solution supply connection and HBPG shall be installed outside the bund wall at a location upwind of the prevailing wind direction. From this point separate piping systems, containing their own check-valve, isolation valve, hose container, bursting disc and stop-valve, run to each inlet nozzle. In order to supply foam evenly to each tank foam inlet nozzle, the design of the system shall be hydraulically balanced (approximately equal flow to each nozzle).
b. Depending on the MANUFACTURER and type of HBPG the pressure loss across the HBPG is 60 or 75% of the inlet pressure. The HBPG’s minimum operating inlet pressure is 7 barg, resulting in a minimum HBPG outlet pressure of either 2.4 or 1.8 bar to overcome friction losses and static liquid tank head. For expanded foam friction losses reference is made to NFPA-11. In case higher downstream pressures (for the outlet piping head) are required, the HBPG inlet pressure shall be increased.
c. To ease semi-subsurface foam injection operations, particularly with portable HBPG, it shall be aimed to standardize on HBPG size (typically 54m3/hr) and use multiples if required. An HBPG’s turndown ratio is maximum 90%. In the HBPG air is mixed with the foam solution to form (expanded) foam. The foam piping is connected to a dedicated tank nozzle just below the minimum product level. Upstream, as close as possible to the tank’s foam inlet nozzle, tank isolation valve, bursting disc, hose container and check valve are installed.
d. The stop valve, being a gate valve, shall be able to “cut” the hose for replacement after use. The bursting disc shall prevent tank product entering the hose container. The check valve is required to prevent product back flow in case of a possible fire hose burst. A site glass is to be provided prior to bursting disc.
e. Piping supports welded to the shell or head of the equipment shall be minimized. Where support from the equipment cannot be avoided, CONTRACTOR/ SUBCONTRACTOR shall coordinate the design, supply, and installation of the supports at the various locations. Local loads imposed on the equipment due to these supports, shall be thoroughly checked.
6.1.3.4 Material Selection
The material selection of the tank isolation valve is determined by the tank product (see AGES-GL-07-001) and the “hose cutting” requirement. The bursting membrane assembly shall be made as per MANUFACTURER’S recommendation and approved by the COMPANY.
Hose container assembly to be galvanized carbon steel or stainless steel 316L; hose to be made from terylene or as per MANUFACTURER’S recommendation, and approved by the COMPANY.
For the expanded foam all dry piping components shall be hot dip galvanized after prefabrication (refer to AGES- SP-07-004).
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 44 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 For inaccessible areas, such as the inside of the weld after a flange is welded onto a galvanized pipe, galvanization shall be achieved in accordance with AGES-SP-07-004.
6.1.4
Foam Monitors and Handlines
Fire protection can also be provided by fire water monitors equipped with inducting foam nozzles, or foam nozzles installed on stationary foam monitors connected to dedicated foam storage tank per monitor or solution distribution piping.
6.1.4.1
Limitations
Monitor nozzles shall not be considered as the primary means of protection for fixed-roof tanks over 18 m in diameter.
Foam handlines shall neither be considered as the primary means of protection for fixed-roof tanks over 9 m in diameter nor over 6 m high.
6.1.4.2 Foam Application Rates
To determine actual solution flow requirements, consideration shall be given to potential foam losses from climatic conditions and thermal updraft of the fire, etc. To calculate minimum delivery rate for primary protection, it shall be assumed that all foam reaches the area being protected.
The Minimum Application Rate shall be 6.5 L.min/m2 for the use of monitors and handline nozzles to protect tanks containing hydrocarbons as per NFPA 11. Minimum Discharge Time shall be as per NFPA 11 Table 5.2.4.2.2.
Water-soluble and certain flammable and combustible liquids and polar solvents that are destructive to regular (nonalcohol-resistant) foams shall use alcohol-resistant foams. The operation time shall be 65 minutes at listed application rates, unless the foam manufacturer has established, by fire test, that a shorter time shall be permitted.
6.2
Open-Top Floating Roof Storage Tanks
An Open Top Floating Roof Storage Tank is similar to the cone roof tank in construction but with the exception that it has no fixed roof. A pontoon type roof floats directly on the flammable liquid surface. This floating roof has a mechanical shoe or tube seal attached to its full perimeter.
Open-top floating roof tanks can be subject to two distinct types of fires: a seal fire or a full surface area fire (as a result of the floating roof sinking). The primary risk to be protected against in floating roof tanks is usually only a rim fire in the seal area (resulting from ignition by lightning or by exposure fires). Prior to selection of the method of protection, the type of fire that will serve as the basis for design should be defined.
In accordance with NFPA 11, Subsurface and semi-subsurface injection shall not be used for protection of open- top or covered floating roof tanks because of the possibility of improper distribution of foam at the fuel surface.
a. Rim Seal Area Protection: in accordance with NFPA 11, there are three methods available for protection
of seal areas in open top floating roof tanks, which are:
i.
Fixed discharge outlets ( foam chambers): Refer to section 6.2.1.1
ii. Foam Handlines: Refer to section 6.2.1.3
iii. Foam Monitors: Refer to section 6.2.1.4
In addition to the primary means of protection, supplementary protection shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.6.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 45 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 There are two other methods recognized by EI 19 for seal area protection of open top floating roof tanks, which are: Catenary System and Through-The-Tank System, refer to section 6.2.1.2.
b. Full Surface Protection: in accordance with NFPA11, where the basis for design is a full surface fire, the Open-top floating roof tank shall be treated as equivalent to a fixed-roof (cone) tank of the same diameter for the purpose of foam system design. Refer to section 6.2.2.
Notes:
a. The overall design of the tank farm fire protection system shall address the risk of an uncontrolled rim fire
causing the sinking of the roof and a full surface fire.
b. Overfilling the tank shall be avoided under all circumstances. A ‘high alarm’ and an independent ’high-high alarm’ shall be considered and installed to warn the plant operating personnel before over filling levels are reached. When required, the tank filling valves can be made to close automatically by the level alarm signal.
6.2.1
Rim Seal Firefighting
Rim seals are designed to prevent the exposure of the product to air through the gap between the floating roof and the tank shell thereby reducing hydrocarbon emissions to atmosphere and risk of fire. These rim seals on failure may result in a fire.
Rim seal fire protection will be detected by LHD cable(s) which are installed on the rim seal area of COS and Condensate Tanks.
Activation of rim seal fire protection for the tank rim seals shall be automatically from F&G system based on fire detection by LHD cable(s), remotely from the Facility Control Room (or equivalent) and from local push button on foam skid manually. A pressure transmitter provided at the downstream of foam skid proportioning system and it shall send foam discharged alarm at Control Room.
6.2.1.1 Fixed Discharge Outlets (foam chambers) Method for Seal Area Protection
In accordance with NFPA11, application of foam utilizing fixed discharge outlets shall be achieved by either the following two methods:
a. Top-of-Seal Method. This method shall be used in conjunction with a foam dam.
b. Below-the-Seal / Below Primary Seal Method
Top-of-Seal Method with Foam Dam
This method discharges foam above the mechanical shoe seal, a metal weather shield, or a secondary seal.
For this application, the fixed foam discharge out-lets shall not be fitted with a frangible vapor seal device. In accordance with NFPA 11, the following shall be permitted to be two methods of application of fixed foam discharge outlets:
a. Fixed foam discharge outlets (normally Type II) mounted above the top of the tank shell. Refer to NFPA 11, Appendix A, Figure A.5.3.5.2(a) for Typical Foam Splash Board for Discharge Devices Mounted Above the Top of the Shell.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 46 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 b. Fixed foam discharge outlets mounted on the periphery of the floating roof. Refer to NFPA 11, Appendix A, Figure A.5.3.5.2(b) for Fixed Foam Discharge Outlets Mounted on the Periphery of the Floating Roof.
Below-the-Seal / Below Primary Seal or Weather Shield Method
This method discharges foam below a mechanical shoe seal directly onto the flammable liquid, behind a metal weather shield directly onto the tube seal envelope, or beneath a secondary seal onto the primary seal.
A foam dam shall be installed if a tube seal is used, and the top of the tube seal is less than 152 mm (6 in.) below the top of the pontoon.
Below-the-seal (or shield) application shall not be used with combustible secondary seals.
Foam Dam Design
The foam dam is designed to retain foam at the seal area at a sufficient depth to cover the seal area while causing the foam to flow laterally to the point of seal rupture.
The foam dam shall be circular. The dam is to be welded or otherwise securely fastened to the floating roof.
Dam height is to be at least 305 mm and shall extend at least 51 mm above any metal secondary seal or a combustible secondary seal using a plastic foam log. It is to be at least 51 mm higher than any burnout panels in metal secondary seals. The foam dam shall be at least 0.3 m (1 ft), but not more than 0.6 m (2 ft), from the tank shell.
The dam shall be fully seal welded to the roof and it shall be provided with water drainage openings. The drain slots shall be maximum 9.5 mm (3⁄₈ in.) in hight. Refer to NFPA 11, Figure 5.3.5.4.5, for Typical Foam Dam for Floating Roof Tank.
Other Methods for Seal Area Protection
There are two other methods which have not been addressed by NFPA 11, however have been recognized by IP 19. Both methods shall require COMPANY approval prior to any design development.
Catenary System
The foam delivery system for protection of floating roof tanks consists of a series of foam makers at evenly spaced points on the roof near the seal.
In case of fire, foam solution is pumped through the vertical pipe and flexible hose to the foam makers. This system can be designed to discharge foam either above or below the seal. Catenary system requires COMPANY approval prior to any design development.
a. Above-the-seal protection requires the use of a foam dam to contain the foam in the seal area.
b. Below-the-seal protection is accomplished using foam makers mounted on the floating roof. Pipe extending from the foam maker injects foam through the fabric seal, secondary seal or weather shield. A foam dam may be required depending on the seal arrangement.
The number of fixed foam discharge points on an open top floating roof tank depend on circumference of the tank and on the foam dam height and in accordance with NFPA 11.
Through-The-Tank System
Through-the-tank systems are foam application methods for floating roof tanks in which finished foam, produced by high back pressure foam makers, or by solutions supplied from outside of the bund, is directed into a line at the tank base.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 47 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Only approved manufactured hose shall be used in through-the-tank systems. The hose shall be one continuous length, without couplings.
The foam or solution enters the tank through fixed steel piping and connects with a reinforced flexible pipe which carries it to a distribution manifold on the floating roof. The foam or solution is then piped to discharge outlets located at the seal area on the perimeter of the tank.
The system is also suitable for internal floating roof tanks, provided the roof construction is adequate.
Prior to installation, an engineering evaluation shall be made to ensure that the floating roof is capable of carrying the added load of the system equipment and foam.
For new installation, considering maintenance and operational constraints, through the tank foam system should be the final option if other methods are found to be not suitable for fire mitigation with the approval of COMPANY.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 48 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Figure 6-1 Through- the-Tank Piped Foam System
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 49 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 6.2.1.1.1 Operation (Seal Area Protection)
Upon detection of a fire by means of a heat/fire detection system, the foam system shall be operated with minimum manpower.
If a First Intervention Team can supply foam within 10 minutes after raising the alarm, the foam solution may be supplied by means of a foam concentrate-carrying fire truck equipped with a proportioning system, subject to approval of the Group Company Technical Authority. In all other cases the use of a foam station shall be required.
After use/testing the system shall be flushed with fresh water. In addition, it shall be checked that the system is drained.
A radiation shield is required at each foam injection point.
Foam has a limited travel distance, therefore Fixed Discharge Outlets (foam pourer nozzles) shall be installed at a maximum pitch as specified in NFPA 11 around the tank circumference at wind girder level.
If a fire truck is used, a sign board shall be provided at the foam solution supply connection location. This sign shall state:
a. The required foam solution rate (m3/hr).
b. The required solution supply pressure barg.
c. The procedure of starting-up a foam solution supply system, by first introducing water into the piping
system, has negligible detrimental effect on fighting floating roof rim fires.
Note
a. Catenary foam systems shall be subjected to an engineering evaluation to ensure that the additional weight of the ladder piping, catenary hoses, foam ring, foam makers, foam discharge outlets, foam dam and foam will not upset the buoyancy of the floating roof. All piping and equipment shall be considered full of foam solution for this evaluation.
b.
If an existing floating roof tank has to be equipped with foam pourer nozzles and the tank cannot be made available for installation of the system described above, the use of a single foam solution supply line feeding a ring header, at tank base or wind girder level, may be considered.
6.2.1.1.2 Design (Seal Area Protection)
Based on the Foam Concentrate Management Guideline for Mobile Response (AHQ/HSE/CRMIGlD/OO1/R00l19 Effective Date: 15 Dec. 2019) document, the preferred foam concentrate grade for low and medium expansion foam is the Alcohol Resistant Aqueous Film- Forming Foam (AR-AFFF) 1% - 3% for water immiscible, water miscible fuels with the following performance parameters:
Extinguishing performance class not less than 1. Burn-back resistance level A.
For Top-of-Seal Design:
a. Refer to NFPA 11, Figure 5.3.5.3.1 for Typical Foam System Illustrations for Top-of-Seal Fire Protection.
b.
for tanks containing hydrocarbons or flammable and combustible materials requiring alcohol-resistant foams, the minimum application rate shall be 12.2 lpm/m2 and the minimum discharge time shall be 20 minutes in accordance with NFPA 11.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 50 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 c. For specific products, foam concentrate Manufacturer shall be consulted for the required application rate and time. Where the fixed foam discharge outlets are mounted above the top of the tank shell, a foam splashboard is necessary due to the effect of winds.
d. Maximum spacing between discharge outlets depend upon the dam height, refer to NFPA 11, Table
5.3.5.3.1, for spacing requirements.
Below Primary Seal or Weather Shield Design:
a. Refer to NFPA 11, Figure 5.3.5.3.1 for Typical Foam System Arrangement Illustrations for Below-the-Seal
(or Shield) Application. This shall be subject to COMPANY approval.
b. For tanks containing hydrocarbons or flammable and combustible materials requiring alcohol-resistant foams, the minimum application rate shall be 20.4. lpm/m2 and the minimum discharge time shall be 10 minutes in accordance with NFPA 11.
c. For specific products, foam concentrate Manufacturer shall be consulted for the required application rate and time. Where the fixed foam discharge outlets are mounted above the top of the tank shell, a foam splashboard is necessary due to the effect of winds.
d. Maximum spacing between discharge outlets depend upon the type of seal, refer to NFPA 11, Table
5.3.5.3.6.1 for spacing requirements.
Notes :
a. The foam system is to be hydraulically balanced to give an even distribution of foam around the tank.
Thus, the foam solution application rate is constant for a typical tank.
a. Hydraulic calculations for foam system shall take into consideration all associated foam risers and foam
station operating simultaneously.
6.2.1.1.3 Execution And Materials (Seal Area Protection)
Fire protection for open-top floating roof tanks shall consist of a fixed or semi-fixed foam system to the seal area with foam supplied via a foam station or standpipe system.
Heat/Fire Detection
The tank shall be equipped with double loop linear heat sensor type (24 V) insulated wire conductors, intrinsically safe. A single loop activation will activate the alarm system.
Linear heat sensor wiring shall be installed in the rim area where credible fires (excessive heat) may occur, i.e., the rim seal area. All sensor wiring shall be well supported. Construction drawings shall be submitted for approval by CONTRACTOR to COMPANY.
Activation in the single loop shall result in a fire alarm. The alarm shall be visually and audibly enunciated on the fire and gas detection panel located in the control room.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 51 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Foam Generator
The foam generator shall comply with the following:
a. The air required to form the foam shall be directly aspirated by effect of the solution jetting.
b. The foam expansion ratio (i.e. the ratio between litres of foam produced and litres of solution used) shall lie in the range of 6 to 15, depending on feed pressure and the type of foam concentrate used (3% or 6%).
c. A filter for air aspiration to avoid entering of foreign matter.
d. Both the inlet and outlet of the generator shall be axially arranged and supplied with flanges type ASME
150# RF.
e. Satisfactory operation in the pressure range from minimum 3.5 bars to maximum 10 bars is required.
f.
The generator shell is subjected to the foaming solution feed pressure, thus its working pressure is to be equal to 12 bars.
g. MANUFACTURER Design shall be listed and cover the required flow and pressure.
Piping System
Inside the bund horizontal “dry” piping shall be installed with a slope of 1:200 or steeper and it shall be equipped with a low point drain. Foam solution risers to be provided with bottom blind flange plus weephole.
Piping supports welded to the shell or head of the equipment shall be minimized. Where support from the equipment cannot be avoided, CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the design, supply, and installation of the supports at the various locations. Local loads imposed on the equipment due to these supports, shall be thoroughly checked.
Where foam station system (fixed system) are not utilised, the foam solution supply connection (to be provided with blinded instantaneous male/female fire hose connection) shall be installed outside the bund wall, preferably at a location upwind from the prevailing wind direction or alternatively in a safe place. In the vicinity of such a location fire water hydrants shall be provided. In order to supply foam evenly to foam pourer nozzles, the design of the piping system shall be hydraulically balanced (approximately equal flow to each nozzle).
Note:
a. The catenary hose shall be of hard rubber construction with carbon steel wire braid to protect it against weathering, abuse and abrasion. The selected hose shall also have a high resistance to ultraviolet light and chemical degradation.
b. The length of the catenary hose shall be chosen so that it can fully extend when the tank roof is at its
lowest elevation, to prevent possible entanglement with roof fixtures.
Foam Station
Refer to Section 5.8 for detailed information.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 52 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Tank Standpipe System
The system consists of steel piping extending from outside the bund-wall to a “Y” or Siamese foam hydrant connection and foam maker at the tank stairway platform.
The system be used to supply foam Handlines, or as a point for foam application into the foam dam and to the tank seal. During a fire, the operator carries a hand-held nozzle around the wind girder and applies foam to the seal area where it is burning.
Piping shall be sized to allow the simultaneous flow of one handline and the foam maker.
6.2.1.1.4 Material Selection (Seal Area Protection)
The Foam pourer shall preferably be made from stainless steel (316L) or equivalent corrosion resistance material.
All dry piping components shall be flanged hot dip galvanized after prefabrication (AGES-GL-07-001).
For inaccessible areas, such as the inside of the weld after a flange is welded onto a galvanized pipe, galvanization shall be achieved in accordance with AGES-SP-07-004.
6.2.1.2 Foam Handline Method for Seal Area Protection
In accordance with NFPA 11, foam handlines for seal area protection should be limited to open-top floating roof tanks of less than 76.2 m (250 ft) in diameter. Refer to NFPA 11, Figure A.5.3.6 Typical Installation of Foam Handlines for Seal Area Fire Protection.
The following design parameters applies to foam handline protection method:
a. Listed or approved equipment shall be used.
b. A foam dam should be installed in accordance with section 6.2.1.1.
c. Fixed foam discharge outlet should be installed at the tank stairway platform to ensure safety of fire fighters.
d. The fixed foam discharge outlet is supplied to provide coverage of the seal area for approximately 12.2 m
(40 ft) on both sides of the top of the stairs.
e. The fixed foam discharge outlet should be designed to discharge at least 189.3 L/min (50 gpm).
f. During a fire, fire fighter carries a hand-held nozzle around the windgirder and applies foam to the seal area where it is burning utilizing two 38.1 mm (1.5 in.) diameter valved hose connections provided at the top of the stairs.
g. Hand held foam nozzles shall be aspirating nozzles.
6.2.1.3 Foam Monitor Method for Seal Area Protection
In accordance with NFPA 11, monitors shall not be used as the primary means of floating roof seal area fires protection. This is due to the difficulty of directing foam into the annular space and the possibility of sinking the roof.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 53 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 6.2.2
Full Surface Firefighting
Full surface fire protection system requirement in any facility to be assessed case to case basis based on detail safety assessment study by the respective GCs. This standard only provides the guidelines for the full surface tank fire protection system basis of design.
A full surface fire could occur when tank roof has lost its buoyancy and some or the entire surface of liquid in the tank is exposed and involved in the fire. A full surface fire is one where the entire surface of liquid in the tank is exposed and involved in the fire. In practice, if a roof is partially sunk due to tilting such that a significant portion of the fuel surface is exposed and ignition occurs, this can be regarded as a full surface fire.
Manual fighting of large fires shall be supervised and conducted only by properly trained and qualified firefighters / responders.
Full surface fire will be detected by flame detectors, which are located on the top of the roof. Activation of full surface fire protection for the tank roof will be remotely from the Facility Control Room and from local push button on foam skid manually. A pressure transmitter provided at the downstream of foam skid proportioning system and it shall send foam discharged alarm at Control Room.
In accordance with NFPA 11, for the purpose of foam system design, full surface fire in an Open-top floating roof tank shall be treated as equivalent to a fixed-roof (cone) tank of the same diameter. Refer to section 6.1.1 for foam facilities design (fixed foam pourer); separately valved laterals for each foam discharge shall not be required. Refer to section 6.6 for supplementary hose streams design.
It should be noted that, in accordance with NFPA11, Subsurface and semi-subsurface injection shall not be used because of the possibility of improper distribution of foam.
All design parameters shall be based on NFPA 11, however EN 13565-2 ( e.g Large tanks) may be referred if data cannot be found in NFPA 11.
Fixed foam pourer, where two or more outlets are required, they shall be located so that the foam travel on the surface cannot exceed 30 m. If tank diameter is more than this criteria, then tank top monitor shall be provided to cover the remaining area.
Tank Top Foam Monitor
Tank top foam monitor for full surface fire attack shall be located on the top of tank shell periphery. Refer also to section 6.1.4 for detailed information of design limitations, application rate and time.
Activation of tank top foam monitors shall be remotely from the Facility Emergency Control Room or local push buttons at the foam skid or manually.
Foam solution from the monitor discharge shall be able to reach internal portion of the tank surface that are not reachable by the tank surface foam pourer.
The monitor shall be capable of full rotational and elevation movement and shall be capable of being locked in their operating position. All foam monitor and full surface foam system risers shall be fitted with stone filters at grade. Manual valves for full surface fire protection larger than 10” will be motor assisted for opening / closing locally. The valves shall be of a “fail-set” type on loss of motive power (these valves will also be operated through manual hand wheel action from field in case the motorised facility should fail).
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 54 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 6.2.3
Foam Pourer for Rim Seal Fire and Full Surface Fire
This section is applicable, where the design basis requiring rim seal and full surface fire protection.
Two (2) sets of low velocity foam pourers shall be located on the periphery of the tank shell to apply low expansion foam as per NFPA 11. The arrangement shall be:
One (1) set for tank rim seal; and One (1) set for tank top full surface fire protection.
Separate foam solution supply headers shall be available from the standalone / centralized fixed foam skid for the rim seal pourers and full surface tank pourers. The pourers shall be supplied with foam solution from the standalone / shared / centralized fixed foam skid. Or from semifixed system, were foam concentrate supplied from fire fighting vehicle (based on the philosophy) .
The foam pourers shall be distributed equidistant around the periphery of the tank shell with a maximum separation distance as required by NFPA 11. However, due to commercially available rim seal foam pourer flow rate, the additional number of rim seal foam pourers shall be provided in order to achieve required flow rate at each pourer.
For testing the foam quality without needing to discharge the foam solution onto the tank roof, two test rim seal foam pourers (at the top of the separate risers) shall be provided at top of the tank for the tank rim seal fire and directed overboard outside of tank. This will allow the foam system to be tested periodically as per NFPA 25.
One test pourer per quadrant on separate riser shall be installed at the top for the tank full surface fire and directed overboard to allow the foam supply pipework to be tested periodically, without the need to discharge foam solution onto the tank roof.
The test pourers (for rim seal and full surface fire) to be located near railing of primary wind girder.
The pressure transmitter provided in rim seal / full surface fire protection system, will send system discharged alarm at control room.
6.3
Covered (Internal) Floating Roof Tanks
6.3.1
Full Surface Fire Scenario
In accordance with NFPA11, where the basis for design is a full surface fire, the covered (internal) floating roof tank shall be treated as equivalent to a fixed-roof (cone) tank of the same diameter for the purpose of foam system design.
For a full surface fire, the foam facilities shall be designed in accordance with 6.1.1 and Section 6.6, except that separately valved laterals for each foam discharge shall not be required. Subsurface and semi-subsurface injection shall not be used because of the possibility of improper distribution of foam.
For Foam Chambers Method, the fixed foam discharge outlets shall not be fitted with a frangible vapor seal device.
6.3.2
Seal Area Fire Scenario
In accordance with NFPA11, where the basis for design is a seal fire, the covered (internal) floating roof tank shall be treated as equivalent to an open-top floating roof tank of the same diameter for the purpose of foam system design.
For a seal fire, the foam discharge system shall be designed in accordance with the requirements specified in section 6.2.1. utilizing fixed foam discharge outlets.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 55 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Supplementary protection shall be provided in addition to the primary means of protection, refer to Section 6.6 for supplementary protection requirements.
6.4
Bunded / Diked Areas Protection
In accordance with NFPA 11, diked areas shall be areas bounded by contours of land or physical barriers that retain a fuel to a depth greater than 25.4 mm (1 in.). BS EN 13565-2 also uses the same definition.
Generally portable monitors, or foam hose streams, or both, have been adequate in fighting diked area and other spill fires. In order to obtain maximum flexibility due to the uncertainty of location and the extent of a possible spill in process areas and tank farms, portable or trailer-mounted monitors are more practical than fixed foam systems in covering the area involved. In accordance with NFPA 11, the procedure for fighting diked area spill fires is to extinguish and secure one area and then move on to extinguish the next section within the dike. This technique should be continued until the complete dike area has been extinguished.
Where tank spacing does not meet the requirements, or where access for spill fire fighting is available from only one side, bunded area protection shall be as follows:
a. The minimal foam specific flow rate to be applied for protection of containment basins must be:
i. With fixed pouring systems: - 4.1 l/min/m2, NFPA 11, Table 5.7.3.2
ii. With monitors: - 6.5 l/min/m2, NFPA 11, Table 5.7.3.2
iii. Bunded areas less than 400m2: Application time shall be 30 minutes for Class I flammable liquids &
20 minutes for Class II flammable liquids, (Table 7 BS EN 13565-2).
iv. Bunded areas between 400 m2 and 2000m2: Application time shall be 45 minutes for Class I flammable
liquids and 30 minutes for Class II flammable liquids, (Table 7 BS EN 13565-2).
v. Bunded areas exceeding 2000m2: Application time shall be 60 minutes for Class I flammable liquids
and 30 minutes for Class II flammable liquids, (Table 7 BS EN 13565-2).
b. Alcohol-type foams may be provided by fixed discharge outlets applying foam from the dike, or by fixed or
oscillating monitors.
Drains in bunded areas shall be of adequate capacity to carry the anticipated drainage of water used in fire fighting.
6.4.1
Tank Bund Fire Protection
6.4.1.1 Bund Firefighting
Bund fire protection system (for crude oil / condensate storage tanks) requirement in any facility to be assessed case to case basis based on detail safety assessment study by the respective GCs / Stake-holders. This standard only provides the guidelines for the Bund Fire Protection System basis of design.
Bunds & secondary containment are provided for storage tanks to hold, control or contain a spill and to contain very large spills that can be expected in emergency. Bund fires could occur due to leaking flanges or valves at the base of tanks, damaged or cracked pipe work, and sometimes because of spills as a result of maintenance work.
Bund fires will be fought using manual firefighting appliances or automatic bund foam pourer systems or foam monitors or if there is no risk to adjacent equipment or tanks, the fire will be left to burn out. In the event of a bund fire caused by the collapse of, or boil over from, the other tank in the bund, water will be applied through fixed deluge systems to the shell of the intact tank in the bund.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 56 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 As per section 5.7.3.3.2 of NFPA 11, large bund areas shall be permitted to be subdivided to keep the total demand within practical limits.
6.4.1.2 Foam Solution Distribution
6.4.1.2.1 Foam Pourer for Bund Fire
Where the basis for design requires Low-level foam discharge outlets, low velocity foam pourers shall be provided on the periphery of the tank bund to apply low expansion foam solution as per NFPA 11 for a bund/pool fire scenarios in each section of the bund.
The pourers shall be supplied with foam solution from the centralized fixed foam skid. The design of nozzles and air inlets to foam makers shall as far as practicable prevent blockage by windblown dust or sand.
Minimum Application Rates of 4.1 L/min.m2 shall be considered on Diked Areas Involving Hydrocarbon Liquids. Minimum Discharge Time depends on the Hydrocarbon Class, refer to Table 5.7.3.2 of NFPA 11 for the Minimum Discharge Time for Fixed Foam Application on Diked Areas Involving Hydrocarbon Liquids.
The maximum distance between bund foam pourers shall be as per NFPA 11, around the bund. However, the number of foam bund pourer and bund pourer spacing around the bund shall be selected based on NFPA 11 section 5.7.3.5.2 design criteria.
Activation of foam pourer shall be by manual valve. Valve to be located outside bund at least 15 m away from the protected area as per NFPA 11 (Clause 9.5.1.3).
Bund foam pourers shall be operated automatically upon detection of fire. Provisions shall be included for remote activation of bund foam pourer from the CCR and manually by local push button. This shall release foam solution inside the bund area though bund foam pourer.
6.4.1.2.2 Fixed Foam Monitor
Where monitors are used to discharge foam onto the dike area, they shall be located outside the dike area, as per requirements of NFPA 11.
Fixed, manually operable and adjustable bund foam monitors shall be provided/ installed at the top of the bund, containing flammable hydrocarbons, either in an elevated structure or extended civil foundation.
Fixed bund fire protection shall utilize the same foam skid, which is provided for full surface fire protection.
The monitors shall be suitable for use with low expansion foam solution, giving an expansion ratio as per NFPA 11 (Clause 5.2.6.1.3), and shall be operated in a non-aspirated fashion. The application rate for bund foam monitor shall be 6.5 L/min.m2. Minimum Discharge Time depends on the Hydrocarbon Class, refer to Table 5.7.3.2 of NFPA 11 for the Minimum Discharge Time for Fixed Foam Monitor Application on Diked Areas Involving Hydrocarbon Liquids. The minimum operating pressure at bund foam monitor shall be considered as 7 barg. Foam solution from the bund foam monitor discharge shall be able to reach internal portion of the bund that are not reachable by the bund foam pourer.
The monitors shall be capable of full rotational and elevation movement and shall be capable of being locked in their operating position.
Manual isolation valve for bund foam monitor shall be kept in normally closed position. Valves to be located outside bund at grade at least 15 m away from the protected area as per NFPA 11 (Clause 9.5.1.3).
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 57 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 6.5
Non-Diked Spill Areas (Process Areas)
Non-diked spill areas are areas where a flammable or combustible liquid spill can occur, uncontained by curbing or dike walls. The average depth of spill is below 25.4 mm (1 in.).
In accordance with NFPA 11, to determine protection for spill fires, the potential spill area shall be estimated. Once this area has been determined, Table 5.8.1.2 of NFPA 11 shall be used to calculate requirements to be used as design criteria for portable nozzles or monitors.
Table 6-1 Minimum Foam Solution Flowrate Using Portable Foam Nozzles or Monitors
Foam type used
minimum Flow rate (l/min/m2)
Protein or Fluoroprotein
AFFF or FFFP & alcohol-resistant AFFF or FFFP
Alcohol-resistant foams
6.5
4.1
Consult manufacturer for listings on specific products
Minimum Discharge Times for Non-diked Spill Fire Protection Using Portable Foam Nozzles or Monitors shall be 15 minutes, in accordance with NFPA 11.
Fixed and semi-fixed foam protection shall only be provided where equipment is located in a congested area which may be inaccessible to portable firefighting equipment, and where prompt fire extinguishment, rather than fire control, is essential. In such instances, installation of fixed and semi-fixed foam protection systems shall be subject to the COMPANY approval.
Fixed and semi-fixed foam protection may also be desirable when manpower is inadequate to assure a rapid manual firefighting response. Application rates are the same as for bunded dyke fires.
Fixed fire monitors with foam capabilities shall be used in place of foam hose reels where a large liquid hydrocarbon spill fire is possible, or where rapid application of foam over a large area is warranted by the hazard.
6.6
Supplementary Protection
In addition to the primary means (tank foam installations) of protection, NFPA 11 requires provisions of approved foam hose stream equipment as supplementary protection for small spill fires.
Auxiliary foam hose streams can be supplied directly from the main system protecting the tanks (e.g., centralized fixed pipe system) or can be provided by additional equipment.
Permanently installed foam hydrants, where used, should be located in the vicinity of the hazard protected and in safe and accessible locations. The location should be such that excessive lengths of hose are not required. Limitations on the length of hose that can be used depend on the pressure requirements of the foam nozzle.
The minimum number of hose streams required shall be as specified in Table 6-2 and hose streams operating times supplementing tank foam installations shall be as specified in Table 6-3.
Hose stream(s) shall be able to discharge minimum at a rate of 189 L/min (50 gpm).
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 58 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Table 6-2 Minimum Number of Hose streams for Supplementary Protection of Largest Storage Tank
Tank Diameter (m)
Minimum Number of Hose Stream
Up to 19.5m
19.5 to 36m
Over 36m
1
2
3
Table 6-3 Minimum Duration of Hose streams for Supplementary Protection of Storage Tank
Tank Diameter (m)
Minimum Operating Time
Up to 10.5m
10.5 to 28.5m
Over 28.5m
10 minutes
20 minutes
30 minutes
7
FOAM-WATER DELUGE / SPRAY SYSTEMS
Foam-water deluge systems comprise an array of open headed discharge nozzles located around or above the hazard. They are all operated simultaneously and fed from a fixed proportioning system.
Semi-fixed systems are not practicable because the intention of a foam deluge system is to provide very rapid response to contained spill fire situations and develop a foam blanket to prevent re-ignition. Connection of a proportioning system at the time of the fire would give unacceptable delays.
Foam-water deluge systems shall be designed in accordance with NFPA standard . Application rate and duration of foam solution for specific hazards such as Diesel Generator building shall be UAE Fire and Life Safety code.
Foam-water deluge systems shall be fed with foam solution from a fixed proportioning system.
Foam-water deluge system nozzles shall be permitted to be air-aspirating, such as foam-water spray nozzles, or they shall be permitted to be non-air-aspirating, such as standard water spray nozzles.
7.1
Non-Aspirating Foam Systems
Non-aspirating foam systems are intended for rapid fire control (not primarily extinguishment), as required on e.g. manned loading facilities. Rapid fire control is achieved through excellent flowing capability due to the low expansion ratio. The throw capability (trajectory) is compatible with water spray droplets.
Loading gantries are areas where personnel are continuously present during loading operations and where they are exposed to increased risk from road or rail tankers being temporarily hooked up to loading systems.
Typically loading gantries handling flammable and combustible hydrocarbons/chemicals shall be equipped with non-aspirating foam systems to provide:
a. Quick fire knockdown for the control/extinguishment of pool fires, to allow personnel to be rescued in the
event of a fire,
b. Heat exposure protection against engulfing fires, for adjacent equipment in the loading area.
LPG loading facilities shall only be provided with water spray systems. With the exception of the foam concentrate related hardware, the system requirements remain the same.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 59 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The non-aspirating foam systems shall at least cover the entire area to be protected. (e.g road/rail car, including its heads, plus the loading (and vapor return) lines. In addition, the driver’s road-car cabin shall be included).
7.1.1
Operation
The spray system shall be activated automatically by a fire/heat detection system. In addition, manual activation shall be provided in the vicinity of the loading area and in the local loading supervisor’s office or central control room.
In salt/brackish water service the normally “dry” piping system shall be flushed clean with fresh water after testing or use.
7.1.2
Design
Foam application shall be maintained for duration with minimum foam/water application rate for the area to be protected and losses due to wind and hydraulic imbalance shall be added to the application rate referred in AGES – PH- 03-02.
Typical loading area foam system details are provided in APPENDIX A3.
The system components consist of foam concentrate storage tank, foam concentrate pump (or bladder tank arrangement), proportioning devices & controller, control panel, a piping system, and discharge devices designed to distribute foam effectively over the hazard. Refer to Section 4 & 5 for detailed information of each component design criteria.
7.1.2.1.1 Foam / Water Spray Nozzles
Foam water spray nozzles shall be NFPA / UL /FM approved type specific to application shall be used. Internal strainers are not allowed to avoid individual nozzles becoming blocked during operation.
7.1.2.1.2 Execution and Material
Where salt/brackish water is used, the flanged cross-over piping from underground to above ground and piping to the automatic Deluge Valve shall be internally coated in line with piping material specification (Refer to AGES-GL- 07-001).
7.1.3
Material Selection
Refer to Section 4.5.4.
8
MEDIUM AND HIGH-EXPANSION FOAM SYSTEMS
High expansion foam is an agent for control and extinguishment of Class A and Class B fires and is particularly suited as a flooding agent for use in confined spaces.
The development of the use of high expansion foams started with the work of the Safety in Mines. It was possible to force the foam down relatively long corridors, thus providing a means for transporting water to a fire inaccessible to ordinary hose streams.
Medium expansion foam was developed as more wind resistant than high expansion foam for outdoor applications.
Medium and high expansion foam has several effects on fires:
a. Prevent free movement of air, necessary for continued combustion.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 60 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 b. The water in the foam is converted to steam, reducing the oxygen concentration by dilution of the air.
c. The conversion of the water to steam absorbs heat from the burning fuel. Any hot object exposed to the foam will continue the process of breaking the foam, converting the water to steam, and of being cooled.
d. When accumulated in depth, medium and high expansion foam can provide an insulating barrier for protection of exposed materials or structures not involved in a fire and can thus prevent fire spread.
e. Class A fires are controlled when the foam completely covers the fire and burning material. If the foam is
sufficiently wet and is maintained long enough, the fire can be extinguished.
f. Class B fires involving high flash point liquids can be extinguished when the surface is cooled below the flash point. Class B fires involving low flash point liquids can be extinguished when a foam blanket of sufficient depth is established over the liquid surface.
g. For liquefied natural gas (LNG) fires, high expansion foam will not normally extinguish a fire but it reduces
the fire intensity by blocking radiation feedback to the fuel.
Such foams provide a unique agent for transporting water to inaccessible places; for total flooding of confined spaces; and for volumetric displacement of vapor, heat, and smoke.
Medium and high expansion foams, which are generally made from the same type of concentrate, differ mainly in their expansion characteristics.
Medium expansion foam is used on solid fuel and liquid fuel fires where some degree of in-depth coverage is necessary, e.g., for the total flooding of small enclosed or partially enclosed volumes such as engine test cells, transformer rooms, etc. It can provide quick and effective coverage of flammable liquid spill fires or some toxic liquid spills where rapid vapor suppression is essential. It is effective both indoors and outdoors.
High expansion foam shall also be used on solid and liquid fuel fires but the in-depth coverage it can give is greater than for medium expansion foam. It is therefore most suitable for filling volumes in which fires exist at various levels.
For example, experiments have shown that high expansion foam can be used effectively against high rack storage fires provided that the foam application is started early and the depth of foam is rapidly increased. It can also be used for the extinction of fires in enclosures where it is dangerous to send personnel, e.g., in basement and underground passages. It can be used to control fires involving liquefied natural gases and LPG and to provide vapor dispersion control for LNG and ammonia spills.
High expansion foam is particularly suited for indoor fires in confined spaces. Its use outdoors may be limited because of the effects of wind and lack of confinement.
8.1
Use and Limitations
While medium and high expansion foams are finding applications for a broad range of firefighting problems, each type of hazard shall be specifically evaluated to verify the applicability of medium or high expansion foam as a fire control agent.
Some important types of hazards that medium and high expansion foam systems may satisfactorily protect include:
a. Ordinary combustibles
b. Flammable and combustible liquids
c. Liquefied natural gas (high expansion foam only).
Ability to control or extinguish a fire in a given hazard may depend on such factors as expansion, drainage, and fluidity. These factors will vary with the concentrate, equipment, water supply, and air supply.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 61 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Susceptibility of the protected hazard to water damage shall be evaluated. Medium and high expansion foam systems shall not be used on fires in the following hazards unless competent evaluation, including tests, indicates acceptability:
a. Chemicals, such as cellulose nitrate, that release sufficient oxygen or other oxidizing agents to sustain
combustion.
b. Energized unenclosed electrical Equipment.
c. Water-reactive metals such as sodium, (Na), potassium, (K).
d. Hazardous water-reactive materials, such as triethylaluminum and phosphorous pentoxide.
e. Liquefied flammable gas.
8.2
Application Method
8.2.1
Medium Expansion
The first method is suitable for fixed systems where the location, size and shape of the hazard is known, and the system can be designed to meet this requirement. The second method is more appropriate where the size and location of the hazard vary with circumstance and needs to be dealt with by a more flexible approach.
8.2.2
High Expansion
High expansion foams shall be applied:
a. By filling the volume in which the fire occurs; or
b. By guiding a wall of foam in the direction of a localized fire, in order to submerge and suppress it.
The foam may be introduced directly, or through flexible ducting. High expansion foam, by its nature, can only be applied gently to fires. Method (1) is generally preferable as the water content of the foam needs to be retained as far as possible to ensure heat resistance at the fire.
Horizontal movement at floor level promotes water drainage and degrades the foam quality. To make high expansion foam effective in large compartments and up to heights of 10 m, flexible barriers shall be used to retain the foam in the required area and to permit its fast build up to the required height.
8.3
Protection Against Exposure
Foam-generating equipment shall be located as close as possible to the hazard(s) it protects, but not where it will be unduly exposed to a fire or explosion. Foam generators installed inside the hazard area shall be constructed to resist or protected against fire exposure. Such protection may be in the form of insulation, fire-retardant paint, etc.
8.4
Ducts
Foam distribution and air inlet ducts shall be designed, located, installed, and suitably protected so that they are not subject to undue mechanical, chemical or other damage.
Duct closures such as selector valves, gates, or doors shall be of the quick-opening type, allowing free passage of the foam. When located where they may be subjected to fire or heat exposure, either inside or outside the area to be protected, special care shall be taken to ensure positive operation.
Ducts shall be designed and installed so that undue turbulence is avoided and the actual foam discharge rate shall be determined by test or other method acceptable to the relevant authorities.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 62 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 8.5
Medium Expansion Foam Systems
8.5.1
Application Rate
a. The application rate and duration for Flammable Liquids shall be determined as per NFPA / EN 13565
For Combustible Solids, the minimum application rate shall be determined in accordance with NFPA / EN 13565.
8.5.2
Duration Of Discharge
The rate of discharge for medium-expansion foam shall be determined by tests. Required Foam depth over the hazard shall vary with expansion. Foam Depth shall be determined by tests as per Annex G of NFPA 11.
The minimum duration of discharge of systems shall be as given in table below.
The minimum duration of systems discharging at higher than the minimum rate may be reduced in proportion but shall be not less than 70% of the time given in table below.
Table 8-1 Minimum Discharge Time for Medium Expansion Foam System
Hazard
Minimum Discharge Time (Min)
Indoor and Outdoor spill up to 100 m2
Other indoor Hazards and Outdoor protection
10
15
8.5.3
Quantity Of Foam Concentrate
The quantity of foam concentrate or premix available for immediate use in the system shall be as given in section 4.6.
8.6
High Expansion Foam Systems
8.6.1
Vent Design
The vent(s) shall be positioned at the most remote point(s) from the foam inlets(s), and shall be to the open air. The vent(s) shall be of open design, or if normally closed shall open automatically on actuation of the system.
Correct positioning of the vent(s) is necessary to ensure that the submergence depth is achieved throughout the protected area. Venting is to the outside air to allow the safe dispersal of smoke and combustion products.
The area of the vent(s) shall be sufficient to limit the venting velocity to not more than 300 m/min.
This will be achieved if the vent area (m2) is not less than F/300, where F is the foam discharge rate in m3/min.
Venting is not usually necessary where air from within the enclosure is used to make the foam.
8.6.2
Submergence Depth
The system shall produce, throughout the protected area, a depth of foam sufficient to cover and extinguish the highest hazard.
In un-sprinklered enclosures of combustible construction the submergence depth shall be sufficient to fill the enclosure.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 63 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 For combustible solids, in enclosures which are sprinklered or are of non-combustible construction the submergence depth shall be sufficient to cover the highest hazard with 1 m, or 0.1 times the height of the highest hazard, in meters, whichever is the greater.
For flammable liquids the submergence depth shall be determined by test, and shall be considerably more than for combustible solids.
8.6.3
Submergence Time
Recommended times to achieve submergence volume for various types of hazards and building construction shall be as per NFPA 11and in accordance with NFPA 220.
8.7
Types Of Systems
8.7.1
Total Flooding Systems
A total flooding system consists of fixed foam-generating apparatus complete with a piped supply of foam concentrate and water, arranged to discharge into an enclosed space or enclosure around the hazard.
8.7.1.1 Uses
This type of system shall be used where there is a permanent enclosure around the hazard that is adequate to enable the required amount of fire extinguishing medium to be built up and to be maintained for the required period of time to ensure the control or extinguishment of the fire in the specific combustible material(s) involved.
Examples of hazards that are successfully protected by total flooding systems include rooms, vaults, storage areas, warehousing facilities and buildings containing Class A and Class B combustibles either singly or in combination.
Fires that can be controlled or extinguished by total flooding methods are divided into three categories:
a. Surface fires involving flammable or combustible liquids and solids,
b. Deep-seated fires involving solids subject to smoldering’
c. Three-dimensioned fires in some flammable liquids.
8.7.1.2 Enclosure Specifications
Since the efficiency of the medium or high expansion foam system depends on the development and maintenance of a suitable quantity of foam within the particular enclosure to be protected, leakage of foam from the enclosure shall be avoided.
Openings below design filling depth, such as doorways, windows, etc., shall be arranged to close automatically before, or simultaneously with, the start of the foam discharge, with due consideration for evacuation of personnel.
They shall be designed to maintain a closure during a fire and be capable of withstanding pressures of foam and sprinkler water discharge. If any enclosable openings exist, the system shall be designed to compensate for the probable loss of foam and shall be tested to assure proper performance.
The venting so required shall consist of suitable openings, either normally open, or normally closed and arranged to open automatically when the system operates. When design criteria demand exhaust fans, they shall be approved for high-temperature operation and installed with due consideration for protection of switches, wiring, and other electrical devices to ensure equal reliability of exhaust fan performance as for the foam generators. Where forced air ventilating systems interfere with the proper build-up of foam, they shall be shut down or closed off automatically.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 64 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 8.7.1.3 Quantity
Sufficient high expansion foam concentrate, and water shall be provided to permit continuous operation of the entire system for 25 minutes or to generate four times the submergence volume, whichever is less, but in no case less than enough for 15 minutes of full operation.
The quantity for medium expansion foam shall be determined by suitable tests developed by an independent testing laboratory.
8.7.2
Local Application Systems
A local application system consists of fixed foam-generating apparatus complete with a piped supply of foam concentrate and water and arranged to discharge foam directly onto the fire of spill.
8.7.2.1 Uses
Local application systems are used for the extinguishment or control of fires in flammable or combustible liquids, liquefied natural gas (LNG), and ordinary Class A combustibles where the hazard is not totally enclosed. These systems are best adapted to the protection of essentially flat surfaces such as confined spills, open tanks, drain- boards, curbed areas, pits, trenches, etc. For multiple-level or three-dimensional fire hazards where total building flooding is not practical, the individual hazard shall be provided with suitable containment facilities acceptable to the I.P. authorities.
Local application medium and high expansion foam systems shall be used to protect hazards located indoors, partly sheltered, or completely out-of-doors. Provisions shall be made to compensate for winds and other effects of weather.
8.8
Foam Applications for Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG)
High expansion foam has been shown to be effective in controlling LNG spill test fires and in reducing downwind vapour concentration from un-ignited LNG spill test fires in confined areas up to (110 m2).
System design considerations:
The determination of the high expansion foam system design depends on an analysis specific to the individual site.
Since time to initiate actuation is a critical factor in LNG fire control, the analysis must consider effects of heat exposure on adjacent plant equipment. In many cases automatic alarms and actuation will be required for fixed systems.
8.8.1
Application Rate
As established by test, the application rate shall be such that a positive and progressive reduction in radiation is attained within the time limitations established in the analysis. The application rates determined by the test shall be increased by the necessary factor to account for the initial vaporization rate and the configuration of the hazard. After steady state control conditions have been reached, the application rates for maintenance of fire control established in the test shall be used to maintain control.
8.8.2
Quantity Rate
The initial quantity of foam concentrate shall permit a continuous application at the initial design rate sufficient for fire control to reach steady state conditions. Additional foam concentrate supplies shall be on hand to provide control maintenance for the calculated fire duration.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 65 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 9
TECHNIQUE CONSIDERATIONS IN EXTINGUISHING LARGE TANK FIRES
Large storage tank fires are very complex events and satisfactory extinguishment requires methodical planning and the effective use of resources. At this time, existing Codes and Standards do not provide guidelines for using high flow monitor foam applications for large tank fires. Full surface fires involving large diameter tanks have occurred around the world. Extinguishment of such fires has not been totally successful. With the introduction of large capacity foam monitors, new varieties of foam concentrates and improvements in application techniques there has been some degree of success in achieving extinguishment.
In theory it may be technically feasible to extinguish tank fires in excess 61 meters using the “over- the-top” method of employing very large capacity mobile monitors with improved types of foam concentrates. The logistics for mounting such massive operations must be fully considered.
9.1
Application Rate
NFPA 11 application rate for mobile equipment is often interpreted as 6.5 l/min/m2.
The code also states that flammable liquids having a boiling point of less than 37.8 °C may require higher rates of application. In addition, flammable liquids with a wide range of boiling points such as Crude Oil may require application rates of 8.1 l/min/m2 or more. The application rate stated in the code is based on the assumption that all the foam solution reaches the burning surface.
Note:
a. The rates are intended for Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels. Polar solvent liquids are destructive to regular foams and require the use of alcohol resistance foams. VENDOR shall be consulted to determine the recommended application rate.
b. Rates and practical experience gained in incidents involving full surface fires involving large storage tanks, it would be more appropriate to consider 10.4 l/min/m2 which is equal to a 60% increase for mobile systems. For burning crude oil tank a rate of 12.9 l/min/m2 may be more appropriate.
c. Monitor application rates assume appropriate large capacity equipment and effective fire‑ground deployment. These application rates assume longer pre‑burn times before effective foam. Fixed system application rates assume shorter pre‑burn times before effective foam application.
The elevated application rates provide a better chance of ensuring foam reaching the burning surface thus increasing the probability for extinguishment. Consideration for such high rates take into account fall out from the delivery system, losses due to strong thermal updraft, break down of foam as it travels through the flames to reach the burning fuel and destruction of the foam due to the hot fuel and any hot metal surface.
The application rates for low and medium expansion foam shall be calculated as follows:
where:
q = qth x fc x fo x fh (BS EN 13565-2)
q are the minimum application rates for the foam solution, in litres per minute per square metre; qth are the nominal application rates for the foam solution, in litre per minute per square metre; with: qth = 4,0 l/min/m2 fc is the correction factor for the class of foam concentrate according to EN 1568 (see Tables 2 and 3 – for rim-seal, only 1.0 shall be used for all fuels); fo is the correction factor for the kind of object (see Tables 4, 7,8 and 10); fh is the correction factor for nozzle distance in outdoor deluge systems
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 66 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 fh = 1,0 for nozzles < 5m from the protected surface; fh = 1,25 for nozzles > 5 m from the protected surface (low expansion only).
o o o For tanks and bund systems fh = 1.
This specifies an application rate starting at 12 lpm/min/m2 for tanks over 60m in diameter.
NOTE:
The minimum application time used for calculating foam concentrate requirements is now 90 minutes due to the adoption of BS EN 13565-2, this is greater than the 65 minutes specified by NFPA 11 and will lead to an increase of nearly 30% in terms or required foam stocks.
9.2
Over The-Top-Application (With Large Capacity Foam Monitors)
A contemporary concept in extinguishing large tank fires is to employ Large Capacity Non-aspirated Foam Monitors to apply foam “over-the-top” of the involved tank onto the burning fuel surface. Although they are normally known as non- aspirated monitors, these monitors are capable of producing foam with an expansion ratio of about 3.1 to 4.5 when used with alcohol resistance type foam concentrates.
The effective range of monitors shall be reduced by 30 %, from that determined through testing in accordance with EN 13565‑1, to make allowance for the effects of wind.
Large diameter hose shall be used to supply the flow required for large volume foam attack. The use of 5” (125 mm) diameter hose is preferred due to low frictional loss and is relatively easy to use. It must be remembered that it is extremely difficult to move the hose once it is charged with water.
The “over-the-top” foam technique attacks the burning tank with either a very large capacity monitor that meets the required application rate or combines several monitors to form a Mass Stream discharging with the wind to concentrate on a selected landing zone within the tank.
This extremely high “local application rate/density” promotes survivability of the foam journey through the fire to establish a foothold on a relatively small area of the burning surface. Once the foam blanket at the landing zone is established it can then be expanded by making adjustments to the Mass Stream. The added advantage of large volume application in a small area may help to reduce “local fuel temperature” and the associated actual vapour pressure which in turn can help in lowering the fire severity. These factors require consideration because as the fuel temperature approaches the boiling point of water, it is difficult for the foam to survive. As fuel temperature increases the true vapour temperature will increase to overcome the effectiveness of the foam blanket.
Large volume foam attack shall be launched as quickly as possible; however, it must be stressed that application must not be carried out until all equipment and logistic support are in place. The longer a tank is allowed to burn, the danger of escalation becomes greater, the fuel temperature increases making it more difficult to extinguish, the exposed tank shell deforms (normally the exposed steel curls inwards to create nooks and crevices) making it difficult for foam to cover the entire burning surface. In the case of crude oil, the possibility of having a “boilover” increases with time.
The ability to deal with large tank fires depends on methodical pre-fire plan, regular training and exercises. The most important factor, however, rests on minimizing the risk of having a fully involved large tank fire through good engineering design, effective management and maintenance programs.
Fires where foam application is used can be of sufficient magnitude to produce significant quantities of fire‑water run‑off, and airborne pollution, which may be detrimental to the environment. This run‑ off is likely to contain fuel, combustion products, contaminated water and foam solution. It shall be contained/collected for analysis and
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 67 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 disposal in accordance with national environmental regulations. Foam systems and the protected objects shall be flushed with water after system operation to minimise potential risk of corrosion.
Foam systems shall not be considered in isolation, but as part of risk assessment along with process controls and manual fire fighting resources. Planning, installation, alteration and extension of foam systems shall only be carried out under the responsible supervision of an expert, competent in the engineering of foam fire extinguishing systems.
The proportioning of foam concentrate with water may be carried out in an equipment room (central proportioning) or in the vicinity of the hazard to be protected (decentralised proportioning). For central proportioning the foam solution is fed through pipework and distribution valves to the foam generators. For decentralized proportioning the foam concentrate is proportioned directly into the foam distribution pipework serving the hazard.
If pumping-in connections for the fire brigade are provided at fixed foam extinguishing systems, the water demand of the foam extinguishing system shall be determined and marked at the connection. In case of semi-fixed installations the mobile water supply as well as the pump and proportioning performance shall be in accordance with the maximum required foam extinguishing system demand. The pumping-in connections shall be marked with the type of foam, the proportioning rate (%), and the minimum pumping-in pressure. A check valve shall be fitted upstream of the foam extinguishing system to prevent withdrawal of water.
10
MATERIALS
Materials and equipment shall be in accordance with the appropriate sections of this specification meeting the service requirement (e.g potable or sea water) and shall be UL listed and/or FM approved for the services they are intended to be used. Listings and approvals shall be a part of the documentation required to be submitted to the COMPANY.
All foam system material / equipment shall be approved by COMPANY prior to engineering development and procurement.
11
TESTING
Refer to Section 11 in Part 1 – General.
Testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 11 including Appendices, and Section 11.3 of BS EN 13565-2 and the MANUFACTURER’S recommendation.
Foam concentrate shall be tested in accordance with Section 11.3.2.4.1 of BS EN 13565-2 and shall also include ICAO testing requirements for helideck and aerodrome foam.
12
INSTALLATION
Installation shall be accordance with the appropriate sections of this specification, and shall meet the requirements of NFPA 11, including Appendices
13
OTHER REQUIREMENTS
13.1
Quality Control and Assurance
Refer to Section 8 of Part 1- General.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 68 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 13.2
Sub-Contractors
Refer to Section 9 of Part 1- General.
13.3
Painting, Preservation and Shipment
Refer to Section 10 of Part 1- General.
13.4
Documentation
The CONTRACTOR shall submit the type and quantity of drawings and documentation for COMPANY’S authorization or information as listed herein, unless the type and quantity are otherwise specified by the COMPANY
Comments made by COMPANY on drawing submittal shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of any responsibility in meeting the requirements of the specifications. Such comments shall not be construed as permission to deviate from requirements of the Contract Package unless specific and mutual agreement is reached and confirmed in writing. Each drawing shall be provided with a title block in the bottom right-hand corner incorporating the following information:
a. Official trade name of COMPANY.
b.
COMPANY drawing number.
c. Drawing title giving the description of contents whereby the drawing can be identified.
d. A symbol or letter indicating the latest issue or revision.
e. Contract Package reference number, and all items as specified in NFPA 11 with tag numbers.
Failure to have the required items on the drawings may cause rejection of drawings.
Within ten (10) days after final acceptance, the CONTRACTOR shall provide five (5) complete bound operation and maintenance instruction manuals for each system to the COMPANY.
Upon completion of each system, the SUB-CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY with four copies of as- built drawings showing actual installation details. All equipment locations (manual stations, abort switched, alarms, detectors, control panels) shall be shown, as well as exact conduit and piping routing details and agent storage positions. All facilities modifications, including door holder, and damper installations shall be illustrated.
Revisions to drawing shall be identified with symbols adjacent to the alterations, and the authority and date of the revision shall be listed. The term “Latest Revision” shall not be used.
All SUB-CONTRACTOR documents and drawings shall strictly follow revision marking (vertical line in right border) along with (strikethrough) for deletion and (underlined) for addition & modifications in hard copy as well as in electronic copy. All documents/drawings shall be submitted showing the last revision and changes/additions made along with a list of item-by- item SUB-CONTRACTOR response to COMPANY comments. When COMPANY approves a document with “No Comments”, SUB-CONTRACTOR shall issue such documents/drawings as “COMPANY approved issue”. In this issue, the document shall be same as previous submission except that it will only show revised/added version without any revision marks.
CONTRACTOR shall thoroughly review documents to ensure compliance to Project documents/ drawings and shall submit only the marked-up copy of SUB-CONTRACTOR documents.
CONTRACTOR shall ensure SUB-CONTRACTOR utilizes the same drawing format, contents style, presentation, electronic format, as per Project procedures.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 69 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The SUB-CONTRACTOR is to submit to the COMPANY the following drawings and documents and shall include, as a minimum:
a. Schedule for design, equipment delivery, installation and testing.
b. SUBCONTRACTOR references.
c. PI&Ds and piping isometrics of the system.
d. Plans (including As-Built). Fully dimensioned system layout drawings including linear scale.
e. Equipment descriptions, listings and specifications.
f. Single line diagrams and Electrical cabling diagrams.
g. Flow test (report) on water supply
h. Hydraulic calculations.
i. Operation and maintenance instructions.
j.
Installation manuals.
k. Test procedures.
l.
List of spare parts provided
m. VENDORS equipment and SUB-CONTRACTORS system warranties.
n. The telephone numbers and addresses of VENDORS.
o. The Number of days to be provided for training
13.5
Guarantees and Performance
See Section 11 in Part 1 – General
13.6
Inspection and Maintenance
See Section 12 in Part 1 – General.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 70 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A1. TYPICAL FOAM CONCENTRATE STORAGE FACILITY
APPENDICES
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 71 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 72 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A2. TYPICAL FOAM STATION
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 73 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 74 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A3. TYPICAL NONASPIRATING AFFF FOAM SPRAY SYSTEMS
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 75 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 76 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 77 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 78 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-4)
Rev. No: 1 Page 79 of 79
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL.
ADNOC GROUP PROJECTS AND ENGINEERING
ACTIVE FIRE PROTECTION
Specification
Part 5 – Clean Agent System
AGES-SP-03-002
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
GENERAL …5
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
INTRODUCTION…5
PURPOSE…5
DEFINITIONS / ABBREVIATIONS…6
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS…8
DOCUMENT PRECEDENCE …8
SPECIFICATION DEVIATION / CONCESSION CONTROL…8
2
CLEAN AGENT SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS …8
2.1 GENERAL…8
2.2 QUALIFICATIONS OF THE INSTALLING SUB-CONTRACTOR …9
2.3
2.4
SYSTEM DEMAND…10
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION…10
3
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT …12
3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS…12
3.2 QUALITY OF CLEAN AGENT …12
3.3
CONTROL AND SUPERVISORY SYSTEMS …13
3.4 MECHANICAL COMPONENTS …16
4
INSTALLATION …19
4.1 GENERAL…19
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION DATA…20
ELECTRICAL WIRING …21
PIPING …21
HAZARD WARNING OR CAUTION SIGNS …21
5
INSPECTION AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS …22
5.1 GENERAL…22
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
DESIGN REVIEW TEST …22
FACTORY TEST…22
ACCEPTANCE TEST …22
PIPING TEST…23
PRESSURIZATION TEST …23
FUNCTIONAL TEST…23
PRELIMINARY ACCEPTANCE TEST …24
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 2 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 5.9
TEST RESULTS …24
5.10 FINAL ACCEPTANCE TEST …24
6
OTHER REQUIREMENTS …25
6.1 QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE …25
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
SUB-CONTRACTORS …25
PAINING, PRESERVATION AND SHIPMENT …25
DOCUMENTATION …25
TRAINING…27
SPARE PARTS…27
6.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE …27
6.8
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS…28
6.9 GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE …28
6.10 INSPECTION, TESTING AND MAINTENANCE …28
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 3 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1-1 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS …7 TABLE 4-1 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION DATA…20
LIST OF FIGURES
No table of figures entries found.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 4 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1
GENERAL
1.1
Introduction
This technical specification describes the minimum requirements for the design, fabrication, assembly, supply, testing and installation of the Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System.
Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System typically consists of the agent, agent storage containers, agent release valves, fire detectors, release control stations, audio-visual alarm and indication panels, Manual Release Stations, “Auto/Manual/Inhibit” Selector Key Stations etc., agent delivery piping, and agent dispersion nozzles.
Clean agents fall within two categories: halocarbons and inert gases. Typical inert gases include argon, nitrogen, or combinations of these agents. HALON is prohibited on all COMPANY installations.
Clean agent gas suppression system shall comply with UAE Fire and Life Safety Code of Practice, HFC-227ea shall not be used for new facilities. The clean agent selected shall comply with all the following:
Agent shall be Zero Ozone Depletion. Low Global Warming Potential. Suitable for human occupancy Low pressure system and not to impact the Critical equipment. The fire suppression shall be achieved by total flooding of the protected rooms with Inert Gas Clean Agent and shall comply to the NOAEL & LOAEL as per NFPA 2001.
Clean Agent Fire Suppression system operates in association with Fire Alarm Detection System and / or Fire Alarm Control Panels or FGS.
This Part of the specification, Part 5- Clean Agent System, shall be read in conjunction with Part 1- General.
1.2
Purpose
The purpose of this section is to define the minimum design requirements for Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems for applying to fires in buildings / enclosures across the ADNOC Business Units.
Unless otherwise stated in this section, the Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System shall comply fully with the requirements of relevant AGES, ADNOC Group standards / guidelines, industry, national and international standards.
This section is to be used by the CONTRACTOR as a minimum requirement and it is CONTRACTOR responsibility to provide a reliable Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System.
The requirements detailed within this section shall apply to both offshore and onshore installations, unless specifically stated to apply for either one or the other, i.e., requirement starting with “for installations offshore” applies only to building / enclosure to be located on an offshore installation.
This section provides the structure to support standardization and its associated savings in lifecycle costs, including total cost of ownership, and maintenance requirements.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 5 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1.3
Definitions / Abbreviations
1.3.1
Definitions
Refer to Section 3.1 of Part 1 - General
1.3.2
Technical Definitions
Refer to Section 3.2 of Part 1 – General.
Additional definitions for this Part 5 – Clean Agent Systems are the following:
“Alarm” means an audible and/or visible means of indicating an equipment malfunction, process deviation or abnormal condition requiring an operator response.
“Automatic operation” means operation that does not require any human action and is initiated automatically on fire detection, via the Fire and Gas System (FGS) and / or local fire addressable panel or Fire Suppression Control Panel.
“Centralized system” means fire extinguishing system designed for several zones, with direction valves on the network. A common gas storage is used to protect several rooms.
“Clean Agent” means an electrically nonconducting, volatile, or gaseous fire extinguishing agent that does not leave residue upon discharge.
“Emergency Manual Operation” means manual operation of the system by use of the mechanical release device located on the skid itself.
“Isolated (remote) Room” means a room where personnel are not normally present and where access time for intervention would take more than 5 minutes.
“Local Application System” means by opposition to the total flooding system, a local application system discharges extinguishing gas directly into the fire in the open air (i.e absence of physical barriers enclosing the fire space).
“Lowest Observable Adverse Effect Level (LOAEL)” means the lowest concentration at which an adverse physiological or toxicological effect has been observed.
“Manned Room” means room which does not require the presence of personnel for normal operations, but where entrance for maintenance or control activities is frequent (e.g. switch room, instrument room). The access is limited to qualified personnel and it is recognized that the intervention is quick (less than 5 minutes) in case of fire alarm.
“Manual Operation” means operation of the gas system requiring human action.
“No Observed Adverse Effect Level (NOAEL)” is the highest concentration at which no adverse physiological or toxicological effect has been observed.
“Permanently Manned Room” means room which is continuously manned or where personnel are present for most of the time (e.g. control room).
“Semi-modular System” means fire extinguishing system designed only for a single zone, with extinguishing gas storage outside the protected space.
“Total Flooding System” means fixed system consisting of an extinguishing gas load arranged to discharge into, and fill to the proper concentration, an enclosed space or enclosure, by opposition to the local application system discharging gas directly into the fire in the open air.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 6 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 “Unmanned Room (or Enclosure)” means room (or enclosure) where personnel are not normally present and could not enter (except with difficulty) in case of fire (e.g. diesel engine or turbine enclosure).
1.3.3
Abbreviations
Refer to Section 3.3 of Part 1 – General. Additional abbreviations used throughout this section are shown in Table 1-1.
Abbreviations
ADA
AWG
CCU
dBA
DBB
DC
DCS
ELA
EMT
F&G
GAP
GWP
IP
LCD
LED
LOAEL
NOAEL
NPT
ODP
PT
RAM
VAC
VDC
Table 1-1 List of Abbreviations
Americans with Disabilities Act
American Wire Gauge
Central Control Unit
Decibel (A-weighted)
Double Block and Bleed
Direct Current
Distributed Control System
Equivalent Leakage Area
Electrical Metallic Tubing
Fire and Gas
Graphic Annunciator Panel
Global Warming Potential
Ingress Protection
Liquid Crystal Display
Light Emitting Diode
Lowest Observable Adverse Effect Level
No Observable Adverse Effect Level
National Pipe Thread
Ozone Depleting Potential
Pressure Transmitter
Random-access memory
AC Voltage
DC Voltage
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 7 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1.4
Reference Documents
It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s, SUBCONTRACTOR’s, CONSULTANT’s, VENDOR’s and SUB-VENDOR’s responsibility to be, or to become, knowledgeable of the requirements of the referenced Codes and Standards and to ensure that all equipment, systems, installations, packages are designed, manufactured and tested accordingly.
CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, CONSULTANT, VENDOR and SUB-VENDOR shall report to the COMPANY any discrepancy in this specification figures and necessary resolution shall be made prior to engage any Engineering development / Procurement or Construction.
The Codes, Standards, Specifications including its referenced documents and statutory regulations referred in this specification, form a part of this specification. Unless specified otherwise, the latest edition in force at the time of award of Contract or Purchase Order shall apply.
1.4.1
International Codes and Standards
Refer to Section 5 of Part 1- General.
1.4.2
ADNOC Specifications
Refer to Section 4 of Part 1- General.
1.4.3
National and Local Codes and Standards
As a rule, the requirements of this specification shall be adhered to. However, national and/or local regulations may exist in which some of the requirements may be more stringent. SUPPLIER and CONTRACTOR shall determine by careful scrutiny which of the requirements are more stringent, and which combination of requirements will be acceptable as regards safety, economic and legal aspects.
In all cases, SUPPLIER and CONTRACTOR shall inform COMPANY of any deviation from the requirements of this specification, which is considered necessary in order to comply with the national and/or local regulations. CONTRACTOR may then negotiate with the authorities concerned with the object of obtaining agreement to follow this specification as closely as possible.
As applicable to the scope, CONTRACTOR and SUPPLIER shall comply with UAE Fire and Life Safety Code of Practice.
1.5
Document Precedence
Refer to Section 6 of Part 1- General.
1.6
Specification Deviation / Concession Control
Refer to Section 7 of Part 1- General.
2
CLEAN AGENT SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
2.1
General
The design requirements shall be based on fixed total flooding systems to be installed in the protected areas of buildings or enclosure requiring total flooding clean agent extinguishing systems.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 8 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Total flooding principle apply an extinguishing agent to a three-dimensional enclosed space in order to achieve a concentration of the agent (volume percent of the agent in air) adequate to extinguish the fire. These types of systems may be operated automatically by detection and related controls or manually by the operation of a system actuator.
The base case shall be a centralized system. The total flooding systems shall be optimized based upon the layout drawings and limitations on cylinder storage capacity. The optimization shall not affect the 100% spare requirement.
The project assigned safety integrity levels for the total flooding extinguishing systems shall be met and demonstrated by the VENDOR.
The design of the system shall be in accordance with NFPA 2001. It is important that an effective agent concentration not only be achieved but shall be maintained for a sufficient period of time to allow effective emergency action by trained personnel.
The system shall incorporate a discharge alarm and pre-discharge alarm to warn personnel of a discharge. A time delay device shall be provided for safe escape of personnel during imminent discharge of extinguishing agent. Auto/Manual/Inhibit controls shall be provided for all entries into the protected area.
Consideration shall be given to such factors as: un-enclosable openings, if any; run-down time of fans, time required for dampers, doors or windows to close; cracks around doors, windows and walls.
The SUB-CONTRACTOR shall carryout the field `Integrity test’ in the required protected area prior to the system design.
All areas protected with clean agent fire suppression system shall be checked to ensure that the areas are sufficiently sealed to maintain the required gas concentration holding time. The door fan test method specified in NFPA 2001 shall be used to verify room/space integrity. Precautions shall be undertaken by SUB-CONTRACTOR to avoid leakage to adjacent non-protected/calculated spaces. Mechanical fixing of slabs and possibly, pressure relief venting to a safe area and other arrangements shall be considered. If the HVAC system of room may be affected via the false floor, all dampers shall close prior to clean agent discharge in the false floor. Doors shall be equipped with automatic closure mechanisms. Outward-swinging doors with automatic closure hardware shall be provided. The doors shall be capable of being opened from inside, even when locked from outside.
The SUB-CONTRACTOR shall prepare CAD drawings and shall submit a copy of all drawings to the CONTRACTOR before installation and upon completion of the project.
2.2
Qualifications of the Installing SUB-CONTRACTOR
The system shall be installed by an experienced SUB-CONTRACTOR regularly engaged in the installation of automatic Clean Agent fire extinguishing systems. The SUB-CONTRACTOR shall utilize engineering and field employees with a minimum of five (5) years experience in design, installation, testing and service of Clean Agent fire extinguishing systems.
The SUB-CONTRACTOR shall provide a list of at least five (5) references for systems of similar nature and size. This will be required to accompany the quotation for information purposes.
The installing SUB-CONTRACTOR shall be trained and certified by the MANUFACTURE to design, install, test and maintain Clean Agent Fire Suppression Systems.
The installing SUB-CONTRACTOR shall be an authorized stocking distributor for the MANUFACTURER’S equipment included in the system so that immediate replacement parts can be made from inventory and, if needed, on an emergency basis.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 9 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 2.3
System Demand
Clean agent extinguishes fires by diluting the oxygen concentration within an area to a point below the level that will not support combustion.
The methods described in latest NFPA 2001 shall be followed for the determination of the clean agent gas demand.
The design shall ensure that the required minimum uniform concentration as specified in NFPA 2001 shall be maintained for at least ten (10) minutes. The SUB-CONTRACTOR’S design shall take into consideration such factors as unclosable openings (if any), “rundown” time for fans, time required for dampers to close and any other features of the facility that could affect concentration.
The discharge time of Inert gas agents required to achieve 95 percent of the minimum design concentration for flame extinguishment based on a 20 percent safety factor shall not exceed 60 seconds for all Classes of fires, in accordance with the UAE Fire and Life Safety Code
If Halocarbon agents are used, the discharge time required to achieve 95 percent of the minimum design concentration for fame extinguishment based on a 20 percent safety factor shall not exceed 10 seconds, as per NFPA 2001 and the UAE Fire and Life Safety Code.
2.4
System Description
2.4.1
General
These total flooding type systems shall be automatically initiated on confirmed fire detection within the protected space. Manual initiation, both local and remote shall also be possible for protected space.
The FGS or FACP shall include all necessary logic and controls for gas extinguishing systems as part of its function.
The fire detection system as well as the FGS or FACP could be either with or outside of the total flooding systems VENDOR scope, based on project specific scope.
The systems shall be designed for the total flooding of the protected area. However, no nozzles shall be installed inside the electrical and instrumentation cabinets containing sensitive electronic equipment.
For buildings containing several independent rooms protected with clean agent extinguishing system, a centralized system with common cylinders shall be installed. Main header and instrumentation shall be sized on the largest single space (room, any ceiling and false floor). This will require additional individual area valves and individual cylinder pilots. Each protected area shall be protected separately and shall be modular in design. The system design shall meet the gas extinguishing systems system demand requirements of the largest room or area to be protected with 100% spare capacity.
Separate release and control systems (automatic and manual) shall be provided for each protected space itself including any ceiling and false floor to enable them to be initiated together. Auto/manual / inhibit switch shall be provided at each entrance of protected area. LEDs lamp shall be provided at each switch selection position to identify the current mode of operation of protected area. In manual mode, alarm notification shall be sent to centralized FGS/FACP and DCS.
A pressure transmitter (PT) shall be provided on the discharge pipe work to provide confirmation of system initiation. For centralized system, each protected area shall be provided with a pressure transmitter (PT) downstream of the directional valve to provide confirmation of correct system activation.
The pressure transmitter will send signal to local FGS or local FACP for confirmation and identification of which area was actuated. The requirement of independent Fire Suppression Control Panel should be as per project
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 10 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 design basis, however all the information shall be communicated and connected to the main Fire alarm Control Panel (FACP) / FGS for status information, executive actions and interface.
In case of manual actuation at the cylinder, (PT) will send signal to HVAC panel through local FGS or local FACP to shutdown related HVAC system and release access control door, if available. Audible and visual alarms shall also be generated via the (PT). The energized equipment should be de-energized prior to or during agent discharge.
A forced ventilation system shall be provided to remove hazardous atmospheres after clean agent discharge. This is intended to avoid pollution of the HVAC system with hazardous atmospheres and creating hazard to personnel. Forced ventilation system will be manually managed by fire men.
Pressure Relieve Dampers where required to relieve excess pressure of the enclosure shall be considered as per design requirement.
2.4.2
System Initiation
Each clean agent system shall be capable of being initiated:
a. Automatically by cross-zoned detection circuits type via the local FGS or local FACP if is in “auto” position.
b. Manually at the local control panel.
c. Manually via local release hand switches on the station control panel at the entrance to each building.
They shall be line monitored.
d. Manually at the gas cylinder bank.
e. Manually via push button at the CCR FGS matrix panel.
2.4.3
Description of Operation
2.4.3.1 Phases of Operation
The fire suppression system shall provide the following three (3) phase operation sequence:
a. Phase I - Actuation of any single sensor (1ooN - Unconfirmed Fire) shall:
i.
Illuminate a display at the control panel which provides an individual custom message indicating the device status and its location. (number of display character shall be as per the latest listed technology)
ii. Cause a field/building F&G Sounder and Beacon activation.
iii. Activate a remote alarm circuit.
iv.
Illuminate the corresponding LED on a graphic annunciator.
v. Record the event on a nonvolatile RAM memory buffer.
b. Phase II - Activation of any second sensor in the same zone (2ooN - Confirmed fire) shall:
i.
Illuminate a display on the control panel and provide an individual custom message indicating the device status and location. (number of display character shall be as per the latest listed technology)
ii. Start an automatic (30 second) time delay.
iii. Sound a pre-discharge alarm (audible and visible) device in the protected area.
iv. Activate a relay to shutdown air conditioning equipment.
v.
Illuminate the corresponding LED on a graphic annunciator.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 11 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 vi. Record the event on a nonvolatile RAM memory buffer.
c. Phase III - Discharge
i. After the 30-second time delay has expired, activate release of agent.
ii. The operation of the notification appliances shall be continued after agent discharge until positive action has been taken to acknowledge the alarm and to proceed with appropriate action in accordance with NFPA 2001.
iii. Activate a relay to shutdown power equipment, if applicable.
iv. The event will be time and date recorded on a nonvolatile RAM memory buffer.
The system shall be able to operated remotely from Control Room.
2.4.3.2 Manual Release Station Operation
The system shall be capable of being actuated by manual release switches for each protected area. Operation of a manual release switch shall cause alarm devices and shutdown functions to operate immediately.
Manual release switch shall override the time delay and abort capabilities of the system. Manual release switches shall be provided at all of the exits from each protected area. Each manual station will be addressable and activation of these devices will provide custom information at the control panel.
3
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
3.1
General Requirements
All major components (cylinders and fittings) of the system shall be produced by one manufacturer whose established reputation and experience in the industry is not less than 10 years.
All equipment shall be new and be of the most current design available from the manufacturer.
The name of the MANUFACTURER and the serial numbers shall appear on all major components.
Locks for all cabinets shall be keyed alike.
All devices and equipment shall be UL listed and FM approved.
All equipment outside the building such as solenoid valves, skid control panels and pressure transmitters in the skid that is located within the restricted area shall meet requirements for the established hazardous area classification.
All equipment shall be protected to IP 65 minimum externally.
The build-up of static electricity during discharge shall be eliminated by a suitable grounding connection of all piping and associated instruments/equipment.
3.2
Quality of Clean Agent
Clean agent gas suppression system shall comply with UAE Fire and Life Safety Code of Practice. HFC-227ea shall not be used for new facilities. The clean agent selected shall comply with all the following
Agent shall be Zero Ozone Depletion. Low Global Warming Potential. Suitable for human occupancy
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 12 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777
Low pressure system and not to impact the Critical equipment The fire suppression shall be achieved by total flooding of the protected rooms with Inert Gas Clean Agent and shall comply to the NOEAL & LOAEL as per NFPA 2001.
3.3
Control and Supervisory Systems
The control equipment described herein shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 2001, 70, and 72 and meet the fire suppression panel requirement.
3.3.1
Control Equipment
The Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) shall process all input and output signals and shall integrate output signals with the building fire alarm panel if applicable. The FACP shall provide all features necessary for multiple suppression and alarm zones. The requirement of independent Fire Suppression Control Panel shall be as per project design basis, however all the information shall be communicated and connected to the main Fire alarm Control Panel (FACP) / FGS for status information, executive actions and interface.
Auxiliary outputs shall be provided to shut down fans, activate dampers, or annunciate remotely.
The control panel power supply shall utilize plant power of 230 VAC at 50 hz. The power supply shall include a step-down transformer to provide control unit 24 VDC power for normal operation. Standby battery supply shall also be provided to power the system under full supervisory load for a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours. Following the 24-hour period, the batteries system shall be capable of supplying 100% of all alarm output functions for a minimum of 5 minutes.
The FACP shall be UL listed and FM approved.
3.3.2
Central Control Unit (CCU)
The CCU shall control, supervise, and continuously monitor the entire system, through the listed latest technology. The module shall include a back-lit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) with Alphanumeric characters to provide individual custom messages associated with any addressable device in the system. Number of display character shall be as per the latest listed technology. The CCU shall include touch membrane switches for each of the following functions:
a. Location: a custom message associated with the individually addressable devices reporting to the CCU
(e.g., door holders, A/C units) supervised and controlled by the CCU.
b. Next Trouble: chronological sequence display of individual addressable devices in trouble reporting the
CCU.
c. Next Alarm: chronological sequence display of individual addressable devices in alarm reporting to the
CCU.
d. Nonvolatile history buffer: a minimum of 256 event history, retrievable by downloading the information
through an internal port, or through a CRT connected in the same manner.
e. Fully field programmable: not requiring factory assistance for operating reconfiguration of any kind.
f.
Future expansions: the central control unit shall have the capacity to accept additional requirement as per project specification.
3.3.3
Manual Release Station
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 13 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Manual release stations shall have a metal housing with a dual action release configuration to prevent accidental system discharge. The legend on the front of the station shall read “Agent Release”. These stations shall be a located at all zone exits. A contact monitor module shall be included with each station to give it a specific address (location) through the CCU.
3.3.4
System Abort Switch
The abort switch shall provide a temporary manual means of interrupting the agent actuation circuit between alarm and automatic release. The switch shall be a momentary deadman-type switch which when depressed, interrupts the signal from detection to automatic system operation relays.
Abort switches shall be located adjacent to each manual release station. Where centralized system is used for several protected areas, it shall be possible to inhibit gas activation separately for each protected area without affecting automatic activation in the other areas.
The device shall include a digital countdown timer providing digital readout, indicating the number of seconds remaining until system discharge.
Each abort switch shall include a contact monitor module to provide for a custom message and device location at the control panel.
Each abort button, shall be permanently labeled “Abort”. Each digital countdown timer shall be permanently labeled “Seconds remaining to Discharge.”
The Countdown Timer with Abort Switch, Digital Readout and Manual Release shall be manufactured by the same UL and FM approved MANUFACTURER that manufactures the other system components.
3.3.5
Verified Detection
Photoelectric sensors shall be located in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and NFPA 72. In no case shall detector coverage be greater than 23 m2 per detector.
The CCU shall provide the command and interrogation signals which confirm an alarm by comparing sensor information with stored data on fire conditions. The addressable photoelectric sensor shall provide true linear analog data to the Central Control Unit in order for the CCU to differentiate between higher and lower values of smoke density and to establish a working range of sensitivity levels unique to the particular environment. Any adjustments needed for sensor sensitivity to meet ambient conditions must have a minimum of 12 levels of adjustment within the U.L. standard 268.
The system shall have the capacity to automatically conduct a weekly functional test of each sensor in accordance with NFPA 2001.
3.3.6
Alarm Signal Outputs
Outputs shall be provided from the control unit for interface with building alarm systems or central monitoring station.
1ooN (Unconfirmed Fire) shall cause a field / building F&G Sounder and Beacon activation. The sounders and beacons shall be UL listed and FM approved.
2ooN (Confirmed Fire) Pre-Discharge Visual and Audible Alarm - The alarms shall be UL listed and FM approved. The alarms shall operate on 24 volt polarized DC power and allow supervision. The alarm unit shall have a minimum sound level of 97 decibels at 10 feet.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 14 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Discharge Alarm - The audio/visual alarm shall operate on 24 volt DC power for supervision. The audible output must be rated for at least 97 dBA and the visual at 75 candela.
3.3.7
Graphic Annunciator
If provided based on project philosophy, the Graphic Annunciator Panel (GAP) shall be flush mounted. The GAP shall provide a room floor plan drawn to scale, including remote alarm lamps representing the location of each addressable device (i.e., sensor, manual, abort, etc.). The GAP shall be shown on the floor plan with a designator “YOU ARE HERE.”
Lamps shall illuminate upon actuation of their corresponding device and shall remain illuminated until the system is reset. The GAP shall have a lamp test switch.
All communication shall be accomplished through a single fiber optic cable between control and graphic panel(s). Control wiring for this purpose from individual devices in the field of protection will not be accepted.
3.3.8
Fire Suppression Control Panel
The operation of a discharge signal shall immediately cause the appropriate agent release modules to activate agent release. All initiator wiring shall be fully supervised.
The control panel releasing circuit shall include a supervised “agent disable” switch that is internal to the panel. Operation of the switch shall generate a trouble signal, activate a pulsing trouble LED, and electrically isolate all agent release modules from receiving a discharge signal.
The control panel shall utilize a transfer switch for Main/Reserve operation.
The control panel shall initiate remote actuation signal to operate either the Main or Reserve System.
3.3.9
Maintenance Override
A maintenance override shall be provided on clean agent control panel for each protected area. This shall be used during maintenance periods on the gas extinguishing systems. It completely inhibits the activation of the system concerned, except via local manual release at the gas cylinder bank.
The maintenance lock-out switch shall be used where it is desired to disable the fire suppression system during routine maintenance. This switch shall be key operated allowing removal of the key in either the “Normal” or “Lock- Out” position. A red indicator lamp shall be included on the switch assembly to be illuminated when in the “Lock- Out” position. The control unit is to indicate a trouble condition when in the “Lock-Out” position.
3.3.10
Test Switch
If provided based on project philosophy, test switches shall be provided on Fire Suppression Control Panel for each protected area.
This shall be used to check system performance, such as HVAC shutdown, alarm, timer and solenoid valve actuation.
During system test, the pilot gas cylinder shall be isolated to prevent gas discharge.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 15 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 3.3.11
Selector Switch
Selector Switch shall be provided to select Main or Reserve Bank. This switch shall be key operated allowing removal of the key in either the “Main” or “Reserve” position. The terminal connections shall be of the screw type. Central Control Room (CCR) /Control Panel/ FACP shall indicate a position of selector switch.
3.4
Mechanical Components
3.4.1
Agent
The Clean Agent fire suppression agent shall be clean, dry, non-corrosive, non-damaging, non-deteriorating environment friendly gas meeting the requirements of NFPA 2001.
The agent shall be suitable for use in normally occupied spaces and environment friendly refer to section 3.2.
3.4.2
Spare Capacity
Each system shall be provided with a 100% spare set of cylinders (backup), permanently connected to the discharge pipe work. A switch located on the cylinder rack shall enable the manual selection of the standby cylinders.
A minimum of two cylinders of extinguishing agent shall be required to fulfil this requirement.
3.4.3
Agent Storage Containers
a. The Clean agent shall be stored in UL listed steel alloy containers.
b. The system shall either be located outside of the building with storage container or in dedicated space
within the building with access directly to exterior. Automotive fork-lift access shall be provided.
c. Cylinders shall not be overfilled. Cylinder fill shall take into account the ambient temperatures at the site.
d. Cylinders shall be supported on a rack with a sunshade if installed outside the building incorporated into
the rack design.
e. Cylinders shall be capable of being refilled in the field and checked without the aid of scales or other
special tools.
f. Each container shall be equipped with suitable lifting attachments, discharge valve, safety relief device,
and an anti-recoil device for shipping and handling.
g. A 24VDC, electric operated control head with local manual lever operation shall be provided for operation
of the system.
h. Each cylinder shall be fitted with a safety relief device. Each cylinder shall have a local pressure gauge to
enable local checking of cylinder gas pressure.
i. All cylinders shall be designed for tropical and marine conditions without external cooling.
j. Storage containers shall be protected against severe weather conditions including sunlight or mechanical,
chemical or other damage.
k. Skid and its support structure shall be fabricated out of structural steel.
l. Skid shall come complete with suitable arrangements for the lifting of the skid, such as pad-eyes.
m. For lifting, the skid shall be considered to be complete and the cylinders charged.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 16 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 n. Cylinders shall be installed in a mounting frame assembly including cylinder straps and manifold pipe
clamps.
o. For maintenance, replacement and control purposes the cylinders shall ensure maximum accessibility to
all the valves and instruments.
p. Each supply shall be located as shown on the plans, or within the hazard area as near to its distribution
point as possible, so that proper hydraulic agent distribution is achieved.
q. Where multiple storage cylinders are required for protected area, a common manifold shall be provided. Each cylinder connecting to a common manifold shall be provided with a check valve at the manifold inlet.
r. Agent storage containers will be floor bracket assemblies designed to withstand all discharge forces.
s. Nameplate indicating the MANUFACTURER’S name and part number, agent fill weight and total charged
weight shall be permanently bonded to each container.
t. Each cylinder shall have a band with the name of the extinguishing agent marked clearly on the front and
rear.
u. All cylinders shall be stamped marking near bottle neck with a serial number and accompanied with
documentation certifying testing.
v. Provision for removing each cylinder without disturbing the neighboring cylinders shall be ensured.
w. Doble Block and Bleed (DBB) arrangement shall be provided for all instruments which will be removed for
calibration / maintenance.
x. All instruments shall be at an accessible location.
y. Lifting arrangement provision within the skid shall enable removal of cylinders (with marginally low
pressure) for refilling by two personnel members.
z. Skid shall be provided with a light fixture.
3.4.4
Discharge Heads
a. Discharge heads shall be mounted on top of the extinguishing agent cylinders and connected to an
extinguishing agent manifold.
b. Discharge heads shall be capable of local, manual release of each charge. The manual release mechanism shall be an easily accessible lever assembly and clearly labelled. Labelling shall be in letters a minimum of 1 inch high.
c. The discharge heads shall be capable of automatically releasing the extinguishing agent. Once activated,
the entire charge shall be released.
3.4.5
Actuator
Systems shall be actuated by means of an electric solenoid actuator.
On multiple cylinder arrangements, one cylinder shall be designated the pilot cylinder, and provided with both electric and manual actuators. Remaining cylinders shall be pneumatically operated by agent pressure provided by the pilot cylinder.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 17 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 3.4.6
Check Valves
Check valves shall be provided on all systems with a connected reserve supply.
Each cylinder connected to a common manifold shall be provided with a check valve at the manifold inlet.
Check valves shall be of an in-line flow design to minimize flow restriction during agent discharge.
Materials shall be corrosion resistant and meet the harsh saline weather condition (e,g bronze and related material) suitable for installation in the manifold assembly.
3.4.7
Cylinder Manifold
a. The cylinder manifold shall interconnect all the extinguishing agent cylinders. Flexible piping shall be used between storage cylinders and the manifold. The flexible hose shall be the MANUFACTURER’S standard, rubber coated with steel reinforcement.
b. The cylinder manifold shall provide for isolating the two extinguishing agent charges so that only one
charge shall be released at a time by either automatic or manual activation.
c. The cylinder manifold shall provide a single flanged or threaded fitting for connection to piping between
the cylinder manifold and the nozzles.
d. The cylinder manifold shall be hot-dipped galvanized Schedule 80 pipe. CONTRACTOR to ensure that selected piping is designed for the pressure required for the selected system as per the relevant Codes.
3.4.8
Discharge Piping
a. All distribution piping and fittings shall be in accordance with the MANUFACTURER’S guidelines, material
certificate as per piping specification and the latest requirements of NFPA 2001.
b. All piping and fittings shall be galvanized.
c. Reductions in pipe size shall be made using concentric reducing fittings. Reducing bushings are not
acceptable.
d. System manifold shall be constructed of Schedule 80 piping and class 2000 or 3000 lb, or as per the selected clean agent pressure rating. Steel fittings, threaded or welded. CONTRACTOR to ensure that selected piping is designed for 200 bar Pressure as per the relevant Codes.
e. Distribution piping downstream of the restriction orifice shall be constructed of minimum Schedule 80 piping with class 2000 or 3000, or as per the selected clean agent pressure rating, carbon steel threaded fittings or welded steel fittings.
f. Piping shall be black or galvanized steel ASTM A-53 seamless or electric resistance welded, grade A or
B, or ASTM A-106 grade A, B, or C.
g. ASTM A-120, A-53 type F, or ordinary cast iron pipe or fittings shall not be used.
h. Hangers and brackets supporting piping systems inside the building shall be designed to restrain the piping during its operation / discharge and secured to the building structural framing in such a way that the entire system remain in position under any hazard scenario (e.g. blast/explosion, seismic, etc.). Piping shall be braced within 3m of all discharge nozzles.
i.
The enclosure and the gas piping shall be earthed to prevent electrostatic hazards during release of extinguishing agent.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 18 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 j.
The effects of low temperatures generated by gas discharge, on equipment within the enclosure shall be taken into account.
3.4.9
Discharge Nozzles
a. The extinguishing nozzle(s) shall be suitable for mounting in the area being protected by the clean agent
fire protection system.
b. Nozzles distribute the agent throughout the protected area(s).
c. Nozzles shall utilize a 180 or 360 degree pattern and be designed to direct discharge of agent parallel to
the ceiling, thus minimizing the possibility disturbance to ceiling tiles and objects within the room.
d. Nozzle(s) shall be of the low velocity, high volume type.
e. Nozzle discharge rate through individual nozzles shall be determined on the basis of location or projection distance in accordance with specific approvals or listings as per NFPA 2001. Consideration shall be done for areas with false ceilings or delicate operations. High flow rates may dislodge objects, which could damage or affect equipment and/or process.
f. Nozzle(s) shall include deflector plates to trim when sensitive ceiling tiles must be protected and to
establish a “softer” discharge. All ceiling nozzles will be installed semi-flush with the ceiling level.
g. Nozzle(s) shall be designed to spray in a single plane with an angular coverage sufficient to cover the
entire area protected.
h. Nozzle(s) shall be constructed of steel with a brass orifice.
i.
The nozzle shall have a ½-inch National Pipe Thread (NPT) threaded port.
j. A dirt trap consisting of a tee with capped nipple shall be installed at the end of each branch line.
k. Nozzles shall be manufactured from anti-static material.
l. Specific manufacturer recommendation if any.
3.4.10
Equipment Name Plates/Marking/Instructions
CONTRACTOR shall provide engraved nameplates for all audible and visual alarm devices, manual release stations and abort switch locations to indicate their function. All the clean agent system related items shall be numbered and provided relevant nameplate.
Each entrance door to a protected area shall include a caution placard indicating that the area is protected by a Clean Agent System.
4
INSTALLATION
4.1
General
All equipment and work shall conform to the requirements of the local codes, NFPA 2001, 70 and 72.
The storage containers shall be located as close as possible to the facility they protect, but they shall not be located inside this facility or wherever they may be exposed to fire.
The VENDOR shall define the cylinder arrangement (single or double banked), the size of the skid(s) and the location of the field piping connections. Where double banked systems are installed, VENDOR shall take into consideration arrangement layout to allow maintenance of individual cylinders.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 19 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The VENDOR shall minimize contact between dissimilar metals. Any contacts that create a galvanic potential shall be provided with suitable corrosion prevention / protection measures.
Instructions on how to initiate the system using the local mechanical release means on the pilot cylinders shall be provided and clearly attached.
4.2
Environmental Condition Data
4.2.1
Operating Environment
During the design and positioning of suppression clean agent systems, the environmental conditions and the associated potential high surface temperature shall be taken into account. Installation conditions defined in the specification issued to the specific project must be kept always into consideration.
All equipment and devices shall be suitable for a tropical environment. They shall be suitable for operation in conditions typical of marine environment, with a humid, salt laden and corrosive atmosphere (presence of H2S).
All the environmental factors influencing the systems reliability must be considered:
a. Minimum and maximum temperatures;
b. Presence of corrosive and polluting substances;
c. Direct and indirect lighting;
d. Mechanical stress and vibrations due to normal operation.
The following Table 4-1 gives the Ambient Conditions outside Buildings or enclosure to be considered as default data (also refer to geographic and meteorological data of specific project)
Table 4-1 Environmental Condition Data
Items
Minimum air temperature
Maximum air temperature
Maximum surface temperature
Average daily Humidity
Maximum daily Humidity (at 43 °C)
Design Humidity
Ambient air quality
Conditions
5 °C
58 °C
85 °C (If sunshields are required to meet this requirement, then they shall be clearly specified)
60 %
95 %
100 %
Tropical, dusty and Saliferous
Ambient Conditions Inside Buildings
Refer to AGES-SP-14-001- HVAC Design Basis
Normal temperature conditions
Relative humidity maintained
24 ± 1 °C
20%:50% ±10%
4.2.2
Ergonomics
The clean agent suppression systems must be positioned in order to:
a. not obstruct the passage/escape ways;
b. be easy to identify by means of colors and/or panels;
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 20 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 c. be accessible for activation operations;
d. be accessible for calibration operations;
e. be accessible for maintenance operations.
4.3
Electrical Wiring
All wiring shall be furnished and installed by the CONTRACTOR.
For onshore facilities, all wiring shall be installed in electrical metallic tubing (EMT) or rigid conduit except that steel flexible conduit may be used where necessary for movement of devices. For offshore, only rigid conduit / steel flexible conduit shall be used. Friction type fittings are acceptable. Wiring / cables shall comply with the IEC 60331 standard - Fire resistant cables.
All wiring shall be installed to conform to the requirements of the National Electrical Code, Article 72B for Class 1 Signal Systems, except as otherwise permitted for limited energy circuits, as described in NFPA 72. All wiring shall also meet local codes.
Wire 14 AWG minimum, 600 volt, 35°C, UL listed shall be used. All unavoidable splices must be crimp connected and wire nuts are not acceptable.
4.4
Piping
All distribution piping shall be in accordance with the latest requirements listed in NFPA Standard 2001. The method of joining all pipe shall be in accordance with the latest requirements of NFPA 2001.
ASTM A-120, A-53 type F, or ordinary cast iron pipe or fittings shall not be used. Also shall meet the manufacturer recommendations and environmental condition.
Hangers and bracketing shall be designed to restrain piping with respect to discharge and seismic forces, appropriate to the construction style of the building.
Piping shall be braced within 0.3m of all discharge nozzles.
Refer to Section 3.4.8 for further details.
4.5
Hazard Warning or Caution Signs
Warning signs shall be posted to warn personnel of the potential hazards associated with the extinguishing agent. Hazard warning or Caution Signs shall be posted at protected areas where they can be clearly seen, highlighting the necessity to evacuate when alarm operates, even for a not normally manned room. Hazard warning signs shall be consistent by using standardized patterns, phrases, colors, shapes and pictures, to avoid confusion. Wording on signs shall be concise, easy to read, and contain sufficient information that is easily understood. Warning signs shall be in English and Arabic languages conform of the requirements to NFPA 170.
The warning signs shall be installed:
a. At the entrance and inside of the protected space, to forbid entering when alarm operates or after
Discharge until proper ventilation has been achieved.
b.
In the vicinity of the gas cylinders skid, to inform of the hazard in the event of leakage.
c. At every location where manual actuation of the system may be possible to ensure that operator shall not
actuate the gas extinguishing system before having checked that the area is clear of personnel.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 21 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 5
INSPECTION AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS
5.1
General
Maintenance procedure shall be provided. This procedure shall provide suitable information for the initial testing of the equipment, as well as for periodic inspection and maintenance of the system.
These procedures shall include recommendations for at least monthly and yearly checks to assess the system operational condition. They shall address all the routine tests and also a detailed procedure for the yearly inspection of the system to be conducted by competent personnel.
Inspection and testing shall be performed for each part of the package. The SUB-CONTRACTOR shall provide the CONTRACTOR with a complete testing manual. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the complete package meets the requirements of this specification, including any subcomponents.
Prior to acceptance of the installation, the CONTRACTOR shall, in the presence of the VENDOR, subject the system to the tests in accordance with NFPA 2001 including Appendices and the MANUFACTURER’S recommendation.
Inspection and testing schedule shall submit for approval.
Upon completion of installation, the system shall be thoroughly tested for correct operation and function. Test shall include actual operation of all mechanical and electrical equipment including interlocks and reporting circuitry (fire alarm) etc. and careful inspection of all piping and nozzles.
The following tests shall be provided and shall include, as a minimum, any standards required by NFPA 2001.
5.2
Design Review Test
A field measurement of the room(s) shall be taken and the amount of agent required to reach the design criteria shall be field calculated and matched against the contents of the agent storage containers.
5.3
Factory Test
Checking of correct assembly, complete electrical testing, and operation of the discharge mechanisms (both automatic and manual) shall be carried out at the factory and before shipping.
This test shall be carried out using a cylinder with air or nitrogen compressed to the maximum extinguishing agent pressure (at maximum temperature). Adequate cylinder opening operation at maximum back-pressure shall also be tested. VENDOR shall submit a Factory Acceptance Test procedure to the CONTRACTOR.
5.4
Acceptance Test
At the time “As-Built” drawings and maintenance/operations manuals are submitted, the installing contractor shall submit a “Test Plan” describing procedures to be used to test the control system(s).
The Test Plan shall include a step-by-step description of all tests to be performed and shall indicate the type and location of test apparatus to be employed.
The tests shall demonstrate that the operational and installation requirements of this specification have been met. All tests shall be conducted in the presence of the COMPANY and shall not be conducted until the Test Plan has been approved.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 22 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 5.5
Piping Test
a. A field verification of the piping network shall be made and matched against the drawing flow calculations.
Any significant variations will require recalculation of the piping system.
b. A “puff” test using dry nitrogen shall be conducted. Caps shall be placed over all discharge nozzles and adequate pressure must be supplied to demonstrate that all of the caps will blow off indicating that the pipes are free of obstructions.
5.6
Pressurization Test
A room pressurization test shall be conducted, in each protected space, to define the presence of openings and determine the equivalent leakage area (ELA) of the rooms which would affect the agent concentration levels.
A calibrated door fan system test or equivalent shall be used to pressurize or depressurize the area (with all air conditioning shutdown and dampers closed) and monitor flow versus pressure data with integrated computer program shall be conducted. The results shall be used to calculate a pass or none pass conclusion.
A building integrated test shall be performed to determine if the building can withstand the released pressure.
A U.L. approved testing unit and program shall be used for this test. All testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 2001.
If the first room pressurization testing is not successful. This indicates that openings exist which would result in leakage. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ascertaining the cause of the test failure and that all protected spaces against loss of the extinguishing agent have been adequately and properly sealed. The SUB- CONTRACTOR shall conduct additional room pressurization tests until a successful test is obtained.
5.7
Functional Test
After the system installation has been completed, the entire system shall be checked out, inspected and functionally tested in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended procedures and NFPA standards. The tests shall demonstrate that the entire control system functions as designed and intended.
The following tests shall be provided and shall include, as a minimum, any standards required by NFPA 2001.
a. All containers and distribution piping shall be checked for proper mounting and installation.
b. All electrical wiring shall be tested for proper connection, continuity and resistance to earth.
c. The complete system shall be functionally tested, in the presence of the COMPANY or his representative, and all functions, including system and equipment interlocks, must be operational prior to the final acceptance tests.
d. Each detector shall be tested in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended procedures, and test
values recorded.
e. All system and equipment interlocks, such as door release devices, audible and visual devices, equipment
shutdowns, local and remote alarms, etc. shall function as required and designed.
f. Each control panel circuit shall be tested for trouble by inducing a trouble condition into the system.
All circuits shall be tested: automatic discharge, solenoid and manual actuation, HVAC and power shutdowns, audible and visual alarm devices and manual override of abort functions. In addition, Supervision of all panel circuits, including AC power and battery power supplies, shall be qualified.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 23 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 5.8
Preliminary Acceptance Test
A test shall be carried out, under operating conditions, with the gas cylinders connected to the network. This test shall be carried out at site. The purpose of this test is to ensure that all piping, nozzles, cylinders and auxiliary devices have been installed in accordance with VENDOR’s recommendations and approved drawings.
Clean agent distribution piping shall be blown out with pressurized air to remove any debris and then pressure tested with air to ensure a satisfactory degree of air-tightness of the enclosure has been attained e.g. doors and windows adjusted etc.
The following operating parameters as a minimum shall be monitored and checked during the test:
a. Effective time delay
b. Operation of visual and audible alarms
c. Operation of valves
d. Effective discharge time
e. Measurement and recording of gas concentration and temperature obtained (the gas concentration shall
be measured using multi-point recording analyzers)
f. Correct feedback of signals to the control panel.
g. Use of back-up system
h. Correct operation of interlocks, inhibits and overrides
i. Correct operation of test facility
The requirement for a discharge test shall be as per the Project Philosophy and as per the manufacturer recommendation. As per NFPA 2001, a discharge test is generally not required. If required by the Project Philosophy, Clean Agent shall be discharged into all hazards during the test period. A full clean agent discharge and concentration test shall be made for typical or similar total flooding hazards, using a gas meter to determine the concentration. A full discharge test shall be performed for each installation and the concentration of clean agent measured throughout the protected spaces.
If required by the Project Philosophy, for hazards involving local application, clean agent discharge tests shall be made to verify operation and nozzle performance. Testing shall be performed under the supervision of an experienced manufacturer’s field engineer. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all instruments, personnel, appliances, and equipment for all testing including fill of the storage units.
A complete test plan shall be submitted prior to installation of the system.
Note: This test shall be preferably carried out before any sensitive electronic equipment is installed. If this is not possible sensitive equipment shall be suitably packed and protected prior to testing.
5.9
Test Results
Copies of successful test results shall be submitted to the COMPANY for record.
5.10
Final Acceptance Test
Upon acceptance by the CONTRACTOR, the complete system shall be placed in operation within a nominal twenty-four (24) hour period.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 24 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The final acceptance test shall be conducted in accordance with the recommendations of NFPA 2001 and 72. The test shall demonstrate that the entire control system functions as intended. All circuits shall be tested, including circuit supervision. In addition, all detectors shall be functionally tested.
Upon acceptance by the COMPANY, the completed system(s) shall be placed into service.
6
OTHER REQUIREMENTS
6.1
Quality Control and Assurance
Refer to Section 8 of Part 1- General.
6.2
Sub-Contractors
Refer to Section 9 of Part 1- General.
6.3
Paining, Preservation and Shipment
Refer to Section 10 of Part 1- General.
6.4
Documentation
The CONTRACTOR shall submit the type and quantity of drawings and documentation for COMPANY’S authorization or information as listed herein, unless the type and quantity are otherwise specified by the COMPANY.
Mutual agreement between the CONTRACTOR and COMPANY on schedule submittal of drawings and documentation shall be an integral part of any formal Contract Package.
Comments made by COMPANY on drawing submittal shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of any responsibility in meeting the requirements of the specifications. Such comments shall not be construed as permission to deviate from requirements of the Contract Package unless specific and mutual agreement is reached and confirmed in writing. Each drawing shall be provided with a title block in the bottom right-hand corner incorporating the following information:
a. Official trade name of COMPANY.
b. CONTRACTOR drawing number.
c. Drawing title giving the description of contents whereby the drawing can be identified.
d. A symbol or letter indicating the latest issue or revision.
e. Contract Package reference number, and all items as specified in NFPA 2001 with tag numbers.
Failure to have the required items on the drawings may cause rejection of drawings.
Within ten (10) days after final acceptance, the CONTRACTOR shall provide five (5) complete bound operation and maintenance instruction manuals for each system to the COMPANY.
Upon completion of each system, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY with four copies of as-built drawings showing actual installation details. All equipment locations (manual stations, abort switched, alarms, detectors, control panels) shall be shown, as well as exact conduit and piping routing details and agent storage positions. All facilities modifications, including door holder, and damper installations shall be illustrated.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 25 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Revisions to drawing shall be identified with symbols adjacent to the alterations, and the authority and date of the revision shall be listed. The term “Latest Revision” shall not be used.
All CONTRACTOR documents and drawings shall strictly follow revision marking (vertical line in right border) along with (strikethrough) for deletion and (underlined) for addition & modifications in hard copy as well as in electronic copy. All documents/drawings shall be submitted showing the last revision and changes/additions made along with a list of item-by- item CONTRACTOR response to COMPANY comments. When COMPANY approves a document with “No Comments”, CONTRACTOR shall issue such documents/drawings as “COMPANY approved issue”. In this issue, the document shall be same as previous submission except that it will only show revised/added version without any revision marks.
COMPANY shall thoroughly review documents to ensure compliance to Project documents/ drawings and shall submit only the marked-up copy of CONTRACTOR documents.
COMPANY shall ensure CONTRACTOR utilizes the same drawing format, contents style, presentation, electronic format, as per Project procedures.
The CONTRACTOR is to submit to the COMPANY the following drawings and documents and shall include, as a minimum:
a. Schedule for design, equipment delivery, installation and testing.
b. CONTRACTOR references.
c. PI&Ds and piping isometrics of the agent distribution system.
d. Plans (including As-Built). Fully dimensioned system layout drawings including linear scale.
e. Equipment descriptions, listings and specifications.
f. Single line diagrams and Electrical cabling diagrams.
g. Panel layout.
h. Flow test (report).
i. Hydraulic calculations.
j. Design calculation and drawings for shelter/shade with foundation loading data.
k. Operation and maintenance instructions.
l.
Installation manuals.
m. Test procedures.
n. List of spare parts provided.
o. VENDORS equipment and CONTRACTORS system warranties.
p. The telephone numbers and addresses of VENDORS.
q. The Number of days to be provided for training.
r. Catalogue cuts including but not limited to the following equipment:
i. Smoke sensors
ii. Manual release switches
iii. Control panel
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 26 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 iv. Release devices
v. Alarm devices
vi. Agent storage containers
vii. Mounting brackets
viii. Nozzles and piping
ix. Abort stations
x. Graphic annunciator
xi. Contact monitor modules
s. Characteristics of the enclosure; Sequence of operation; Flow calculations; Volume of area protected; Design concentration requirements; Design temperature; Total flooding quantity; Duration of protection; Rate of application; Discharge time; Extended discharge rate; Nozzle flowrates choice; pressure drop and location.
t. System assembly and connection drawings; Storage instructions;
u. Equipment datasheets including weights and dimensions; Instrumentation and logic diagrams; Field
Integrity test report; Testing procedures; Test reports; Approval certificates.
v. Maintenance and Operations manuals. The Operating manual shall include suitable warnings on the nature of gases and highlight the need to ensure that the room is evacuated and the need ventilation system including dampers are shutdown before discharge.
6.5
Training
The CONTRACTOR shall provide operation training to each shift of the COMPANY’S personnel. Each training session shall include control panel operation, manual and (optional) abort functions, trouble procedures, supervisory procedures, auxiliary functions and emergency procedures.
6.6
Spare Parts
The VENDOR is responsible for detailing appropriate maintenance requirements for all the equipment supplied. The VENDOR is required to submit a completed list of spare parts including cylinders.
Spare parts shall be interchangeable with the original parts and be in compliance with the original construction.
The VENDOR shall provide maintenance manual and a set of any special tools required for maintenance.
The VENDOR shall specify all utilities required and their consumption.
6.7
Operation and Maintenance
Prior to final acceptance, the installing contractor shall provide complete operation and maintenance instruction manuals. All aspects of system operation and maintenance shall be detailed, including piping isometrics, wiring diagrams of all circuits, a written description of the system design, sequence of operation and drawings, illustrating control logic and equipment used in the system.
Checklists and procedures for emergency situations, troubleshooting techniques, maintenance operations and procedures shall be included in the manual.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 27 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 6.8
Training Requirements
The CONTRACTOR shall provide operation training to each shift of the COMPANY’S personnel. Each training session shall include control panel operation, manual and (optional) abort functions, trouble procedures, supervisory procedures, auxiliary functions and emergency procedures.
6.9
Guarantees and Performance
See Section 11 in Part 1 – General.
6.10
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance
See Section 12 in Part 1 – General.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-5)
Rev. No: 1 Page 28 of 28
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL.
ADNOC GROUP PROJECTS AND ENGINEERING
ACTIVE FIRE PROTECTION
Specification
Part 6 – Portable and Mobile Firefighting Equipment
AGES-SP-03-002
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
GENERAL …5
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
INTRODUCTION…5
PURPOSE…5
DEFINITIONS & ABBREVIATIONS …5
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS…6
DOCUMENT PRECEDENCE …7
SPECIFICATION DEVIATION / CONCESSION CONTROL…7
2
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS …7
2.1 GENERAL…7
2.2
2.3
2.4
DRY POWER EXTINGUISHERS…8
CO2 EXTINGUISHERS …9
FOAM EXTINGUISHERS …9
2.5 WATER EXTINGUISHERS…9
2.6 WET CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHERS…9
2.7
2.8
THE APPLICATION OF HAND EXTINGUISHERS…10
LOCATION OF EXTINGUISHERS …11
3
LOCATION / DISTRIBUTION OF WATER- AND FOAM-BASED MOVABLES …11
PORTABLE …11
EQUIPMENT…11
3.1
3.2
3.3
LOCATED IN THE PLANT …11
PORTABLE EQUIPMENT LOCATED ON BOARD FIRE-FIGHTING VEHICLES …11
PORTABLE EQUIPMENT LOCATED IN THE FIRE STATION…11
FIRE HOSES AND INTERCONNECTING COMPONENTS …12
HAND-HELD BRANCH PIPES / NOZZLES …13
5.1 WATER BRANCH PIPES…13
5.2
5.3
FOAM BRANCH PIPES …13
STEAM LANCES…14
PORTABLE FOAM GENERATORS …14
6.1
6.2
HIGH-EXPANSION FOAM GENERATORS (EXPANSION: 1 TO 1000 MINIMUM)…14
HIGH BACK-PRESSURE LOW-EXPANSION FOAM GENERATORS (EXPANSION: 1 TO 4 APPROX.)…15
PORTABLE VARIABLE IN-LINE FOAM INDUCTORS …15
SELF-SUPPORTING PORTABLE MONITORS …15
4
5
6
7
8
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 2 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
TRAILER MOUNTED DRY POWDER EXTINGUISHERS…16
TRAILER MOUNTED FOAM MONITORS …16
TRAILER MOUNTED DIESEL DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS …17
TRAILER MOUNTED DIESEL DRIVEN PUMP UNITS …17
HOSE BOXES …17
FIRE POINTS …18
BREATHING APPARATUS …18
OPERATOR SHELTER …18
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUALS / TRAINING…19
OTHER REQUIREMENTS …19
18.1 QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE …19
18.2 SUB-CONTRACTORS …19
18.3 PAINTING, PRESERVATION AND SHIPMENT …19
18.4 DOCUMENTATION …19
18.5 GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE …20
18.6 INSPECTION, TESTING AND MAINTENANCE …20
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 3 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1-1 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS …6
LIST OF FIGURES
No table of figures entries found.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 4 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1
GENERAL
1.1
Introduction
This equipment specification contains the minimum technical requirements for portable and mobile firefighting equipment. These requirements shall be applied to new installations and to major modifications or extensions of existing installations. This specification is to be used by the CONTRACTOR as a basis for issuing the minimum requirements of project work to the VENDOR.
This Part of the specification, Part 6- Portable and Mobile Firefighting Equipment, shall be read in conjunction with Part 1- General.
1.2
Purpose
In general, the purpose of this specification is to provide a design basis for fire protection for the Project. General requirements for portable and mobile firefighting equipment may be found in Section 6 of Fire & Gas Detection and Fire Protection System Philosophy, AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4).
1.3
Definitions & Abbreviations
1.3.1
General Definitions
Refer to Section 3.1 of Part 1 - General
1.3.2
Technical Definitions
Refer to Section 3.2 of Part 1 – General.
Additional definitions for this Part 6 – Portable and Mobile Fire Fighting Equipment are the following:
“ABC” means fire classification of extinguishers capable of extinguishing fires in flammable liquids, energized electrical equipment, and in wood, paper, cloth, trash and other ordinary combustibles.
“BC” means fire classification of extinguishers capable if extinguishing fires in flammable liquids and energized electrical equipment.
“Combustible Product” means a medium having a flash point of greater or equal to 37.8°C
“Flammable Product” means a medium having a flash point below 37.8°C and a maximum vapor pressure of 2.81 bar (a) at 37.8°C.
“Flash Point” means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off sufficient vapour to form an ignitable mixture with air.
“Listed” means being certified in accordance with manufactured, approved and tested with UL, EN or FM.
“Monitor” means a large heavy water stream nozzle, controlled by wheel operated gears and/or swivel connections, for safety backup protection on all large volume fire evolutions on the field.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 5 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1.3.3
Abbreviations
Refer to Section 3.3 of Part 1 – General. Additional abbreviations used throughout this Section are in Table 1-1.
Abbreviations
Table 1-1 List of Abbreviations
EERA
LNG
LPG
SCBA
Evacuation, Escape and Rescue Analysis
Liquefied Natural Gas
Liquefied Petroleum Gas
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
1.4
Reference Documents
It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s, SUBCONTRACTOR’s, CONSULTANT’s, VENDOR’s and SUB-VENDOR’s responsibility to be, or to become, knowledgeable of the requirements of the referenced Codes and Standards and to ensure that all equipment, systems, installations, packages are designed, manufactured and tested accordingly.
CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, CONSULTANT, VENDOR and SUB-VENDOR shall report to the COMPANY any discrepancy in this specification figures and necessary resolution shall be made prior to engage any Engineering development / Procurement or Construction.
The Codes, Standards, Specifications including its referenced documents and statutory regulations referred in this specification, form a part of this specification. Unless specified otherwise, the latest edition in force at the time of award of Contract or Purchase Order shall apply.
1.4.1
International Codes and Standards
Refer to Section 5 of Part 1- General.
1.4.2
ADNOC Specifications
Refer to Section 4 of Part 1- General.
1.4.3
National and Local Codes and Standards
As a rule, the requirements of this specification shall be adhered to. However, national and/or local regulations may exist in which some of the requirements may be more stringent. SUPPLIER and CONTRACTOR shall determine by careful scrutiny which of the requirements are more stringent, and which combination of requirements will be acceptable as regards safety, economic and legal aspects.
In all cases, SUPPLIER and CONTRACTOR shall inform COMPANY of any deviation from the requirements of this specification, which is considered necessary in order to comply with the national and/or local regulations. CONTRACTOR may then negotiate with the authorities concerned with the object of obtaining agreement to follow this specification as closely as possible.
As applicable to the scope, CONTRACTOR and SUPPLIER shall comply with UAE Fire and Life Safety Code of Practice.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 6 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1.5
Document Precedence
Refer to Section 6 of Part 1- General.
1.6
Specification Deviation / Concession Control
Refer to Section 7 of Part 1- General.
2
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
2.1
General
Standardization of portable fire extinguishers with the existing facility is required where possible, this is to simplify the training of personnel and the stocking of spare parts at each facility.
Fire extinguishers shall be selected and installed in accordance with the UAE Fire and Life Safety Code and further detailed guidance shall be obtained from NFPA 10.
Portable and/or wheeled type fire extinguishing units shall be provided for immediate use by operating personnel in all ADNOC facilities for fighting fires in their early stages.
Extinguishers are classified universally according to the class of fire that they are suitable for. Fire classes in accordance with NFPA 10 are defined as:
a. Class A Fire: A fire in ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber, and many
plastics.
b. Class B Fire: A fire in flammable liquids, combustible liquids, petroleum greases, tars, oils, oil-based paints, solvents, lacquers, alcohols, and flammable gases. Extinguishment is most readily secured by excluding air, inhibiting the release of combustible vapours or interrupting the combustion chain of reaction.
c. Class C Fire: A fire that involves energized electrical equipment.
d. Class D Fire: A fire that involves combustible metals such as magnesium, potassium and sodium.
e. Class K Fire: A fire that involves cooking oils in well-insulated cooking appliances located in commercial
kitchens.
The type of fire extinguishers are: Carbon Dioxide, Dry Chemical (Dry Powder), Foam, Wet chemical & Water. These extinguishers are explained further in the following sections.
Portable fire extinguishers are classified for use on certain classes of fires and rated for relative extinguishing effectiveness. A letter (s) is allocated to indicate the fire class (es) and a numerical rating corresponding the amount of average fire area that can be extinguished by recognized testing laboratories. For example, a fire extinguisher is rated and classified 4-A should extinguish approximately twice as much Class A fire as a 2-A-rated fire extinguisher. The classification and rating are found on the label attached to the fire extinguisher.
All extinguishers shall be listed which means being certified in accordance with UL, EN or FM. Pressure vessel containers shall be constructed as per ASME section VIII.
The following items are applicable to all type of extinguishers:
a. Nameplates, of stainless steel shall be installed on each extinguisher, the appearance shall be glare-
resistant, with only vital information included such as:
i. Operating instructions, (which shall be simple and easy to follow with pictorial presentation)
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 7 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 ii. Agent identification
iii. Capacity in kg
iv. Hazard identification
v. Type approval, e.g., UL or FM No.
vi. Basic filling and maintenance instruction
b. Brackets for hand extinguishers shall be made of stainless-steel material or of carbon steel protected with marine type paint suitable for a humid, salt laden, corrosive atmosphere. They shall be of such a design that the extinguishers are ready for instant use without extra handling.
Each extinguisher shall be furnished with a maintenance record plate for the purpose of indicating the last inspection by month and year. The language used for nameplates shall be English and Arabic unless otherwise specified in the project specification.
The following technical requirements apply:
a. The extinguisher shall have a bottom skirt.
b. Spray nozzle shall have stainless steel (AISI 316L) moving parts and springs.
c. The hoses shall be made of neoprene, of a quality which remains flexible to minus 50°C .
d. Hose couplings shall be made from stainless steel (AISI 316L) or other corrosion resistant material approved by the COMPANY. For Material selection guidelines, refer to AGES-SP-07-004, AGES-SP-09- 002.
e. All carrying and operating handles shall be made of steel.
2.2
Dry Power Extinguishers
Dry powder extinguishers shall contain one of the following types of dry powder:
a. Sodium bicarbonate
b. Potassium bicarbonate
c. Ammonium sulfate
d. Special powder for chemical or metal fires
NOTE: The dry powder shall be compatible with foam.
In principle, the dry powder applied within petrochemical complexes is potassium bicarbonate.
New Portable Extinguishers shall be stored pressure type with dry nitrogen as propellant gas. Wheeled type extinguisher shall have external gas cartridge with nitrogen / CO2 as expellant gas.
The capacity of portable dry powder extinguishers shall be selected from filling weights of 4, 6, 9 and 12 kg, respectively. Wheeled units shall have a filling weight of 50 / 75 kg.
Each wheeled unit shall have two main wheels for transporting.
The color of Powder extinguishers shall be specified according to EN 3 .
It should be noted that European and ISO standards do not distinguish between dry chemical agents and dry powder agents. Their use of the term dry powder includes both dry chemical & dry powder as defined in NFPA 10.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 8 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 2.2.1
Special Requirements for Dry Powder Extinguishers
a. Shall have working pressure 12-14 Bar, test pressure 25 Bar and burst pressure more than 69 Bar.
b. Shall have controllable nonferrous valve with pressure indicator
c. The shell and the filling nozzle shall be made from carbon steel, protected externally with an epoxy paint
system
d. The shell shall have a large filling opening to allow quick recharging.
2.3
CO2 Extinguishers
CO2 portable extinguishers are to be 5 kg (or approved equal).
These extinguishers are constantly pressurized by CO2 vapor pressure.
The discharge horn shall be of dielectric material.
The color of CO2 extinguishers shall be specified according to EN 3.
2.3.1
Special Requirements for CO2 Extinguishers
The shell and filling nozzles shall be made from aluminum or carbon steel protected externally with an epoxy paint system.
2.4
Foam extinguishers
In general, foam extinguishers are not desired.
These extinguishers are pressurized by a CO2 cartridge. The type of foam, Fluoroprotein or AFFF, (Aqueous Film Forming Foam) shall be specified by the purchaser and indicated on the extinguisher.
The capacity of portable extinguishers shall be 6, 9, or 12 kg filling weight.
Wheeled units complete with an inductor, shall have a capacity of 100 liters unless otherwise specified by the CONTRACTOR.
2.5
Water Extinguishers
In general, water extinguishers are not desired.
These extinguishers are pressurized by CO2 or by air. Various additives can be incorporated to allow low temperature operation, or to improve spread and penetration (wetting agents) when specifically required by the purchaser. Appropriate refilling instructions shall be permanently provided on the extinguisher.
The capacity of portable water extinguishers shall be 9 or 12 kg filling weight.
2.6
Wet Chemical extinguishers
Wet Chemical Extinguishers are suitable for use on Class K Fires. Usually, stored pressure and with a long lance to allow for easy and safe “shower” type application. These ranges of extinguishers are specialists in regard to cooking fires caused by fat and oils. Specified for use in large /commercial kitchens to deal with oil fires in large deep fat fryers and frying pans. Extinguishers such as Water, Foam, Powder & CO2 will not always put out big cooking fires and are also extremely dangerous because the pressure of these extinguishers can cause the oil to
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 9 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 jet out and cause serious harm. Wet Chemical Fire Extinguishers contains a solution of potassium which effectively attacks the flame in two methods:
Firstly, the mist cools the fire and lowers the temperature to stop the fire spreading, also prevents splashing of the hot oils/fat. Secondly the potassium salts react with the hot oil and causes the process of saponification, coating the surface of the cooking oil or fat in soapy foam that is non-combustible and acts as a barrier between the fat and oil.
They are used to supplement wet chemical fire suppression systems which shall be fitted in commercial kitchens.
Wet Chemical Fire extinguishers that are manufactured to EN 3 shall have a red body (RAL 3000) and a yellow band covering 5-10% of the fire extinguishers surface area.
2.7
The application of hand extinguishers
Hand extinguishers are provided for the purpose of a first attack, they shall be installed in addition to other fire protection systems which may be available such as spray water, etc. Fire points already include hand extinguishers.
Dry powder extinguishers shall be installed in all areas of oil refineries and chemical plants, etc. Including tabletops and other multistory structures, at pumps and compressors handling flammable product and at vessels with a liquid hold up of more than 1 m3 of flammable liquid where there may be a risk of fire due to leakage at pipe connections. However, open pipe runs can be excluded. They shall also be installed at rail and road loading/discharge facilities and at jetties.
The type of dry chemical power suitable for extinguishing hydrocarbon fires, defined as ‘BC,’ i.e., liquid hydrocarbons and gas, is potassium bicarbonate.
Dry powder extinguishers are also installed in offices and stores to extinguish fires defined as ‘ABC’, i.e., involving hydrocarbon and solid materials such as wood and paper, etc. The type of dry powder suitable for these fires, is ammonium sulfate.
CO2 extinguishers are used in substations, switch gear rooms etc…
Water and Foam extinguishers have a very limited usage in special applications with smoldering fires and as a first attack unit in high-risk areas, but they shall never be used for electrical fires.
The filling weight of extinguishers shall be as follows:
a. For use in offices 6 kg
b. For laboratories normally 6 kg
c. At work benches 2 kg
d. For warehouses/analyzer buildings 6, 9 and 50 / 75 * kg
e. For process plants 9, 12 and 50 / 75 * kg
f.
For substations 9, 12 and 50 / 75 * kg
- 50 / 75 kg for wheeled units only
Types and sizes of portable and wheeled extinguisher units to be provided in the various buildings shall be as specified in Table 4.3, Chapter 4 of the UAE Fire & Life Safety Code. In addition, buildings shall be provided with portable fire extinguishers to meet NFPA 10, Building Safety Specification AGES-SP-03-003 and this standard.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 10 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 2.8
Location of extinguishers
Hand-held extinguishers shall be positioned in process plants such that the travel distance (action radius) between the extinguisher and the possible fire hazard is limited.
The travel distance shall be 15 m for high-risk areas and 30 m for areas at normal risk. Typical high-risk areas are for example, the pump floor of a processing unit and the overall area at grade level of units processing hydrogen or hydrocarbons. The distribution over the plants shall be logical and practical, such that extinguishers are available on all access routes.
For compressors handling flammable gas, at least two extinguishers shall be provided within 5 m of the equipment at each floor level.
The type and travel distance to extinguishers located inside buildings shall be as per NFPA 10, Section 4 of the UAE F&LS Code and AGES-SP-03-003 (Building Safety Specification).
Wheeled units shall be located in areas with a high fire risk where a hand extinguisher would not be expected to have sufficient capacity. The units shall also be distributed at ground level throughout process plants, loading/discharge facilities and jetties, etc. In addition to handheld extinguishers. The travel distance to a wheeled unit shall range between 30 and 50 m dependent on the expected fire hazard.
Trailer-mounted units (see section 9) are normally restricted to the larger loading/ discharge facilities and smaller jetties where fixed systems are not installed.
Outdoor extinguishers shall be stored inside posted reinforced fiberglass boxes. Outdoor wheeled extinguishers shall be protected from direct weather conditions by means of shelters or heavy-duty wrappers.
3
LOCATION / DISTRIBUTION OF WATER- AND FOAM-BASED MOVABLES
Lining up the components of water-and foam-based movables requires considerable time and manpower. In hydrocarbon processing installations with low operating manpower levels, the use of this type of labor-intensive water-and foam-based equipment for first-aid or incipient firefighting is therefore no longer considered a feasible option. Only fire protection and firefighting equipment which can be quickly deployed shall be used for this purpose. The further fighting of larger fires shall be left to the trained fire responders of the site and/or other fire- brigades. Movable requirements are based on the project firefighting philosophy, requirements shall be reviewed and evaluated during the design phase to ensure distribution of the movable in the plant is not overstated.
3.1
Portable Equipment Located In The Plant
Wheeled water monitors are typically provided in plants to protect process equipment which is not protected by fixed systems. They are easy and quick to operate, require minimal manpower and are a very flexible means of protection. Once installed, they relieve manpower. They shall be protected against the weather, e.g., by storing them under a durable canvas type cover or in fire points.
3.2
Portable Equipment located on board fire-fighting vehicles
Fire hoses and associated equipment, hand-held water and foam branch pipes, portable water and foam monitors as well as tripod mounted foam monitors shall be carried on board the fire-fighting vehicles or dedicated trailer units. Spares shall be stored in the fire station.
3.3
Portable Equipment located in the fire station
Trailer-type water and foam monitors are typically stationed in the fire station and are towed by a vehicle to the location where they are to be deployed.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 11 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Where there is an obvious need for a trailer type foam monitor but no obvious need for a trailer type water monitor, the use of the foam monitor for water as well shall be considered. A foam monitor used in water service will give at least the same volumetric throwing capacity as a water monitor, but has limited control over the jet and thus less throwing distance.
All the below listed portable items requirement shall be based on the Project firefighting philosophy and in due consideration of fixed fire protection system in the facility and fire hazard management.
4
FIRE HOSES AND INTERCONNECTING COMPONENTS
Fire Hose cabinets have three classes, in accordance with NFPA 14 & UAE Fire &Life Safety Code, as follows:
a. Class I Hose System: A system that provides 2 1⁄2 in. (65 mm) hose connections to supply water for use
by fire departments and those trained in handling heavy fire streams.
b. Class II Hose System: A system that provides 1 1⁄2 in. (40 mm) hose stations to supply water for use
primarily by trained personnel or by the fire department during initial response.
c. Class III Hose System: Class III system is a combination of both Class I & Class II systems for the use of
trained personnel and as well as fire department.
In accordance with BS 6391, Fire Hoses have three types:
a. Type 1 (Uncoated): “hoses to which no external treatment has been applied to the reinforcement and are
therefore liable to absorb liquids.”
b. Type 2 (Coated): “hoses to which an external elastomeric coating has been applied to the reinforcement to give some protection against the absorption of liquids, and to improve resistance to abrasion of the reinforcement.”
c. Type 3 (Covered or coated): “hoses to which an external elastomeric coating or covering has been applied. Covering can alternatively be incorporated in the reinforcement to give the hoses very low absorption of liquids and high resistance to abrasion and heat.”
Fire hoses being used in ADNOC facilities have a diameter of 40 or 65 mm (1 1/2 or 2 1/2 inches) and are 30 m long, fitted with British Standard instantaneous couplings complying to BS 336. The type of coupling required shall be indicated in the project specification; however, 2½ and 1¾ inches (or approved equivalent) male/female instantaneous couplings are preferred. Larger Fire Hoses (diameter of 5”, 6” or 12”) for connecting portable fire monitors may be required.
The hoses shall be in accordance with BS 6391 type 3 with couplings secured to the hoses with stainless steel binding wire. The hoses shall be suitable for a working pressure of 16 bar(g) & a test pressure of 24 bar (g).
Hose interconnecting components such as collecting and dividing breechings and adapters are mainly components which are part of the inventory of a fire-fighting vehicle.
They shall be obtained from an approved manufacturer, suitable for a working pressure of 16 bar(g) and a test pressure of 24 bar(g). The material of construction shall be seawater resistant gunmetal. For Material selection guidelines, refer to AGES-SP-07-004, AGES-SP-09-002. Alternative materials are only acceptable with the approval of the COMPANY. The type of coupling (normally of size 2 1/2 inch), for the interconnecting components shall be instantaneous type, in accordance with BS 336.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 12 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 5
HAND-HELD BRANCH PIPES / NOZZLES
The following hand-held branch pipes shall be applied:
a. Water branch pipes
b. Foam branch pipes
c. Steam lance
5.1
Water Branch Pipes
Two types are used:
a. Jet stream water branch pipes
b. Jet/fog water branch pipes, having a single handle setting with a clear marking or the actual setting
Firefighting nozzles shall be specified depending on the project requirements but shall at the least have adjustable flow ranges, pistol grip handle, on/off lever and shall be able to be altered from straight stream jet through to wide angle fog spray. Nozzles for hand firefighting can range between 195 and 950lpm.
The required capacity of the branch pipes depends on the fire hose sizes. They shall normally have a capacity of 30 m3/h at a working pressure of 7 bar(g), but the components upstream of, and including the isolating valves shall be suitable for a maximum pressure of 16 bar(g).
The material shall be seawater resistant gunmetal or stainless steel (AISI 316L), or equivalent noncorrosive material meeting design criteria. For Material selection guidelines, refer to AGES-SP-07-004, AGES-SP-09-002.
The type of couplings shall be instantaneous type, in accordance with BS 336.
5.2
Foam Branch Pipes
Foam branch pipes are available with various capacities and generally two different types are applied:
a. With a built-in foam pickup tube assembly
b. For use with a pre-prepared foam solution
The disadvantages of foam branch pipes with a built-in foam pickup tube assembly are that they are only suitable for limited variations in flow and they have a fixed proportioning system for one type of foam compound, or either 3% or 6%; therefore, foam branch pipes for use with a pre-prepared foam solution are required. The accuracy of foam induction equipment shall be between 0 and +20% of the foam setting.
Both types of foam branch pipe expand the foam solution with an expansion factor of 6 to 8 and are available in capacities varying from 13.5 to 54 m3/h foam solution rate.
The most commonly applied foam branch pipes have capacities of 27 m3/h at a working pressure of 7 bar(g), however, the type and capacity depend on local standardization and the diameter of fire hose used. The components upstream of, and including the isolating valves, shall be designed for a maximum working pressure of 16 bar (g).
Foam branch pipes shall be constructed from the following materials:
a. Directional tubes, foam maker couplings, front/rear handles: noncorrosive material or equivalent
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 13 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 b.
Internals: Stainless steel (AISI 316L)
Alternative materials are only acceptable with the approval of the COMPANY. For Material selection guidelines, refer to AGES-SP-07-004, AGES-SP-09-002.
5.3
Steam lances
Steam extinguishes fire by exclusion of air or reduction of the oxygen content of the atmosphere in a manner similar to carbon dioxide or other inert gases. Steam is generally used for fire fighting purposes in areas where it is readily available in large quantities such as furnaces. The advantage of using steam in fighting furnace fires is that it generates no cold shock. Steam can be applied with the use of a steam lance in furnace crossover header boxes etc. Sometimes steam rings are used around flanged connections, e.g. in hydrogen service. Possible injury from burns to personnel shall be considered when steam is used. The use of steam as a fire fighting agent has often been unsuccessful due to failure to understand that its purpose is to prevent the supply of oxygen
Steam lances may be installed for the smothering of small fires.
Steam lances may be installed for the protection of pumps, coolers, columns, furnaces heat exchangers and valve manifolds which handle flammable products above self-ignition temperature. The connection shall be located so that steam for firefighting can be supplied where necessary, within the inside plot area.
Steam lances are to be stainless steel with insulated handles and are to be provided with suitable hanging brackets.
6
PORTABLE FOAM GENERATORS
The following items shall be applied:
a. High-expansion foam generators
b. High back-pressure low-expansion foam generators
They shall be housed in the fire station on a flatbed trailer, which can be pulled either by a fire-fighting vehicle or by a utility vehicle.
The type and size of quick connections at inlet and outlet shall be as standardized for the installation.
6.1
High-Expansion Foam Generators (Expansion: 1 to 1000 minimum)
Portable high expansion foam generators shall be available for fire protection and spill control.
The capacity of the generators shall be 85 m3/min of foam at a working pressure of 10 bar (g) (10.2 m3/h solution), the components upstream of, and including the isolating valves shall be designed for a maximum working pressure of 16 bar (g).
They shall be of the aspirator type without moving parts, equipped with a foam pickup tube assembly. The weight of the generator shall be approximately 30 kg.
The housing shall be of carbon steel protected with an epoxy paint system. Screens and internals shall be manufactured from stainless steel (AISI 316L).
When tested on dry land the produced foam shall travel over a distance of 18 m.
Normally two portable high-expansion foam generators shall be available on chemical plants and refineries, etc., and six on the average LNG/LPG installation.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 14 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 6.2
High Back-Pressure Low-Expansion Foam Generators (Expansion: 1 To 4 Approx.)
This type of equipment is generally used for the generation of foam to protect fixed roof storage tanks either by subsurface or semi-subsurface foam injection systems, or to extinguish floating roof tank rim fires when they are equipped with a foam pourer system.
High inlet pressure is required for foam generation by this type of equipment, since the pressure loss over the high back-pressure foam generator is relatively high. However, the pressure loss across the generator shall not exceed 70% of the inlet pressure.
The capacity of generator required, depends entirely on the size and location of the storage tanks. The required number of high back pressure foam generators and their capacities shall be calculated for each individual case, however, to reduce the number of units, capacities shall be standardized as far as practicable. The number of generators available at an installation shall be sufficient to protect the largest single incident that could occur, taken for example, as one tank on fire and where applicable, with equipment on standby for two adjacent tanks.
The materials of construction are as follows:
a. Casing and coupling: Seawater resistant gunmetal, or stainless steel (AISI 316L)
b.
Internals: Stainless steel (AISI 316L)
Alternative materials are only acceptable with the approval of the COMPANY. For Material selection guidelines, refer to AGES-SP-07-004, AGES-SP-09-002.
The equipment shall be designed for a maximum working pressure of 16 bar (g), with a test pressure of 24 bar (g).
7
PORTABLE VARIABLE IN-LINE FOAM INDUCTORS
Foam inductors shall also be available at plants and refineries. With this equipment foam solution can be prepared without the assistance of a fire-fighting vehicle. The inductors shall be able to supply foam from containers and to prepare foam solution from drums in the range from 1% to 6%. They shall therefore be equipped with a foam pickup tube, a piercer with a filter element and a hose 1.5 m in length. The pressure loss over the inductor shall not exceed 35% of the inlet pressure. The accuracy of the foam induction equipment shall be between 0 and +20% of the foam setting.
They shall be manufactured from seawater resistant gunmetal or stainless steel (AISI 316L), with internals and moving parts of stainless steel. Alternative materials are only acceptable with the approval of the principle. For Material selection guidelines, refer to AGES-SP-07-004, AGES-SP-09-002.
The couplings shall be of the type selected for the installation. Their capacity shall be in the order of 60 m3/h of foam solution at a working pressure of 10 bar (g) and they shall be designed for a maximum pressure of 16 bar (g).
For processing plants at least 6 variable in-line foam inductors are required. They shall be stored in the fire station and be included in the list prepared for each project.
8
SELF-SUPPORTING PORTABLE MONITORS
The following types shall be applied:
a. Tripod water jet/fog monitors
b. Tripod foam monitors with upper and lower deflectors
c. Wheeled water jet/fog monitors
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 15 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 These portable monitors are placed in position by the firefighters and after being directed onto the fire, may be left during the combat or given the minimum attention.
Since tripod type monitors have often to be transported over obstacles and sometimes over considerable distances, they shall not be heavier than 25 kg. It shall be possible for two firefighters to place a monitor into position.
These monitors are mainly used for cooling the shells during tank fires and for the exposure protection of equipment during fires in process areas. The capacity of the monitors shall be in the order of 240 m3/h minimum, at a working pressure of 10 bar (g), but the components upstream of, and including the isolating valve, shall be suitable for a maximum working pressure of 16 bar (g). At 10 bar (g), the range shall be at least 60 m in a horizontal position when used as a jet and 40 m horizontal when producing fog.
The materials of construction are as follows:
a. Barrels, Internals and Spray Devices: Stainless Steel (AISI 316L)
b.
Inlet lines: Carbon steel, protected inside and outside with an epoxy paint system, Seawater resistant gunmetal or stainless steel (AISI 316L)
c. Tripod: Aluminum, or Aluminum Alloy
Alternative materials are only acceptable with the approval of the COMPANY. For Material selection guidelines, refer to AGES-SP-07-004, AGES-SP-09-002.
The coupling shall be of the type selected for the installation. The foam monitor shall be supplied without a foam pickup tube assembly and be suitable for foam production from a pre-prepared foam/water solution, supplied either by firefighting vehicles or from the firewater main system via foam inductors.
For processing plants at least four monitors of each type are required, they shall be included in the list prepared for each new project based on the project philosophy in fire fighting.
9
TRAILER MOUNTED DRY POWDER EXTINGUISHERS
For special applications, trailer mounted, dry powder extinguishers with a filling weight of 250 kg may be required.
10
TRAILER MOUNTED FOAM MONITORS
Mounted on a flatbed trailer they are suitable for towing behind a firefighting vehicle or a utility vehicle. The equipment shall be of a design where high performance is combined with simple operation. Two firefighters shall be able to position the trailer which shall be equipped with devices to block the wheels and provide support against the reaction forces caused by the water/foam streams. The trailers shall be protected by an epoxy paint system.
The monitor shall also be provided with quick closing inlet devices which will secure continuation of water/foam operation after rupture of one of the supply hoses. Control gear shall be fitted enabling the monitor to be operated in a fixed position.
The materials of construction are as follows:
a. Moving Parts Barrels and Internals: Stainless Steel (AISI 316L)
b. Mounting and Supply Lines: Carbon steel, protected inside and outside with an epoxy paint system,
Seawater resistant gunmetal or Stainless steel (AISI 316L)
Alternative materials are only acceptable with the approval of the COMPANY. For Material selection guidelines, refer to AGES-SP-07-004, AGES-SP-09-002.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 16 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The capacity of the monitors shall be minimum of 1000 m3/h (capacity shall be based on the manual firefighting requirement) water for foam solution at a working pressure of 10 bar (g), with a horizontal throw of 90 m and a vertical throw of 30 m. The components upstream of, and including the isolating valve, shall be suitable for a working pressure of 16 bar (g).
The couplings shall be of instantaneous type, in accordance with BS 336.
For processing plants at least two mobile water/foam monitors shall be available, housed in the fire station. They shall also be included in the list prepared for each project.
11
TRAILER MOUNTED DIESEL DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS
Generators are required to provide emergency lighting of the working area at the scene of the fire.
The trailer shall also carry at least 4 telescopic lamp posts and heavy-duty tripods to reach a height of 2.5 m, with explosion proof lamp fittings each of 1000 W.
The generator shall have a continuous operational capacity of 10 kW, with a explosion proof sockets, a spark arrestor in the exhaust and an automatic shutdown valve on the air intake of the diesel engine for protection against flammable gas clouds.
12
TRAILER MOUNTED DIESEL DRIVEN PUMP UNITS
Pumping units will be required for process plants where the plaint drainage system has insufficient capacity to handle additional water in the event of a fire.
Pumping units in general, shall comply with Part 2 of this specification. The pumps shall have a minimum capacity of 240 m3/h at a discharge pressure of 10 bar (g), with a suction lift of 3 m of water.
13
HOSE BOXES
Hose boxes, containing selected items of portable equipment, shall be provided for initial fire-fighting purposes throughout the process and storage areas and on jetties. They shall be located along the fire water network in the facility areas (at alternate hydrant point) as per Section 6 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4)
Hose boxes shall be made of reinforced fiberglass material, in standard color red to RAL 3000.
Their sizes shall be such that there is ample space for the equipment they have to contain and a door shall close them. A plate of corrosion resistant material, engraved with a list of the contents shall be attached to the door.
Unless otherwise specified, each hose box shall contain the following items based on the project firefighting philosophy:
a. 4 pieces 2 ½ inches (65 mm) fire hoses, length 30 m with 2 ½ inch couplings (which is the standard size
for one operator to handle at 10 bar (g) supply)
b. 2 pieces water branch pipes, jet/spray with 2 ½ inch couplings
c. 1 piece foam branch pipe for use with a pre-prepared foam solution.
d. 6x20 liters of foam compound drums, type of foam compounds will depend on the equipment and area to
be protected
e. 2 pieces coupling spanners
f.
2 pieces collecting and/or dividing breechings with adapters as required
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 17 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The number of hose boxes and their contents shall be indicated on the list prepared for each project and they shall be shown on an appropriate layout drawing.
Hose boxes each containing two hoses and two foam branch pipes shall be installed on the wind girder platform of the floating roof tanks.
14
FIRE POINTS
Fire points, containing portable and wheeled type extinguishers, shall be provided in and around processing areas, either separately or in combination with hose boxes, as per Project Specific Fire Philosophy. Fire points shall also be available for mobile foam units and trailer mounted monitors in open areas.
They shall be open for ease of accessibility but shall have a roof for weather protection. The steel structure shall be protected against atmospheric corrosion by an epoxy paint system of 120 µm minimum thickness, and the color shall be specified according to EN 3.
Unless otherwise specified in the project specification each fire point shall contain:
a. 4 pieces 50 kg capacity, wheeled dry powder units
b. 8 pieces 9 kg capacity, dry powder hand extinguishers
c. Three fire hoses, 2 1/2” provided with suitable hanging brackets, with the length of up to 92 meters
d. Fire water nozzles, spray/straight stream
e. Fire blanket
f.
Fire resistant face shields, three pieces
The number of fire points and their content shall be indicated in the list prepared for each project based on the requirement.
15
BREATHING APPARATUS
For Onshore facilities, Minimum two numbers of self-contained breathing apparatus of 60 minutes capacity each stored in boxes shall be provided outside building protected by automatic extinguishing system, i.e., SIS, substation, etc. based on the project fire and rescue philosophy.
For Offshore facilities, the SCBA for rescue will be placed on the Fire Station itself.
It shall be ensured that rooms with clean agent flooding facility and separate main entrance doors shall have its own SCBA kits as relevant.
16
OPERATOR SHELTER
Each Operator Shelter shall be equipped with the following items as per project philosophy:
a. Two numbers of self-contained breathing apparatus of 45 minutes capacity stored in boxes and,
b. One number safety cabinet – with following items:
i.
Face Shields: 2 Nos
ii. Chemical Goggles: 2 Nos
iii. Chemical Suit (PVC): 2 Nos
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 18 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 iv. Fire Blanket: 1 No
v. Rubber Boots: 2 Nos
vi. Hand Gloves (Rubber): 2 Nos
vii. Gas Masks (organic vapour & H2S): 2 Nos
viii. First Aid Box: 1 No
17
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUALS / TRAINING
The CONTRACTOR / SUB-CONTRACTOR shall provide operation and maintenance manuals as well as adequate training to the company employees for specialized equipment / maintenance.
18
OTHER REQUIREMENTS
18.1
Quality Control and Assurance
Refer to Section 8 of Part 1- General.
18.2
Sub-Contractors
Refer to Section 9 of Part 1- General.
18.3
Painting, Preservation and Shipment
Refer to Section 10 of Part 1- General.
18.4
Documentation
VENDOR shall submit the type and quantity of drawings and documentation for COMPANY’S authorization or information as listed in the individual Material Requisitions and Purchase Orders.
Mutual agreement between the CONTRACTOR and COMPANY on scheduled submittal of drawings and engineering data shall be an integral part of any formal Purchase Order.
Comments made by COMPANY on drawing submittal shall not relieve VENDOR of any responsibility in meeting the requirements of the specifications. Such comments shall not be construed as permission to deviate from requirements of the Contract Package (Purchase Order) unless specific and mutual agreement is reached and confirmed in writing.
Each drawing shall be provided with a title block in the bottom right-hand corner incorporating the following information:
a. Official trade name of COMPANY.
b. VENDOR’S drawing number.
c. Drawing title giving the description of contents whereby the drawing can be identified.
d. A symbol or letter indicating the latest issue or revision.
e. Contract Package reference number, and all items as specified in NFPA 10 & 11 with tag numbers.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 19 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Failure to have the required items on the drawings may cause rejection of drawings.
Revisions to drawing shall be identified with symbols adjacent to the alterations, a brief description in tabular form of each revision shall be given, and if applicable, the authority and date of the revision shall be listed. The term “Latest Revision” shall not be used.
COMPANY shall ensure VENDOR utilizes the same drawing format, contents style, presentation, electronic format, as per Project procedures.
18.5
Guarantees and Performance
See Section 11 in Part 1 – General
18.6
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance
See Section 12 in Part 1 – General.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-6)
Rev. No: 1 Page 20 of 20
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL.
ADNOC GROUP PROJECTS AND ENGINEERING
ACTIVE FIRE PROTECTION
Specification
Part 7 – Firefighting Vehicles & Fire Station
AGES-SP-03-002
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
GENERAL …7
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
INTRODUCTION…7
PURPOSE…7
DEFINITIONS & ABBREVIATIONS …7
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS…9
DOCUMENT PRECEDENCE …13
SPECIFICATION DEVIATION / CONCESSION CONTROL…13
2
3
4
5
THE VEHICLE …13
CHASSIS, STEERING AND BRAKES …15
ENGINE …16
CABIN …17
5.1 GENERAL…17
5.2
5.3
FLOOR…17
DOORS …17
5.4 WINDSCREEN…18
5.5
SUNSCREEN AND SUNSHADES …18
5.6 MIRRORS …18
5.7
5.8
5.9
STEPS …18
SEATS - FRONT…18
LIGHTING AND SIREN …18
5.10 VENTILATION …19
5.11 HEATING AND COOLING …19
5.12 DASHBOARD…19
5.13 PORTABLE SEARCH LIGHT …19
5.14 MUD GUARDS …20
5.15 MOBILE RADIO…20
6
EXTENDED CAB (IF REQUIRED)…20
6.1 GENERAL…20
6.2
SEATS …20
6.3 MOUNTING BRACKETS FOR BREATHING AIR APPARATUS …21
6.4
FLOOR…21
7
8
SUPERSTRUCTURE …21
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS…21
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 2 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 9
10
FIRE-FIGHTING SYSTEMS GENERAL …22
FIRE-FIGHTING WATER AND FOAM SYSTEMS …24
10.1 GENERAL…24
10.2 FOAM CONTROL SYSTEM …24
10.3 WATER PUMP…25
10.4 FOAM CONCENTRATE PUMP…25
10.5 FOAM CONCENTRATE TANK AND ACCESSORIES …26
10.6 LINE-UP AND PIPING DESIGN OF THE WATER/FOAM SYSTEM …27
10.7 AUTOMATIC WATER FOAM MONITOR WITH REMOTE AND MANUAL ADJUSTMENT
28
10.8 OPERATING AND CONTROL PANEL – WATER / FOAM …29
10.9 NOISE LEVELS …31
11
EXTINGUISHING DRY POWDER SYSTEMS …31
11.1 GENERAL…31
11.2 DRY POWDER …31
11.3 POWDER VESSEL DESIGN …31
11.4 LINE-UP AND PIPING DESIGN OF THE DRY POWDER SYSTEM …32
11.5 EXPELLANT GAS …33
11.6 POWDER GUN, POWDER HOSE…33
11.7 MANUALLY ADJUSTABLE POWDER MONITOR…33
11.8 CONTROL AND OPERATING PANEL POWDER SYSTEMS…34
WELDING REQUIREMENTS…34
UNINSULATED POLY RESIN LAMINATE TANKS …34
13.1 BASE MATERIALS …34
13.2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION…35
PAINTING AND COATING …36
ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT …36
CHEMICALS …37
PERFORMANCE TESTING …38
17.1 VEHICLE…38
17.2 SUPERSTRUCTURE…39
MANUFACTURE WORK SHOP INSPECTION …40
CHECKLIST …40
19.1 TYPE OF VEHICLE …40
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 3 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 19.2 CHASSIS …41
19.3 ENGINE …41
19.4 CAB 42
19.5 EXTENDED CAB…42
19.6 SUPERSTRUCTURE…42
19.7 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS …42
19.8 FOAM CONCENTRATE/WATER TANK…42
19.9 LINE-UP OF WATER/FOAM …43
19.10 WATER/FOAM MONITOR …43
19.11 COMBINED AUTOMOTIVE AND WATER/FOAM APPLICATION…43
19.12 EXTINGUISHING POWDER INSTALLATION …43
19.13 PAINTING AND COATING…44
19.14 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT…44
19.15 INITIAL FILLS OF CHEMICALS …44
19.16 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL…44
19.17 REQUISITION FOR TRAILER…44
19.18 PERFORMANCE TESTING …45
20
21
SCOPE OF SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS…45
PROPOSED TYPES OF FIRE-FIGHTING VEHICLES …46
21.1 RESCUE EQUIPMENT TRUCK …46
21.2 SPECIFICATION OF HAZMAT TRUCK…58
22
OTHER REQUIREMENTS …68
22.1 QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE …68
22.2 SUB-CONTRACTORS …70
22.3 PAINTING, PRESERVATION AND SHIPMENT …70
22.4 DOCUMENTATION …70
22.5 GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE …71
22.6 INSPECTION, TESTING AND MAINTENANCE …71
23
FIRE STATION…72
23.1 GENERAL…72
23.2 LAYOUT FOR VEHICLES…72
23.3 WORKSHOP, OFFICE AND OTHER FACILITIES …72
APPENDICES …74
APPENDIX A1. WATER/FOAM FLOW SCHEME INCLUSIVE WATER TANK (SAMPLE) …74
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 4 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A2. WATER/FOAM OPERATING PANEL (SAMPLE) …75
APPENDIX A3. FOAM CONCENTRATE FLOW SCHEME FOR CONCENTRATE CARRIER (SAMPLE)
76
APPENDIX A4. DRY CHEMICAL POWDER FLOW SCHEME FOR HAND NOZZLES & MONITOR
(SAMPLE) …77
APPENDIX A5. WATER/FOAM CAPACITIES (SAMPLE) …78
APPENDIX A6. TYPICAL LAYOUT OF FIRE STATION - LARGE FACILITY…80
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 5 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1-1 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS …8 TABLE 2-1TABLE 2-2 FIREFIGHTING VEHICLES CAPACITY…12 TABLE 10-1 FOAM CONCENTRATE PUMP MATERIAL …24 TABLE 17-1 PUMP BALANCE MONITORING DATA …37
LIST OF FIGURES
No table of figures entries found.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 6 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1
GENERAL
1.1
Introduction
This equipment specification contains the minimum technical requirements for fire fighting vehicles and fire stations protecting COMPANY sites. The requirement of manual firefighting shall be reviewed in conjunction with automatic fire fighting system, complexity of facility, Hazard mitigation as per Fire and Explosion risk assessment. Accordingly, Group Company shall develop the firefighting strategy / intervention requirements which consist of fire vehicle and fire station functional requirements as per project philosophy.
The purpose of fire fighting vehicles is to transport crews and equipment to fires and other emergencies and around facilities owned by COMPANY. They shall be compatible for use with foam concentrate, dry powder, hydrochemical systems, fresh water or seawater. Its simplicity shall enable easy operations and discharge.
This specification is to be used by the CONTRACTOR as a basis for issuing the minimum equipment requirements to the SUBCONTRACTOR and/or VENDOR for complying with NFPA and other International codes & standards.
This specification shall be applied to new installations and to major modifications or extensions of existing installations. This specification is to be used by the CONTRACTOR as a basis for issuing the minimum requirements of project work to the SUBCONTRACTORS. This specification shall be aligned with the project requirement as mentioned above.
This Part of the specification, Part 7- Firefighting Vehicles and Fire Station, shall be read in conjunction with Part 1- General.
1.2
Purpose
In general, the purpose of this specification is to provide minimum requirement for Firefighting Vehicles and Fire Station for the Project.
1.3
Definitions & Abbreviations
1.3.1
General Definitions
Refer to Section 3.1 of Part 1 – General
1.3.2
Technical Definitions
Refer to Section 3.2 of Part 1 – General.
Additional definitions for this Part 7 – Firefighting Vehicles and Fire Station are the following:
“Combustible Product” means a medium having a flash point of greater or equal to 37.8°C
“Flammable Product” means a medium having a flash point below 37.8°C and a maximum vapor pressure of 2.81 bar (a) at 37.8°C.
“Fluid Category” As per American regulation (NFPA 30), hydrocarbons fluids are classified as follows:
Fluid class I IA: Liquid having a flash point below 22.8°C and a boiling point below 37.8°C IB: Liquid having a flash point below 22.8°C and a boiling point above 37.8°C IC: Liquid having a flash point at or above 22.8°C and below 37.8°C Fluid class II: Liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8°C and below 60°C
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 7 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777
Fluid class III IIIA: Liquid having a flash point at or above 60°C and below 93°C IIIB: Liquid having a flash point at or above 93°C.
“Flash Point” means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off sufficient vapour to form an ignitable mixture with air.
“Friction Loss” means the loss of pressure in a flowing stream resulting from resistance to flow imposed by the inside of the pipe or hose and by changes in flow direction such as elbows and tees.
“Minimum Operating” Temperature means the lowest temperature at which foam liquid will proportion with venturi devices.
“Monitor” means a large heavy water stream nozzle, controlled by wheel operated gears and/or swivel connections, for safety backup protection on all large volume fire evolutions on the field.
“Nozzle Pressure” means the pressure at which water is being discharged from the nozzle. Discharge pressure and nozzle pressure are synonymous.
“Prevailing Wind” means the direction from which the wind is originating, having the highest percentage of occurrence based on local meteorological observations.
“Residual Pressure” means the pressure existing in a line at a specified flow. (As opposed to static pressure).
1.3.3
Abbreviations
Refer to Section 3.3 of Part 1 – General. Additional abbreviations used throughout this Section are in Table 1-1.
Abbreviations
ABS
DCP
GCC
GRE
GRUP
GVW
HT
ICAO
IP
MESC
NIOSH
PP
PTO
RAL
SWL
Table 1-1 List of Abbreviations
Anti-locking Brake System
Dry Chemical Powder
Gulf Cooperation Council
Glass Fiber Reinforced Epoxy
Glass Reinforced Unsaturated Polyester
Gross Vehicle Weight
Hazmat
International Civil Aviation Organization
Ingress Protection
Material and Equipment Standards and Code
National Institute for Occupational Safety & Health
Polypropylene
Power Take-off
Reichsausschuß für Lieferbedingungen (National Committee for Delivery and Quality Assurance)
Safe Working Load
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 8 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Abbreviations
UPE
UN
ultra high molecular weight polyethylene
United Nations
1.4
Reference Documents
It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s, SUBCONTRACTOR’s, CONSULTANT’s, VENDOR’s and SUB-VENDOR’s responsibility to be, or to become, knowledgeable of the requirements of the referenced Codes and Standards and to ensure that all equipment, systems, installations, packages are designed, manufactured and tested accordingly.
CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, CONSULTANT, VENDOR and SUB-VENDOR shall report to the COMPANY any discrepancy in this specification figures and necessary resolution shall be made prior to engage any Engineering development / Procurement or Construction.
The Codes, Standards, Specifications including its referenced documents and statutory regulations referred in this specification, form a part of this specification. Unless specified otherwise, the latest edition in force at the time of award of Contract or Purchase Order shall apply.
1.4.1
International Codes and Standards
Refer to Section 5 of Part 1- General
The following Codes and Standards shall form a part of this specification. When an edition date is not indicated for a Code or Standard, the latest edition in force at the time of the contract award shall apply.
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
ASME B16.5
Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings NPS 1⁄2 Through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS
ASTM A 106
ASTM A 193
ASTM A194/A194M
ASTM A216/A216M
ASTM B 148
ASTM B171/B171M
ASTM B 584
Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service
Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service
Standard Specification for Carbon Steel, Alloy Steel, and Stainless Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both
Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for High-Temperature Service
Specification for Aluminum-Bronze Sand Castings
Standard Specification for Copper-Alloy Plate and Sheet for Pressure Vessels, Condensers, and Heat Exchangers
Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 9 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS
ASTM D 2584
Test Method for Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins
ASTM D 3299
ASTM D 3418
Specification for Filament Wound Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermoset-Resin, Corrosion Resistant Tanks
Standard Test Method for Transition Temperatures and Enthalpies of Fusion and Crystallization of Polymers by Differential Scanning Calorimetry
BRITISH STANDARDS
BS 336
BS 6391
BS EN 166
BS EN 374-1
BS EN 388
BS EN 943-2
BS EN 1147
BS EN 14126
Specification for Fire Hose Couplings and Ancillary Equipment
Specification for non‑percolating layflat delivery hoses and hose assemblies for firefighting purposes
Personal eye-protection — Specifications
Protective gloves against dangerous chemicals and micro- organisms
Protective gloves against mechanical risks
Protective clothing against dangerous solid, liquid and gaseous chemicals, including liquid and solid aerosols
Portable ladders for fire service use
Protective clothing —Performance requirements and tests methods for protective clothing against infective agents
BS EN ISO 20345
Personal protective equipment - Safety footwear
BS EN ISO 20471
High visibility clothing — Test methods and requirements
PD CEN/TS 15989
Firefighting and rescue service vehicles and equipment - Graphical symbols for control elements and displays and for markings
INTERNATIONAL ELECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION (IEC)
IEC 529
Classification of Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)
ISO 1185
ISO 1728
Road vehicles - Connectors for the electrical connection of towing and towed vehicles — 7-pole connector type 24 N (normal) for vehicles with 24 V nominal supply voltage
Road Vehicles - Pneumatic Braking Connections Between Motor Vehicles and Towed Vehicles - Interchangeability
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 10 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)
ISO 2954
Mechanical Vibration of Rotating and Reciprocating Machinery
- Requirements for Instruments for Measuring Vibration Severity
ISO 4642 Part 1&2
Rubber Products - Hoses, Noncollapsible, for Firefighting Service
ISO 5128
ISO 7731
ISO 9001
ISO 9004
ISO 19011
ISO 10474
Acoustics - Measurements of Noise Inside Vehicles
Ergonomics -Danger signals for public and work areas — Auditory danger signals
Quality Management Systems – Requirements
Metallic Coatings - Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings on Fabricated Ferrous Products
Guidelines for Auditing Management Systems
Steel and Steel Products Inspection Documents
ENERGY INSTITUTE
EI-15
Model Code Of Safe Practice Part 15 The Area Classification Code for Energy Institute
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 414
NFPA 1901
Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting Vehicles
Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus
REICHSAUSSCHUß FÜR LIEFERBEDINGUNGEN (RAL)
RAL 1021
RAL 3000
RAL 9003
RAL 9005
RAL 9010
UNITED NATIONS
E/ECE/324- E/ECE/TRANS/505
Standard Colour Yellow
Standard Colour Red
Standard Colour Olive Green
Standard Colour Black
Standard Colour White
United Nations’ Agreement concerning the adoption of uniform conditions of approval and reciprocal recognition of approval for motor vehicle equipment and parts
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 11 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Addendum 12, Regulation 13
Addendum 13, Regulation 14
Addendum 15, Regulation 16
Addendum 16, Regulation 17
Addendum 28, Regulation 29
Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles with Regard to Braking
Safety Belt Anchorage
Safety Belts
Strength of Seats, Their Anchorage and Head Restraints
Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles with Regard to the Protection of the Occupants of the Cab of a Commercial Vehicle
INTERNATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATION UNION (ITU) STANDARDS/CODES
All vehicles and associated accessories shall follow specifications/guidelines as per NFPA, ASME, ASTM, ISO, BS, UL/FM, and EN Standard requirements as applicable.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 12 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1.4.2
ADNOC Specifications
Refer to Section 4 of Part 1- General.
1.4.3
National and Local Codes and Standards
As a rule, the requirements of this specification shall be adhered to. However, national and/or local regulations may exist in which some of the requirements may be more stringent. SUPPLIER and CONTRACTOR shall determine by careful scrutiny which of the requirements are more stringent, and which combination of requirements will be acceptable as regards safety, economic and legal aspects.
In all cases, SUPPLIER and CONTRACTOR shall inform COMPANY of any deviation from the requirements of this specification, which is considered necessary in order to comply with the national and/or local regulations. CONTRACTOR may then request the deviation with the authorities concerned with the object of obtaining agreement to follow this specification as closely as possible.
As applicable to the scope, CONTRACTOR and SUPPLIER shall comply with UAE Fire and Life Safety Code of Practice.
1.5
Document Precedence
Refer to Section 6 of Part 1- General.
1.6
Specification Deviation / Concession Control
Refer to Section 7 of Part 1- General.
2
THE VEHICLE
The fire-fighting vehicle shall consist of a chassis with a superstructure, and it shall be designed for industrial purposes with an expected lifetime of 20 years and in accordance with local authority regulations.
The maximum vehicle width shall be 2.5 m ( or as per regulation compliance). For safety purposes the vehicle’s sides shall be equipped with obstacle reflectors.
High road clearance shall be provided for off-road use.
Accessories to be properly stored inside the storage cabinets.
The vehicle shall function primarily on a fire water circuit (from hydrants) with a pressure of 6-16 barg, see Part 3 of this specification. The vehicle shall be provided with facilities and equipment for suction from open water.
The vehicle shall be suitable for use in areas specified by the COMPANY.
The vehicle shall be able to carry all of the equipment specified in the requisition and to tow at the same time a trailer with a mass of at least 5 tons.
It is essential that the local traffic regulations be adhered to for overall weight, axle weight, turning radius, power/weight ratio, lighting, etc., that this shall be stated in the exchange of information with the MANUFACTURER. In general, axle load shall not exceed 15,300 kgf, and the maximum turning radius shall not exceed 14 meters (or as per regulation requirement).
Static calculations for axle/wheel load, center of gravity and tilting stability shall be made and shown to comply also with the chassis MANUFACTURER’S requirements.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 13 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The vehicle shall be of open construction to assist visual inspection, maintenance and repair. The equipment used for water/foam systems shall be located so that it will be readily accessible. Fire-fighting systems shall be simple and easy to operate, to facilitate training of personnel and use in an emergency.
The angle of approach and departure (refer to NFPA 1901) shall be at least 15 degrees. Assuming the lowest point of the vehicle is the underside of the differential housing bowl, the clearance to the underside road surface shall be minimum 300 mm.
The installation of mechanical, electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic components shall be located in such a way that dismounting or repair is not obstructed by the chassis structure or any other component, and electrical wiring and pneumatic tubing is not damaged while operating the vehicle. The electrical system shall be dustproof and waterproof.
Installation drawings of the water, foam and DCP systems indicating location of the flanges, connections, valves, drains, etc., shall be provided by the MANUFACTURER for approval and comments by the COMPANY. Storage cabinet lay-outs shall be included.
Monitoring inspection during construction shall, if specified by the COMPANY, be carried out by the COMPANY. Road tests and performance testing of all firefighting systems shall form part of the final inspection for acceptance prior to delivery.
MANUFACTURER’S proposals shall indicate any deviations from the requirements given in this specification.
Table 2-1 below shows the type of fire fighting vehicles required, Indicative values; actual capacity shall be approved by COMPANY before tendering based on the site-specific / Project specific requirement.
Table 2-1Table 2-2 Firefighting Vehicles Capacity - Typical
Appliances (1)
Foam Fire Trucks
Foam Carrier
Powder Truck
Rapid Intervention Vehicle
Water Carrier
Hazmat Truck
Hydraulic Access Platform
Pick-Up Trucks
Rescue Equipment Vehicle
Capacity
15,000 lit
20,000 lit
6,000 kg
20,000 lit
(2)
(3)
Multi-purpose/industrial vehicles (4)
4000L water, 500L foam, 250KG dry chemical powder
(1) Quantity & requirement shall be established / defined as part of firefighting philosophy / fire risk
assessment studies; to be submitted for COMPANY Approval.
(2) Minimum ladder length shall be 40 meters or as per site requirements (3) Refer to Section 21.1 (4) Seating numbers for crew members to be determined based on COMPANY requirements
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 14 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 3
CHASSIS, STEERING AND BRAKES
The chassis (chassis supplier shall be approved by COMPANY before tendering) shall be standard commercial type, commonly available and serviceable in the United Arab Emirates, having a local spare parts supply. The chassis shall consist of a steel structure, at least four wheels and two axles. If self-propelled it shall have an engine, hood, and cab.
The chassis shall be provided with towing connections at the rear and at the front; the additional forces when using these connections shall be considered in the design.
In order to negotiate street corners on site, the chassis shall have a wheelbase of no longer than approximately 4 meters (or as per regulation).
Chassis shall be selected as per the gross vehicle weight of the vehicle.
The choice of suspension shall reflect the vehicle’s condition of being continuously fully loaded.
The transmission shall drive a rear single axle only, unless the COMPANY specifies that both front and rear axles are to be driven. It shall be possible to lock all differentials to assist driving in difficult terrain conditions.
Steering shall be left-hand drive. Steering system shall be hydraulically power assisted.
The brake system shall be of the positive air type and shall be equipped with ABS system. The air pressure shall release the brakes no more than 30 seconds after the engine has started, even if a trailer is connected. The braking system shall comply with UN-agreement E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505 - Addendum 12, Regulation 13 and as per local regulation.
The compressed air system shall be of sufficient capacity to supply air for all fixed-installed systems on the vehicle. To keep the brake system pressurized a 1/4-in.
Connection for an external air supply shall be provided at the rear of the vehicle. The connection shall be of the quick connect type with a drive-away/pull-out facility; the body material shall be of aluminum, brass or stainless steel (non corrosion material & suitable for UAE middle east environment).
The chassis shall be equipped with:
a. Wheels, fitted with radial tires suitable for wet roads and suitable for off-the-road conditions, and mud flaps
(front and rear);
b. Fuel tank, 200 liters minimum capacity, with the capability of refilling during operation;
c. Air pressure vessel, (fitted on the inside of the chassis if necessary);
d. Space for lockers or other superstructure details;
e. Stabilizers on front and rear axles;
f. Spare wheel, tools and jack (to be supplied as standard equipment but not carried on the vehicle unless
specified in the requisition);
g. 24 V battery system - two 12 V/110 A h (minimum) batteries in series; (based on the selected vehicle
requirement)
h. Main battery switch, double pole type, operated from the inside and the outside of the cabin;
i.
24 Volts (Batteries + Alternators 85A) Separate battery, cables and chassis to be to be provided for radio set and shall recharge automatically from the engine.
j. Pneumatic braking connections in accordance with ISO 1728;
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 15 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 k. A socket for trailer lighting in accordance with ISO 1185.
l.
Type: 6x6 or 6x4
m. Number of Axles: 3
n. Tires: Single at front and twinned at rear (off road thread)
o. Cab: Cab capacity shall be as per COMPANY requirements
p. Exhaust: Compliance to GCC (Gulf Cooperation Council) Specification (spark arrester etc.)
q. Chalwyn valve and zone classified according to COMPANY requirements
r. Above
requirement shall be
regulation change and requirement. .Individual GC’s shall establish fire vehicle requirement, capacity and its scope as per requirement.
reviewed and updated
line with
in
4
ENGINE
The vehicle shall be driven by a diesel engine, which is also capable of providing power to the installed water / foam system when stationary. The diesel engine shall be 8 cylinders V-shaped and it shall be provided with:
a. An adequate cooling system of sufficient capacity to prevent overheating e.g. during stationary use in hot, desert areas in combination with prolonged firefighting under full operational conditions of both water and foam pumps (maximum ambient temperature shall be specified by the COMPANY). The cooling fluid shall be a high-efficiency cooling medium with an anti-corrosion additive.
b. Maximum output of engine shall be 320 to 400 HP (or as per regulation compliance).
c.
If specified, an electric heating element, with a thermostat in the cooling system, to facilitate immediate optimum performance upon starting the engine in extremely cold conditions.
d. A heavy-duty automatic gearbox with 6 forward and one reverse gear with an oil cooler shall be provided and shall be compatible and capable with the applied heavy motions and power take off (PTO) transmission. The gearbox shall be fitted with a switch to operate the reversing lights and an on-off buzzer when reverse gear is engaged. A gearbox temperature indicator shall be provided.
e. A PTO transmission with One gearbox, to drive water and foam pumps. PTOs shall be electro- pneumatically engaged from the driver cab dashboard and, if specified, from the operating panel. Manual engagement of the PTO may be specified if required. The PTOs shall be selected to transmit the torque and power required by the water and foam pumps when rotating at the required engine speed with all discharge branches completely open. A duplex PTO may be used to drive the water and foam concentrate pump.
NOTE: In combination with an automatic gearbox, a “fool-proof” logic control device shall be installed to ensure:
i. Parking brake is applied before engaging PTO.
ii. Engine rpm is at correct level before engaging any of the PTOs
iii. Proper engaging sequence to engage and to disengage PTOs.
iv. An automatic revolution regulator.
v. An exhaust pipe, with spark arrestor(s) complying with local regulations.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 16 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 vi. An automatic over speed protection of an approved type for the diesel engine, by means of an automatic shutdown valve in the air intake system. This protection shall shut down the engine in the case of intake of flammable gas.
vii. Dust filters for the engine’s air intake shall be provided for desert and unusually dusty areas.
viii. Final selection of the engine shall be as per local regulation compliance and site-specific requirement.
5
CABIN
5.1
General
The framework of the driver’s cab shall be of metal construction. If specified, a ventilation hatch in the roof shall be provided.
The framework shall be mounted on shock absorbers and be of heavy-duty construction.
To ensure that the crew will be offered maximum protection in case of an accident, the cab shouldl comply with the “UN Agreement Concerning the Adoption of Uniform Conditions of Approval and Reciprocal Recognition of Approval for Motor Vehicle Equipment and Parts” (E/ECE/324 - E/ECE/TRANS/505):
a. Protection of the Occupants of the Cab of a Commercial Vehicle (including roof and rear wall strength:
Addendum 28, Regulation 29.)
b. Strength of Seats, their Anchorage and Head Restraints: Addendum 16, Regulation 17 (vehicle type M1
to be read as vehicle type N3).
c. Safety Belt Anchorage: Addendum 13, Regulation 14.
d. Safety Belts: Addendum 15, Regulation 16.
e. Adequate measures shall be incorporated for the strength of the doors and door frames in case of a side-on
collision.
f. Consideration shall be given to protection of the cabin during a roll-over.
g. The maximum noise level in the cab (under full load conditions) shall be maximum 85 dB (A) as measured
in accordance with ISO 5128.
5.2
Floor
The floor of the cab shall be treated with an anti-resonance material. The floor of the driver’s compartment shall be covered with a fixed rubber-type material, the top coat of which shall be non-sliding, wear resistant and water repellent.
5.3
Doors
The cab shall be provided with two doors, constructed and suspended in such a way that they provide easy access into and out of the vehicle for the crew in ‘turn out’ clothing.
The doors shall be treated internally with an anti-resonance material and be protected with an anti-corrosive coating.
The windows shall be weatherproofed with rubber strips.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 17 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 There shall be drain holes in the bottom of the doors. The door handles shall be made of noncorrosive material and they shall not protrude or have openings facing forward.
5.4
Windscreen
The windscreen shall be of laminated safety glass with the upper 20-30% tinted either by integration or by means of a self-adhesive strip. The driver shall be given as wide a view as possible from the cab to all sides. The windscreen shall be fitted with at least two wide arc wipers having two speeds, and an electrically operated screen washing system with at least two nozzles. The side windows shall be electrically adjustable.
5.5
Sunscreen and sunshades
The driver’s cab shall be fitted with a sunscreen fitted along the top of the windscreen on the outside. Two adjustable sunshades shall be provided on the inside.
5.6
Mirrors
The cab shall be equipped with driving-mirrors on the right and left sides of the vehicle plus a parking mirror on each side. The mirrors shall be electrically adjustable, free from vibration and fastened in such a way that they cannot move out of position under normal driving conditions.
5.7
Steps
The steps of the cab shall not protrude outside the vehicle width, they shall be made of noncorroding material, and have a nonslip surface (not rubber).
5.8
Seats - Front
The driving cab shall have seats for 3 persons, covered with heavy-duty leatherette. The seats shall be fitted with inertia reel safety belts, fixed at 3 points for the outer seats and fixed at 2 points for the middle seat.
5.9
Lighting and Siren
All lighting shall conform to applicable local standards, to suit left-hand drive as required and be installed as follows:
a. An internal light (minimum 15 W) with on-off switch, fitted in the roof of the cab; it shall also operate on the
opening and closing of the doors
b. A map reading-light fitted to the dashboard next to the driving seat
c. One long-range search light at the front of the vehicle
d. Twin reversing lights at the rear of the vehicle, operating automatically on selection of reverse gear
e. Floodlights
f.
Light bar shall be blue and red LED type visible front and rear.
g. Searchlight
h. Fog lamps (yellow) with protectors against flying stones, fitted at the front of the vehicle if required.
i. Multi tone siren with PA system integrated.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 18 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 5.10
Ventilation
A high-capacity ventilation system shall be provided. Air vents shall be distributed across the width of the dashboard in order to demist the windscreen and windows of the front doors. The vents shall have adjustable outflow openings on the left-hand and right-hand side of the dashboard. The vehicle shall be fitted with a blower having at least two speeds.
5.11
Heating and cooling
The cab shall be equipped with an adjustable heating and cooling system capable of achieving and maintaining a temperature of 21°C ± 2°C inside the cab with a design ambient temperature range of 5°C minimum to 50°C maximum.
The air conditioning unit shall use a cooling medium with minimum or no ozone depletion potential. The installation shall include a battery and alternator with increased capacity.
5.12
Dashboard
Notwithstanding the switches supplied by the chassis MANUFACTURER the dashboard shall contain switches for the following:
a. Revolving beacons and siren
b. Fog lamps
c. Floodlights
d. Compartment/cabinets lighting (as a master switch)
e. Map reading-light
f. Switch for heating element in the cooling system
g. Electrical main switch (inside the cab with a second switch outside for emergency use)
h. Engaging PTO’s.
The function of each switch shall be indicated in white text and symbols engraved on black plates in the language or in symbols provided by the COMPANY. (Ref. PD CEN/TS 15989).
The dashboard shall also contain indicators for the following:
a. Engine cooling water temperature
b. Lubricating oil pressure
c. Fuel tank level
d. Charging current
e. Brake air pressure
f. Engaged signal for each PTO.
5.13
Portable search light
Two portable search lights (5 W) shall be installed in the cab. The lights shall be suitable to operate in a Hazardous Area classified as Zone 1 (refer to EI Model Code of Safe Practice-Part 15). The automatic charging device shall be connected to the vehicle’s electrical system.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 19 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 5.14
Mud guards
A mudguard and a mud flap shall be fitted to each wheel. The underside of the superstructure shall not be used as a mudguard.
5.15
Mobile radio
Sufficient space shall be provided to install a rack containing a mobile radio. The mobile radio shall comply with UAE Standards and COMPANY communication requirement. Requirement shall be agreed prior to supply, if supply is part of the scope.
A cable shall be installed to provide electrical power from the appliance battery to the radio. In addition, a cable shall be installed to connect the radio to the remote handset and speaker located at the rear water/foam-operating panel.
The aerial shall be installed on the cabin roof for optimum performance.
A dedicated loudspeaker shall be installed in the cabin.
The hand-held microphone shall be equipped with a push-to-talk button.
The radio set and microphone shall be within reach of the driver.
6
EXTENDED CAB (IF REQUIRED)
6.1
General
The extended cab shall be made in two separate sections, comprising a standard driver’s cab and a crew compartment, fixed to the chassis.
If the crew compartment is constructed immediately behind the driver’s compartment, an elastic seal shall be fitted between the rear wall of the driver’s compartment and the front wall of the fixed crew compartment. This seal shall be draught proof and waterproof under any driving condition, and the permissible sound level within the cab shall not be exceeded.
The roof of the crew compartment should be covered with aluminum ribbed sheet and designed for a 5.0 kN/m2 load if a top-mounted monitor is provided (or as per design requirement).
The compartment shall be fitted with doors, and a two-way communication system with the driver shall be provided.
Seating for 4 personnel in the rear.
Four quick release, 60 Min. breathing apparatus to be mounted on the crew compartment.
6.2
Seats
The COMPANY shall specify the required option, depending on the number of crew.
Examples of options are:
a. One bench (4 seats)
b. One bench and two separate (folding) seats
c. Two benches (8 seats).
All seats shall be equipped with seat belts, (refer to Section 5.1).
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 20 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Design and layout of seats shall be approved by COMPANY.
6.3
Mounting brackets for breathing air apparatus
The construction and attachment of brackets for breathing air apparatus shall be robust and be fitted in such a way that brackets and apparatus do not break loose during maximum braking retardation.
The location and number of the mounting brackets and type of equipment shall be specified by the COMPANY.
Breathing air apparatus shall be mounted inside the seat and not obstacle of fire fighters.
6.4
Floor
The floor of the crew compartment shall be covered with checkered aluminum plates (corrosion resistant material) or other equivalent nonslip material.
7
SUPERSTRUCTURE
The equipment compartments, foam tank, pump, and powder units shall be attached to the chassis beams by a method, which will prevent harmful influence, ensuring flexibility of the bodywork superstructure and good road grip for the wheels.
Bodywork shall be made of electrically welded zinc coated steel including lockers, self-locking sliding door and accessories upper platform with group handrails. The interface of the superstructure/ body mounting frame and chassis shall conform to the specification of the chassis manufacturer.
Lockers shall be fitted on each side of the water/foam tanks for the storage of portable firefighting equipment. Roller shutters shall be self-locking in any position.
Separate compartments with shelves shall be provided for the storage of individual fire hoses; suction hoses shall be located in racks on top of the compartments.
Taking into account local ergonomic requirements, fixed or hinged steps and/or ladders shall be provided for access to hoses and equipment.
All cabinets and racks shall be self-draining with the cabinet floors made of corrosion resistant material. Accessories shall easily manipulated inside compartments.
Generally, all horizontal top surfaces (e.g. operating platforms and tank roofs) require regular access. Therefore, a railing (minimum height 300 mm) shall be provided around surfaces such as top of cabinets, hose compartments and tanks. Capacity requirement shall be derived as per COMPANY requirement.
8
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
The vehicle shall be equipped with the following electrical systems, in accordance with statutory regulations, dust and waterproof to at least a minimum of IP 55 in accordance with IEC 529 and suitable for tropical conditions:
a. Plug and socket, 4-pole, for a battery charger. The plug and socket shall be manufactured from an
approved non-metallic material and be of the pull-out-and-drive-away type.
b. A wall-mounted, constant voltage type of battery charger shall be specified. It shall be fitted with overload protection and an automatic cut-out device for controlling the charging of the batteries. In addition, as close as possible to both batteries’ positive terminals, a fuse shall be installed in each charging conductor. The socket shall be located at the rear of the vehicle so that the plug is automatically pulled out of the socket when the vehicle drives away.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 21 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 NOTE: The battery charger supplied shall be wall-mounted in the fire station. The electric supply shall be 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz, 1 phase.
c. Lighting installed over the water pump and elsewhere positioned such that all gauges, operating handles, operating panels, control panel and their surroundings are properly illuminated. This lighting shall be switched on and off by a control switch in the driver’s cabin and also from the control panel for operations at the rear of the vehicle. The lighting in the storage cabinets, Pump and Hydraulic compartment, and lockers shall operate automatically on opening and closing of doors and shutters. Light fittings in compartments shall also be in accordance with IP 55 to IEC 529. All lighting shall be protected against mechanical damage.
d. Detachable flood light (LED) at each side of the driver’s cabin, with plugs and sockets. The sockets shall be 2-pole, screwed connections. Material shall be aluminum (corrosion resistant material). Blue star bar with LED shall be installed on top of the driver’s cab.
e. Two adjustable (from passenger position) search light with extension cable installed on top of driver’s cab.
f. A multi tone siren with PA system integrated.
g. An amber, or other color if specified, revolving beacon at the rear of the vehicle, normally positioned on
the left for left-hand drive vehicles.
h. Two adjustable floodlights orientable on 360º, also to be used as reversing lights, at the rear.
NOTE: Working lights (floodlights and search lights) shall be adjustable both horizontally and vertically (LED).
i. A connection for trailer lighting, 24 V DC in accordance with ISO 1185.
j. A connection with a 24-core, or as otherwise specified, screened cable for operating the cab-mounted
mobile radio from the operating panel.
k. All additional electric cables and wiring installed on the chassis shall be run in conduit.
l.
The color or identification code used for electric wiring should be in accordance with the requirements of the country of origin of the vehicle.
m. Audible reversing signal with appropriate octave band (refer to ISO 7731).
n. An extra / electric socket for general usage is required on each side of the truck.
o. Reverse camera, displace system and parking sensors to be installed.
9
FIRE-FIGHTING SYSTEMS GENERAL
Depending on the application, the vehicle shall be provided with a water/foam system or a dry powder system. The minimum requirements for each system are given below.
When the vehicle is fully loaded with a full crew and the major items of equipment, chemicals (and water), it shall be possible to add portable equipment, without exceeding 95% of the permissible load on the chassis. The MANUFACTURER shall provide the detailed load calculations for the vehicle and for each axle, so that compliance with the above requirement can be checked.
The overall load shall be equally distributed over the front and rear axles and symmetrically distributed over the right and left-hand side wheels.
Under all circumstances the rear axle shall never be subjected to more than 75% of the total load.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 22 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 In addition the center of gravity of the fully loaded vehicle and the corresponding static tilting angle shall be calculated assuming no spring and no tire deflection.
Under full load conditions the chassis should be in the horizontal position. A vertical/upward deviation of 25 mm measured at the rear end of the chassis beam is permissible.
The MANUFACTURER shall also indicate the expected deviation in the loaded condition, but without the weight of water and foam.
The type of water delivery hose couplings shall be instantaneous, in accordance with BS 336. Specific requirement if any shall be advised by COMPANY.
The water pump suction shall be supplied with one BS 4 inch screwed male connections.
The pump shall be supplied with a 4 inch collecting head (screw thread female coupling and a minimum of 2x2.5 inch male standard instantaneous coupling inlets fitted internally with non-return valves.
If blind caps are required, they should be non-metallic with two 3 mm drain/vent holes. Blind caps shall be secured to the connectors (couplings) with plastic sheathed steel wire rope.
All fittings and pipework in the firefighting systems shall be designed to be saltwater and salt laden humid atmospheres resistant.
The MANUFACTURER shall provide a stainless steel identification plate with the following information:
a. Order number
b. Serial number
c. Delivery date
d. Supplier’s name and country of manufacture.
The plate shall be attached at the rear of the vehicle and be clearly visible.
Modifications to chassis members and/or to the drive angle of PTOs, as originally determined by the chassis manufacturer, shall be in accordance with the chassis manufacturer’s instruction, unless otherwise approved by the COMPANY.
During all stages of the engineering process due attention shall be paid to ergonomic aspects in relation to the occurrence of the various modes of operation.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 23 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 10
FIRE-FIGHTING WATER AND FOAM SYSTEMS
10.1
General
The water/foam system shall include the following modes of operation.
a. Water supplied from hydrants through the vehicle manifold, bypassing the water pump, with the addition
of foam concentrate.
b. Water supplied from hydrants via the water pump to the discharge connections, with the facility to add
foam concentrate at each individual discharge connection.
c. Water taken by suction from open water, via the water pump, to the discharge connections, with the facility
to add foam concentrate at each individual discharge connection.
d. Each discharge connection shall be suitable for water and for foam solution.
e. A central proportioner from which foam solution shall be distributed to specific outlets so that the system
on the truck can work on water and foam solution simultaneously, each from its specific outlets.
f. Delivery of foam concentrate under pressure from the foam concentrate tank to fixed-installed systems
(e.g. inductor or storage facility).
The above design criteria shall be met by using approved equipment and components in an efficient manifold arrangement.
10.2
Foam control system
The automatic foam proportioning system shall be designed such that foam agent can be added at each individual discharge connection.
It shall be possible manually to set the foam percentage at zero and proportionally between 0 to 6% . This shall be continuous but, in any case, shall be in steps not greater than 1%. The proportioning valve shall be provided with a clearly marked scale. The foam consumption shall be constant whatever is the variation of flow / pressure / concentration. During the system operation, the foam concentration and premix flow shall appear on the screen provided.
The in-line proportioners shall be calibrated in the actual manifold on the vehicle as follows:
a. Foam setting: 1 to 6% unless otherwise specified and to be made adjusted manually / automatically.
b. Required accuracy: within 0 and plus 10% of nominal setting.
The MANUFACTURER shall provide a copy of calibration curves for the type of applied proportioners that show the accuracy at 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6% and indicate the effect when used with foam agents of different viscosities such as fluoroprotein, film forming and alcohol-resistant foams and multi-purpose (pseudo plastic/non-Newtonian) concentrates.
Unless otherwise specified, the preferred foam type is AR-AFFF 1-3% and the foam proportioner and pump shall be designed on this basis
The foam proportioning system shall automatically adjust the induction rate based against water flow so that regardless of water flow speed, the induction rate will maintain the required concentration.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 24 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 10.3
Water pump
The pump shall be of the centrifugal, single stage type, fitted at the rear of the chassis except if otherwise required, and be installed in such a way that there will be no axial force on the driving shaft when in operation. The pump shall comply with the following specification:
a. Body diffuser, impeller and wearing rings shall be made of titrated bronze, while the shaft is semi-hard
stainless steel supported by two ball bearings.
b. The pump shall be driven by a PTO through transmission shaft, have a separate automatic or semi automatic by which priming will be enable even with delivery valves open and be able to fulfill the characteristics given in APPENDIX A5. Automatic water ring priming system shall be provided; priming height up to 7.5 m.
c. Pump shall deliver a minimum of 10,000 L/M at 12 bars.
d. Water pump suction shall have Two 4” BS round thread with valves.
e. Water pump suction shall be BS 4 inch male threaded coupling. In addition, the provision of 2½” male BS instantaneous coupling with blank caps at least 6 inlets fitted with fitted with ball valves turn and open.
f. Shall have provision to bypass pump for pressure supply while connected with hydrants.
g. Pump shall be compatible with seawater / fresh water.
h. Witness lamp shall be provided on the rear control panel to give information of engaging of the pump.
i. High pressure centrifugal water pump- shall be UL/FM approved.
j. Automatic pump cooling (by-pass) for when the pump is running at churn speed.
The material of the pump casing, pump shaft and casing wear rings shall be as per rotating equipment material selection requirement. Refer to AGES-GL-07-001.
To safeguard the pump, a temperature-controlled drain valve discharging to atmosphere shall be installed in the piping. The capacity shall be such that if all manual discharge valves are closed, the water temperature will not exceed 60 °C under full load.
The MANUFACTURER shall provide a copy of the pump test curves and its certification.
10.4
Foam concentrate pump
This pump should be a positive displacement type and work independently (driven by a PTO or hydraulic motor) of the water pump. The pump shall be able to fulfil the requirements given in APPENDIX A5 and be able to inject foam concentrate into the water stream. Foam concentrate pressure shall be regulated through a differential valve to be usually 2-2.5 bar above water pressure, delivered by either the water / foam concentrate pump. This pump shall be a positive displacement type and work independently (driven by a PTO or hydraulic motor) of the water pump.
The pump shall be volumetric or rotary gear high-pressure positive displacement type with stainless steel shaft with bronze casing. The pump lubrication preferred for the pump shall be by the liquid circulation. Output pressure of the foam pump shall be higher than water pump.
The pump shall also be able to transfer foam concentrate from drums or external storage tank into the vehicle’s foam concentrate tank, and vice versa. The piping shall be provided with a relief valve having a set pressure equal to the design pressure of the system and discharging into the foam concentrate tank. The relief valve’s capacity shall be sized to handle the maximum flow with a fully blocked outlet. For the safety of foam pump circulation system for foam shall be with safety valve with spill back system.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 25 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The following foam concentrate pump material combinations should be used unless other material combinations are approved by the COMPANY:
Table 10-1 Foam Concentrate Pump Material
Housing
Rotor
Shaft
“Ni resist” D2 cast iron
“Ni resist” D2 cast iron
Stainless steel (AISI 316L)
Gunmetal
Bronze
Phosphor bronze
Stainless steel (AISI 316L)
Phosphor bronze
Stainless steel (AISI 316L)
The MANUFACTURER shall indicate the direction of rotation of the drive shaft, the type of glands and bearings and the materials used as their standard.
The Manufacturer shall provide a copy of the pump curves certified by an independent institute.
The pump shall be UL/FM approved.
10.5
Foam Concentrate Tank and Accessories
The tank volume shall be as per design but shall contain the volume specified with a tolerance of 5%.
Tanks shall be in accordance with NFPA 1901, the tank and all tank components shall be noncorrosive materials or other materials that are protected against corrosion or deterioration and that will not be adversely affected by the foam concentrate to be stored in the tank.
The tank shall be able to withstand salt/brackish/potable water and all foam concentrates. Tank documentation shall provide detailed instructions for carrying out minor repairs at the place of destination.
Tank shall be adequately supported on chassis frame in a way to isolate the tank from stresses produced by chassis frame. The design layout of tank and piping will be agreed with COMPANY prior to any work on layout and piping.
To limit liquid movement the tank shall be provided with sufficient internal deflector baffles (as per NFPA 1901), the sizes and spacing of which shall still allow for cleaning and inspection. Tank shall be provided with sump/ suction vat.
The foam concentrate tank shall have an expansion dome with a volume of 3% of the tank volume. The dome shall be provided with a manhole of minimum diameter 750 mm for inspection and maintenance, fitted with a quick- release lock, for filling purposes.
The foam concentrate tank shall also be provided with two pressure/ vacuum valves of sufficient capacity, and with readily accessible hand-operated ball valves for tank emptying and filling. The pressure/vacuum valves / vent shall be installed on the expansion dome in order to avoid them clogging due to splashing of the liquid in the tank (e.g., during braking). The vent shall be of sufficient size and should suitable for filling rate The tank shall be supplied with a breather valve.
An overflow outlet line / ventilation shall be fitted, terminating under the vehicle, in case of overfilling. The location of the overflow line termination shall be such that the foam concentrate will not fall on any part of the chassis.
The tank filling connections shall be provided with strainers. These connections and the tank drain shall be fitted with hose couplings, having caps, which should be non-metallic and attached by a plastic sheathed steel wire rope.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 26 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The tank shall be equipped with a Mechanical & electronic level indicator (visible at rear of vehicle) and a low-level audible alarm which will be activated when a remaining level of 10% is reached. For non-Newtonian concentrates an electromagnetic level indicator shall be used. For Newtonian concentrates a hydrostatic level indicator may be used (see APPENDIX A5).
Indicators shall be well supported and protected against damage.
All inlet and outlet connections shall be flanged to ASME class 150 in accordance with ASME B16.5. Tank filling piping shall be provided from outside & filling from the pump.
The suction nozzle in the tank shall extend inside the tank to avoid pumping sediment, which may have settled in the tank bottom. The suction nozzle shall be provided with a vortex breaker. For foam pump circulation safety, safety valve shall be provided with spill back system.
The tank shall be adequately supported, freestanding and be free to expand independently of other parts of the vehicle.
The tank shall be shipped empty. The foam concentrate shall be supplied separately.
10.6
Line-Up and Piping Design of the Water/Foam System
The line-up shall be in accordance with the relevant flow scheme for the specified vehicle, see Appendices A1 to A4. Drain valves, vent valves and valved flushing connections shall be provided to ensure proper flushing of all components.
The size of the piping shall be such that the velocity will not exceed 2.8 m/s in the suction lines and 6 m/s in the discharge and return lines.
There shall be differential pressure system for foam and water and foam proportioning shall be relative to the water flow by automatic means.
All components and the piping shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 16 barg and shall be able to withstand a test pressure of 1.5 times the maximum working pressure. The piping shall be at least schedule 10 S.
System fittings, other components and piping shall be based on seamless stainless steel type AISI 316L material or hot galvanized steel piping, anti-corroded lines using flanged connections throughout in the main piping. With the exception of non-metallic flanges the flanges may be solid stainless steel raised face or carbon steel lap type with seamless stainless steel stub ends and welded on rings; the gasket contact area shall have a smooth finish as defined in AGES-SP-07-004 (Painting & Coating Specification).
All hand-operated valves should be of the full bore ball type up to 3 inch and butterfly type above 3 inch. The butterfly valves shall be flanged or wafer type valve bodies installed between flanges. For sizes up to 2 1/2 in. valve bodies and trims shall be of stainless steel type AISI 316L. Valves 3 inch and larger shall be carbon steel to ASTM A216/A216M WCC or WCB with a maximum carbon content of 0.25%, and they shall have a trim of stainless steel type AISI 316L. For flanged carbon steel bodies, insulation gasket sets may be required.
The flanges shall have flexible graphite gaskets with metal inserts and stud bolts to ASTM A193 grade B7 with hexagonal nuts to ASTM A194/A194M grade 2H.
Welding of piping and other equipment shall be in accordance with AGES-SP-07-007
Material certificates in accordance with ISO 10474 type 5.1.B shall be provided for all pressure-containing parts.
The foam proportioners and the bypass of the foam control valve shall be installed at the rear discharge connections, be easily adjustable and with their settings clearly visible. Maximum discharge connection elevation to be 1200 mm above grade.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 27 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 All valves shall be easily accessible and operable from the outside of the vehicle and be provided with engraved nameplates (black letters on white background) with a clear functional description in English and Arabic language. The “open” position of the (tank) suction valve handles shall be clearly visible.
In addition, piping shall be provided with arrows, indicating the direction of flow. The color of the arrows shall be contrasting to the paint color on which they are applied.
If instantaneous-type couplings to BS 336 are specified, the inlets shall be male and the outlets shall be female, and each connector shall have a single twist release.
The inlet and outlet connections shall be of copper alloy material.
All inlet and outlet couplings shall be provided with engraved nameplates, having black text on a white background.
An inductive-type flow meter shall be provided in the water piping and it shall have an accuracy of no worse than 5% over the flow range 24 to 480 m3/hr. The flow meter readings shall be displayed in the rear panel.
10.7
Automatic Water Foam Monitor with Remote and Manual Adjustment
The water/ foam solution discharge rate shall be 10,000 L/M at a monitor inlet pressure of 12 bar. The minimum throw length at 12 bar shall be over 100 m for water and 90 m for foam. Under these conditions no foam shall fall on the ground within 20 m of the monitor.
If the discharge rate and throw trajectories are required to comply with a particular standard, e.g. NFPA or ICAO, this shall be specified in the requisition.
When operated as a water jet, the jet shall be able to reach the ground at 8 m distance from the vehicle. When operated with low-expansion foam, with expansion ratios between 8 and 10 to 1, the foam blanket template shall be at least 4 m wide at the close throwing distance.
From its storage point the monitor shall be able to rotate horizontally by at least 360 degrees in both directions. The monitor shall be able to rotate vertically down to a depression of at least 45º degrees and up to an elevation of at least 90º. The monitor shall be provided with adjustable deflectors.
The wireless remote-control drives shall be electronic and the drives shall be compatible with the vehicle’s electrical system. A radio receiver unit shall be installed on the vehicle in order to operate the monitor from a portable remote controlled wireless control unit. The control unit, equipped with carrier straps, shall be equipped with a battery providing electrical power for at least 1.5 hours. After use the control unit shall be stowed on the vehicle in an automatic charging device.
The control unit shall provide the following functions:
a. Power on/off
b. Battery condition indicator
c.
Joystick for integrated elevation and rotation control (elevation and rotation speed approximately 12 degrees/second)
d. Open/close water supply valve
e. Open/close foam concentrate supply
f.
Joystick for deflector control
g. Joystick for pressure (rpm) control.
Each controller shall have its functions engraved in the mounting plate next to the pertaining controller location.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 28 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 NOTE: Control unit suitable for hazardous area zones are considered not justifiable, therefore the control unit shall be equipped with a clearly legible warning sign in English and Arabic text:
“WARNING: SUITABLE FOR OPERATION IN NONHAZARDOUS AREAS ONLY.”
For back-up purposes the monitor shall also be operable manually. Position setting shall be done by a lever or other acceptable methods; however, locking of the monitor in any desired position shall be possible. In this case the operator shall stand on a fixed platform with swing down type handrails of height 700 to 900 mm. When swung down the remaining railing height shall be at least 300 mm.
The foam / water monitor shall be located on the top of the vehicle. The water and foam supply shall be manually controlled and remotely operable near the monitor on the platform; a pressure gauge shall also be fitted near the monitor. The monitor shall be suitable for water and foam application with separate pourers. The foam /water monitor shall be supplied along with fire fighting apparatus and a set of accessories.
The monitor and the bearings shall be of copper alloy material. The barrel and deflector shall be made of stainless steel, GRUP or aluminum (corrosion resistant material).
The maximum height of the loaded vehicle including monitor shall be less than 3500 mm.
10.8
Operating and Control Panel – Water / Foam
The main operating and control panel shall be mounted at the rear of the vehicle except if otherwise specified.
The width of the panel shall be approximately 600-800 mm and consist minimum of the following (refer to APPENDIX A2).
a. Foam/Water Instruments (open panel plate)
i. Water inlet pressure (pressure/vacuum)
ii. Water discharge pressure
iii. Foam discharge pressure
iv. Water/foam differential pressure.
v. Foam tank level (local gage + electronic)
vi. Water tank level (local gage + electronic)
vii. Flow meter reading
b. Engine Instruments
i. Engine oil pressure
ii. Engine cooling water temperature
iii. PTO oil temperature
iv. Engine speed (rpm) and hours counter
v. Rate of total water flow-discharge.
NOTES: 1. The hours counter shall operate only when the PTO is engaged.
- Indicator scales of foam/water and engine instruments above shall be provided with red markers for above maximum/below minimum range, and green shaded areas for normal operating range.
c. Warning (lamp + audible alarm)
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 29 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 i.
Low lube oil pressure
ii. High engine cooling water temperature
iii. High engine lube oil temperature
iv. High gearbox - oil temperature (if additional oil cooler is fitted)
v. Where applicable: water tank level (high to low)
vi. Fuel tank - low
vii. Battery charging current - low
viii. Foam tank level (high to low).
Where applicable the alarm lights shall be installed above the relevant indicators.
The maximum noise level shall not exceed 85 dB (A) at a location one meter beyond the operating panel. Refer to ISO 7731 for calculation methods.
d. Simplified Schematic,
The panel shall show in an engraved graphic presentation the water and foam lines including open/closed indicator lamps for the important isolating valves, actuated by single proximity limit switches for open or closed position.
Only upon engaging any PTO shall the electrical power be made available to the status lights and warning lamps.
The ‘normal’ presentation shall be indicated, e.g., water boosting from hydrants with foam injection: all lamps green.
The panel shall be constructed from stainless steel plate suitable for outdoor tropical sun-exposed conditions (no glare brushed finish).
The panel shall house the following status lights and switches:
Status lights
i. Parking brake: on
ii. PTO 1: engaged (water pump)
iii. PTO 2: engaged (foam concentrate pump)
Switches
i. Rear working lamps on/off
ii. Panel illumination (incl. locker and compartment lights) on/off
iii. Lamp test (push button)
e. Panel Design Criteria,
The indicators, lights and switches including the wiring of sections, shall be installed in a weatherproof box. All seals shall have a degree of protection of at least IP 55 of IEC 529. The applied wiring terminations shall be vibration proof. For a typical layout of the panel, see APPENDIX A2.
Lamp colors:
Safe – normal: Green
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 30 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Non-safe - alarm position: Red
Warning: Orange
The panel shall be installed at an angle such that a standing operator can easily read the instruments, at an eye level position between 1500-1800 mm. All illuminated lamps with colored lenses shall be clearly visible in direct sunlight.
All elements shall be conveniently grouped and clearly identified in black text and symbols engraved on white plates.
The language to be used for identification/instructions shall be as specified in the requisition.
f.
Telecommunications
The operator panel shall be equipped with a telephone hand set and loudspeaker both connected to the mobile radio. Both items shall be weatherproof to at least IP 55 of IEC 529. The speaker shall provide sufficient power to be audible in an 85 dB (A) environment. The telephone handset shall be equipped with a push-to-talk button (refer to Section 5.15 above).
10.9
Noise levels
The total sound power level (including audible alarms) shall not exceed 85 dB (A) at a location one meter beyond the operating panel.
11
EXTINGUISHING DRY POWDER SYSTEMS
11.1
General
The fire-fighting vehicle may be equipped with dry powder (ABC dry chemical or approved equivalent) units, depending on the type of vehicle and its application. The system should consist of the following:
a. Dry powder vessel with charging system
b. Nitrogen cylinders for expellent gas and flushing function
c. Hose reels with powder hose and trigger nozzle
d. Control/inspection and operating panel
e. Dry powder monitor, if required.
11.2
Dry powder
ABC dry chemical shall be used. Other types of dry powder shall be specified if required.
The initial filling of dry chemical powder shall be included in the scope of supply. The dry powder vessels shall be shipped empty.
11.3
Powder Vessel Design
The dry powder system supplier shall confirm the vessel’s maximum operating pressure of 16 barg.
The system shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with the code specified by the COMPANY. Powder pressure vessels shall be seamless metallic and shall comply with Part- 6 of this specification. A formal approval
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 31 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 certificate for the vessels is required and shall be signed by a pressure vessel Inspecting Authority approved by the COMPANY.
All inlet and outlet connections shall be flanged to ASME class 150 or 300 as required, with raised faces. Each vessel shall have a relief valve of sufficient capacity to ensure that the maximum pressure will not exceed the maximum operating pressure by more than 15%. Depending on the vessel size a manhole (minimum 24 inch) or inspection hole shall be provided. The inspection hole shall have a minimum diameter of 150 mm for powder filling purposes.
After full discharge, the remaining quantity of powder in the vessel shall be less than 7% of the nominal charge.
11.4
Line-Up and Piping Design of the Dry Powder System
The line-up shall be in accordance with the relevant flow scheme, see APPENDIX A4.
All valves shall be of the ball type, suitable for dry powder and be manually operated except if used with a monitor, see Section 11.7. The pipe system, branches, T-pieces and bends shall be smooth and have minimum resistance to the flow of dry powder. The fluid velocity shall be at least 2 m/s, but it shall not exceed 4 m/s unless otherwise approved by the COMPANY.
Each cylinder shall be provided with its own valve and be connected to a high-pressure manifold, a manually operated valve shall be fitted in the manifold. If an electrically/pneumatically operated valve is specified by the COMPANY, manual operation shall also be provided.
A 3-inch stainless steel ball drain valve is required for each tank bottom.
Sintered metal filters or check valves with synthetic rubber seals shall be fitted so that dry powder will not enter the gas system.
Connection for recharging of nitrogen cylinders is required along with the piping.
The piping shall be seamless carbon steel to ASTM A106 grade B, having raised face flanged connections to ANS class 150 or 300 as required, with the gasket contact area having a smooth finish as defined in AGES-SP-09-002.
The flanges shall have flexible graphite gaskets with tanged metal inserts and stud bolts to ASTM A193 grade B7 with hexagonal nuts to ASTM A194/A194M grade 2H. All hand-operated valves shall be of the flanged ball type having bodies of carbon steel to ASTM A216/A216M WCC or WCB with maximum carbon content of 0.25%, trim of austenitic Cr-Ni stainless steel (AISI 304) and with fiberglass or Teflon reinforced seat rings.
For welding requirements, see AGES-SP-07-007.
The components of the pressurized system shall be pressure-tested at 1.5 times the maximum working pressure.
All equipment shall be easily accessible and provided with engraved nameplates (black letters on white background) with a clear functional description in the language specified.
Material certificates in accordance with ISO 10474 type 5.1.B shall be provided for all pressure-containing parts.
Cylinder valves shall be easily accessible. Nitrogen cylinder shall be fixed in such a way that individual cylinder can be taken out without disturbing other fittings.
Arrangement shall be made to check individual cylinder pressure.
Arrangement to flush all line shall be provided.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 32 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 11.5
Expellant Gas
Sufficient dry nitrogen shall be available to empty each powder tank fully and to flush all piping. During operation the vessel pressure shall never be less than 14 barg.
The cylinder contents shall have a reserve of 30% in order to deal with possible small leakages during intermittent operation and to carry out control functions.
Shall be equipped with screw-down valves.
Pressurizing time of the powder vessel, to reach minimum 14 barg, shall be less than 15 seconds.
In order to avoid clogging of DCP in the system, the maximum water vapor level in the nitrogen shall not exceed 30 ppm.
100% spare nitrogen cylinders shall be supplied (not fitted) along with the vehicle.
11.6
Powder Gun, Powder Hose
The powder gun shall have a throw of at least 15m.
The hand nozzles shall be of seawater-resistant bronze alloy (ASTM B171/B171M-C63000).
The dry powder hose, having electrically conductive properties, shall have a smooth bore of at least 25 mm diameter and it shall be at least 30 m long (refer to ISO 4642).
The safe working pressure and the bursting pressure of the hose shall be respectively 2 and 3 times the working pressure of the powder vessel. The hose reel shall have the least possible resistance. It shall be possible to roll/unroll the hose under pressure without jamming automatically; a manual rewind mechanism shall be provided. The hose reels shall have hose gliders and a brake blocking device.
At least 2 hose reels shall be provided on the vehicle.
11.7
Manually Adjustable Powder Monitor
If specified a powder monitor shall be installed on the vehicle in such a way that the powder stream shall be able to hit the ground approximately 8 m from each side of the vehicle.
The powder monitor shall be manually operated and, depending on the type of DCP, its capacity shall be 25 - 35 kg/s with a throw between 30 and 50 meters.
From the straightforward position the monitor shall be able to rotate horizontally by at least 270 degrees in both directions. The monitor shall be able to rotate vertically down to a depression of at least 20 degrees and up to an elevation of at least 70 degrees An operating device shall be installed at the monitor to open and close the quick- actingmain pneumatic valve of the powder tank. An override for manual operation shall be included.
The monitor shall be equipped with a reliable locking and braking device and a cover on the nozzle (attached by a chain) to prevent water entry.
The monitor shall be operable from a fixed platform with swing down type handrails having a railing height of between 700 and 900 mm. In the swing down position the railing height shall be at least 300 mm. The maximum vehicle height, normally not more than 3500 mm, will be determined by the monitor. The maximum permitted height shall therefore be specified.
The monitor shall be made of seawater-resistant bronze alloy (ASTM B171/B171M-C63000).
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 33 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 If the discharge rate and/or throw trajectories are required to comply with a particular standard, e.g. NFPA or ICAO, this shall be specified in the requisition.
The flushing valve for the monitor shall be located near the monitor.
11.8
Control and Operating Panel Powder Systems
A control/inspection and operating panel shall be fitted next to or near each powder unit, comprising the following items:
a. 1 lever for pressurizing the powder container
b. 1 lever for powder discharge hose reel left
c. 1 lever for powder discharge hose reel right
d. 1 control for flushing discharge hose reel left.
e. 1 control for flushing discharge hose reel right.
f.
1 control for depressurizing the powder container.
g. 1 pressure gauge for measuring pressure in powder container.
h. 1 pressure gauge for nitrogen cylinders
i. Pressure gauge for the expellant gas 0-255 barg
j. Pressure gauge for the working pressure 0-25 barg
k. Manual override for pneumatic system to release pressure from the tank and system.
Text identification shall be engraved in English and Arabic language.
12
WELDING REQUIREMENTS
Welding of piping and other equipment shall be in accordance with Welding & Non Destructive Examination (NDE) of COMPANY (AGES-SP-07-007)
13
UNINSULATED POLY RESIN LAMINATE TANKS
The tank shall be able to withstand salt /brackish/ potable water and all foam concentrates.
Non-metallic tanks shall be in accordance with ASTM D 3299 as well as meet the requirements of NFPA 1901 and suitable for environment and corrosion resistant material.
Tank documentation shall provide detailed instructions for carrying out minor repairs at the place of destination.
13.1
Base Materials
The tank and fittings shall be made from either:
a. A bisphenol ‘A’ epichlorohydrin epoxy resin, and an aromatic or cycloaliphatic amine-type curing agent
(GRE)
Or
b.
Isophthalic acid polyester resin, bisphenol ‘A’ polyester or vinyl ester resin (GRUP).
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 34 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The Manufacturer shall state the type of resin and curing system chosen.
The glass fibre reinforcement shall be made of E-glass and shall have a coupling agent (finish), which is compatible with the resin system.
The glass fibre reinforced laminate shall consist of a resin-rich inner lining, followed by layers of resin-impregnated glass fibre reinforcing and a resin-rich outer layer.
The resin-rich layers shall be free of defects:
a. Porosity; the presence of numerous visible small craters in the laminate
b. Air inclusions; air entrapment within and between the layers of reinforcement, usually spherical in shape
c. Delamination; the separation of the layers in the laminate
d. Damage; scratches, cracks, indentations and delaminations caused by rough handling during
manufacturing
e. Resin-rich and resin-starved areas.
Only in the resin rich outer layer may fillers or pigments be used. The material shall be submitted for COMPANY approval prior.
13.2
Design and Fabrication
Non-metallic tank design and fabrication shall be in accordance with ASTM D3299.
The MANUFACTURER’S recommendations shall apply except where modified by this specification and as approved by the COMPANY.
The selected type and design of the tank shall be fabricated with a self-supporting bottom construction provided with shaped laminated support beams integrated with the bottom.
The tank shall be provided with transverse and longitudinal baffle plates, which are integrated into the tank by means of lamination.
All flanges shall be made from GRE or GRUP. Nozzles shall be laminated into the tank wall. The gasket contact area of flanges shall have a smooth finish as defined in AGES-SP-07-004 (Painting & Coating Specification)
The dynamic loading shall take into account a braking deceleration of 5 m/s2 with the tank half full, and a centrifugal acceleration resulting from cornering a bend with a radius of 60 m. at a speed of 16.7 m/s (60 km/hr).
The top of the tank shall be designed such that personnel are able to walk thereon.
An ultraviolet stabilized anti-slip layer finish shall be applied. The tank roof shall be self-draining. To allow the installation of a safety railing, a roof edge shall be laminated to the tank.
The tank design, indicating the type of basic materials for construction, including the construction procedure and strength calculations, shall be submitted for approval to the COMPANY. Special attention shall be given in the design to prevent damage to the tank during possible surging and filling at the point of overflow at high filling rates.
To avoid damage to the tank material, it shall be ensured that all calculated elongation values are below 0.2%.
The exposed outside surfaces shall be made flame retardant.
The tank shall be flexibly mounted on silent blocks. The tank MANUFACTURER shall provide information on the approved location for the fixing points onto the body mounting frame.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 35 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 14
PAINTING AND COATING
The entire vehicle, including enclosed spaces, and components (except for corrosion-resistant material), shall receive a full anti-corrosion treatment by means of a thixotropic wax-type fluid leaving an elastic, tough and water repellent film. Before painting-finishing the body surfaces it shall be degreasing, phosphatation, stream jetting and store drying. The entire underside of the vehicle including the inside of the mudguards shall be protected. Bitumen base coating shall be provided at underside of the vehicle.
Finishing paint shall be as follows:
a. Exterior of body: fire brigade red (RAL 3000) (after application of Epoxy coat, 2 coats of Polymethane).
Plastic cement shall be applied at plate junction.
b. Front and rear bumper: white (RAL 9010)
c. Mud guards and wheel hubs: black (RAL 9005)
d. Both cabin doors shall be provided with emblems and company name, layout and sign-writing details shall
be supplied by the COMPANY.
e. Suction and discharge water lines: olive green (RAL 9003)
f. Suction and discharge foam concentrate lines: yellow (RAL 1021)
g. Powder pipe: white (RAL 9010).
Each coat of paint shall have a dry film thickness of 40-75 µm and the total dry film thickness shall at least be 120 µm.
The battery compartment shall be coated with a chemical-resistant, 2-component epoxy paint.
The MANUFACTURER shall specify in his proposal the full paint procedure and the paint MANUFACTURER.
AGES-SP-07-004 - Painting & Coating Specification to be referred for specific requirement and shall seek COMPANY approval.
15
ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
A selection shall be made from the list given below to suit the type of vehicles required. It may also be necessary to specify other types of equipment, if required.
a. Four (4) water suction hoses (each 3 m long), light weight with couplings. One of the hoses shall be equipped with a strainer of seawater-resistant material, and a buoyancy aid. The strainer shall have a free area of at least four times the area of the suction connection. Holes shall have a diameter not greater than 5 mm. A lifting eye shall be provided for the buoyancy aid.
b. 6 Soft suction hose (20m long) with male / female 4” GB round thread (it shall also withstand high pressure
in case of by passing the pump).
c. Hoses and couplings shall be male/swivelled female BS 4”.
d. Four (4) foam suction pressure hoses, 1 ½ inch diameter with 2 ½ inch couplings (total hose length 10 m).
e. 30 fire hoses (24 hoses 70mm x 25 m and 6 hoses 45mm x 25 m) all with 2½ inch couplings. The hoses shall be obtained from an approved supplier in accordance with BS 6391 Type 3, suitable for 16 barg normal working pressure and tested at 24 barg. The couplings shall be gun metal, British Standard Instantaneous unless otherwise specified. Hose length shall be as per standard requirement.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 36 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 f.
Four (4) pistol grip water spray/jet branch pipes, capacity up to 950 lpm, with shutoff valve. Straight stream to fog adjustable. 65mm male British Standard instantaneous couplings
g. Four (4) air/foam making branch pipes, water capacity 750 lpm at 7 barg with inlet ball valve.
h. Foam branch pipe (2+2 as per specification)
i.
Two (2) controlled collecting breechings with 2 ½ inch couplings. Four (4) controlled dividing breechings with 2 ½ inch couplings and quick-closing outlet valves.
j. One (1) collecting breeching (collecting head) to fit into the suction coupling of the pump with flap valve,
fitted with 2-1/2 inch male couplings, caps and chains/steel wire rope.
k. Six (6) coupling spanners to suit the couplings used.
l. Six (6) fire extinguishers, each with 9 kg dry powder ABC, Two (2) fire extinguishers of 5 kg CO2.
m. 2 x 30 m reeled cable and 2 tripods, for detachable flood lights (LED) (see Section 8).
n. Two (2) stowing brackets for the detachable flood lights.
o. Three (3) high backpressure foam generators. The type, make and capacities shall be specified by the
COMPANY.
p. 2 wheel chocks, 40 Nos. Hose Gaskets.
q. 2 Nos. Light weight oscillating monitor 5000 L/M, 6 nos. turbojet multifunction water nozzles with hand grip
r.
4 Nos. 60 min. breathing apparatus 1 No. in the OIC (Officer In Charge) position of the driver cab and three sets inside the rear seats/compartments.
s. High pressure hose reel 30 m long 19mm internal diameter with adjustable spray, pistol grip nozzle with
shut off valve
t. Portable thermal imaging camera; 4 Nos intrinsically safe hand lamps/torches
u. Ceiling hook (Pike pole); Ground ladders as specified
v. Toolbox with assorted set of screw drivers, hammers, hand saws, chisels; Crowbar; Hooligan tool
w. 14lb sledgehammer; Large axe and 2 small axes; Where specified, hydraulic cutting and spreading
equipment
x. 6 life jackets; 2 Nos 20m general purpose lines.
all the accessories shall be as per project philosophy requirement and shall be approved by COMPANY.
16
CHEMICALS
The MANUFACTURER shall include the water, foam concentrate, dry chemical powder, nitrogen and fuel required for all the required tests.
The vehicle shall be delivered empty, except for portable extinguishers and the nitrogen bottles, which shall be supplied completely filled.
The MANUFACTURER shall quote, as a separate item, for the supply of foam (normally 3% fluoroprotein supplied in drums) and for ABC.
The preferred foam type, unless otherwise specified, is AR-AFFF 1-3%, UL listed, BS-EN certified and ICAO performance level B approved for aviation foam.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 37 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Dry chemical powder required is ABC type.
17
PERFORMANCE TESTING
The following performance tests and checks shall be carried out:
17.1
Vehicle
17.1.1
Flexibility Test
With a block under one front wheel and the diagonally opposite rear wheel, there shall be no movement of the cab on the chassis, the lockers shall function without restriction and the complete pumping system shall be fully operational without additional vibration. The clearance height in the wheel guards during the (torsion) test above shall be at least 50 mm unless otherwise stated by the chassis MANUFACTURER.
For a 2 x 2 truck the block height is 200 mm and for a 4 x 4 truck it is 250 mm.
17.1.2
Tilt Test (As per NFPA)
In the fully loaded condition, the vehicle shall be inclined at a minimum 26 degrees both to the right and to the left. During this test the chassis shall not tilt more than 33 degrees. All wheels shall remain in contact with the ramp.
a. Measure the wheel loading against the weight calculation
b. Measure the deviation from the horizontal when fully loaded
c. Brake performance test
A brake performance test in accordance with the UN agreement, Addendum 12, Regulation 13 and UAE regulation.
17.1.3
Road Test
Prior to shipping, the fully loaded vehicle shall be road tested over a distance of 300 km on an average type of road. A representative of the chassis MANUFACTURER shall attend this test.
17.1.4
Rough Track Test
If specified by the COMPANY, a 2 hour “rough track” test shall be performed. The test shall be set up in consultation with the Manufacturer.
The test shall address the following road surfaces:
a. Potholed track
b. Cobble stone track
c.
(Steel) washboard
d. Poor/repaired corrugated asphalt
e. Building site track
f. Possibly a hump track in combination with a variable obstacle track.
Four “COMPANY” representatives will attend full performance test for automotive and fire fighting of truck at VENDOR workshop. Accordingly, reasonable practical alternative commented by them shall be considered.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 38 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 17.2
Superstructure
17.2.1
Hydrostatic Test
The pressure-containing system shall be hydrostatically tested after the road / rough track tests. After this, the equipment performance tests shall be performed.
17.2.2
Pump Balance
During the shop test of pumps with anti-friction bearings, operating at rated speed or at any other speed within the specified operating range, the maximum unfiltered root mean square vibration velocity, measured on the bearing bracket in any plane, using an instrument in accordance with ISO 2954, shall not exceed the following values:
Table 17-1 Pump Balance Monitoring Data
Flow range in % of flow at Best Efficiency Point (BEP)
rms vibration velocity (mm/s)
25 – 49
50 – 110
4.5
3
NOTE: The measured values shall serve as reference readings for future condition monitoring. Therefore, these data shall be noted down in the pertaining section of the maintenance manual.
17.2.3
Full Load Pump Test
This shall be performed for 1 hour uninterrupted to check the adequacy of the cooling system. During the test the PTO’s oil temperature versus time shall be established by means of a contact thermometer. The obtained values serve as a reference for future checks and be noted in the operation and maintenance manuals.
17.2.4
Flow Performance Test
The following tests shall be performed to verify the performance specification. The COMPANY may elect to waive certain of the tests if the equipment already has “type approval”.
a. A vacuum of 0.6 bar (0.4 bar absolute pressure) shall be maintained for a period of at least 2 minutes.
b.
In bypass mode under full flow conditions (470 m3/hr, maximum 10 barg inlet pressure) check for a pressure loss across the vehicle (between inlet and outlet) of typically 2 bar.
c. Flow test bypassing the water pump with hydrant pressure between 6 and 12 barg.
d. Water pump shall be fully operational within 25 seconds after starting suction from open water with 2 lengths of suction hoses, each 3 meters, while maintaining a suction height of 3 meters from water level to centerline of pump shaft.
e.
In boosting mode record the required inlet pressure at a flow of 360 m3/hr and an outlet pressure of 12 barg.
f. Water pump shall achieve capacity in accordance with APPENDIX A5.
g. Foam concentrate pump capacity test from drums into the foam concentrate tank. Foam concentrates, if
behaving like Newtonian liquids, may be replaced by water (refer to Section 10.5).
h. Calibration of each proportioner with the pertaining foam concentrate (refer to NFPA 1901).
i.
Foam proportioning test (refer to Section 10.2)
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 39 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 j. Monitor movement (refer to Section 10.7).
k. Water/foam monitor: capacity and throw (refer to Section 10.7).
l. Quality of produced foam: expansion ratio (refer to Section 10.2), 25% drainage time
m. Time required to pressurize the dry powder system (refer to Section 11.5)
n. Dry powder gun: capacity and throw (refer to Section 11.6)
o. Hose reels (check overrun brakes and rewind mechanism) (refer to Section 11.6)
p. Dry powder monitor: capacity and throw (refer to Section 11.7)
q. Fog guns (if specified)
r. Any other test that may be specified in the requisition.
17.2.5
Noise Levels
At one meter beyond the operator panel position at the rear of the vehicle, the noise level at an elevation of +1.5 m shall not exceed 85 dB (a) under the maximum operating condition (i.e., foam proportioning in either bypass or boosting mode).
18
MANUFACTURE WORK SHOP INSPECTION
Shop inspection shall be in accordance with Section 22.1 of this specification. The MANUFACTURER shall incorporate the shop inspection requirements in the quality plan.
The truck shall be subjected to Inspection through third party authority and employees of the COMPANY.
Identification of VENDOR workshop in UAE for routine Inspection and repairs
VENDOR will be responsible for commissioning of Fire Trucks at COMPANY operating site to the satisfaction of COMPANY.
19
CHECKLIST
This checklist shall be used by the COMPANY to ensure that a complete specification of the type of vehicle required shall be provided by the MANUFACTURER.
19.1
Type of Vehicle
Purpose:
first
intervention vehicle/foam concentrate carrier/twin-agent/equipment
tender/other
Country of destination
Minimum local temperature
Maximum local temperature
Dust area
Driving conditions
:
:
:
:
:
°C
°C
yes/no
plant road/airstrip
roads/public
roads/off-the-
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 40 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Angle of approach
Angle of departure
:
:
degrees
degrees
Minimum clearance to road surface
: mm
Maximum allowable overall (unladen)
: m
vehicle height
Maximum vehicle width
: mm
Language to be used on
identification/operating panels
: English/other.
19.2
Chassis
Preferred make and type
Type
Climate
Make and type of towing bracket
Type of socket for trailer brake
Type of connection for trailer lighting
Drive
Spare wheel and tools fitted on vehicle
Maximum permissible weights
Drive
Maximum turning circle
19.3
Engine
Preferred make and type
Gearbox
On-off buzzer when vehicle is reversing
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
6x6 or 6x4
tropical/subtropical/freezing/ maximum temperature
(drawbar coupling/rigid pintle hook/ball)
(12/24 volt):
rear wheels only/front and rear wheels
yes/no
total:
axle load:
left hand
automatic/semi-automatic
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 41 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 PTO engagement from cabin/rear operating panel
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes/no
tilting cab/fastened on chassis
Electric heating element in the cooling
system
Dust filters
19.4
Cab
Air conditioning
Electric lighting system in accordance
with local regulations
Dimensions of the mobile radio and its
rack
19.5
Extended CAB
Crew compartment
Construction of crew compartment
Number of seats in the crew cab
Make and type of air breathing apparatus
Location and number of mounting
brackets for breathing apparatus
19.6
Superstructure
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Cabinets closed by
:
rollers/doors/none (open)
19.7
Electrical Systems
Battery charger
Electrical supply
Color of revolving beacons
Type of cable connection for mobile radio
at rear water/foam panel
19.8
Foam Concentrate/Water Tank
yes
220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
blue
:
:
:
:
Medium
:
type of foam concentrate/premix, water
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 42 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Material
Tank size
fiber reinforced epoxy/stainless
:
glass steel
: m3
19.9
Line-Up of Water/Foam
Discharge hose couplings
:
instantaneous/other
Suction hose couplings
: BST round threaded
Size of couplings
Blind caps required
19.10 Water/Foam Monitor
Required
:
:
yes
:
yes
Remote/local control required (specify frequency band):
Water capacity
Discharge and
throw
trajectories
to
comply with this specification
:
:
19.11
Combined Automotive and Water/Foam Application
Required
Duration
Maximum speed
Maximum road inclination
Maximum required water/foam solution
flow rate
Maximum required water/foam solution
vehicle outlet pressure
19.12
Extinguishing Powder Installation
Required
Type of powder
Powder monitor
Capacity of powder monitor
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
:
yes
: minutes
:
:
:
:
km/hr
degrees
l/min
bar (ga)
:
yes
: ABC
:
:
yes/no
kg/s
Rev. No: 1 Page 43 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Pressurizing of powder tanks
: manually/electrically/ pneumatically
Number of vessels
Capacity powder vessel
Number of hose reels
Capacity of powder pistol
:
:
:
:
kg each
kg/s
Discharge and throw trajectories to
: NFPA/ICAO/other
comply with standard
19.13
Painting and Coating
Logo and sign writing details to be supplied
19.14
Additional Equipment
Requirements shall be selected from the list (Section 15) or otherwise specified VENDOR shall ensure availability of 15 years (or as per project specification) guaranteed spare parts.
Two years spares will be provided with Fire Trucks
19.15
Initial Fills of Chemicals
Foam concentrate make and type
:
Quantity of foam concentrate
Dry powder make and type
Quantity of dry powder
: m3
:
:
kg
19.16
Operating and Maintenance Manual
Language for instruction books
: English and Arabic
19.17
Requisition for Trailer
Voltage of lighting
Local lighting regulations
Make and type of lighting socket
:
:
:
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 44 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Height of tow arrangement above ground
: m
level
Make and type of tow arrangement
Make and type of socket for trailer
pneumatic brake system
:
:
ball/rigid pintle hook/drawbar coupling
19.18
Performance Testing
Road test
Tilt test
:
300 km/1500 km/rough track
(see section 17.1.3)
: Yes (See section 17.1.2)
Noise level at operator panel position
Other test requirements
:
:
20
SCOPE OF SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS
The MANUFACTURER shall include with the quotation the following typical equipment information:
a. Technical specification (including paint and undercoat)
b. Vehicle layout and arrangement drawing, including a top view, showing locations of tank(s), cabinets,
monitor(s), hose reels, seals, pumps and inlet/outlet piping flanges
c. Water/foam and dry powder flow schemes
d. List of all makes and types of equipment to be purchased from other suppliers. For each item the supplier’s
documentation or the purchasing specification shall be included
e. Original of the performance curves for the type of water pump to be supplied
f. Original of the performance curves for the type of foam pump to be supplied
g. Performance data for the type of monitors and hand nozzles to be supplied
h. Test certificate for the type of proposed dry powder hose to be supplied
i.
List of all proposed deviations from this specification and, where applicable, supported with reasons for the deviations
j. Detailed material specification/composition for all items which deviate from the specified materials with
justification.
k. Calculations for: front and rear axle loading, center of gravity and tilting stability
l. Proposed performance testing methods
m. Method of the proposed coding for electric wiring
n. Spare wheel location, if applicable
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 45 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 o. List of recommended chassis and superstructure spare parts for two years operation
p. Advice on chassis requirements (e.g., expected turning circle, see section 2)
q. Costs of the chassis, include transport costs to superstructure manufacturer’s works
r. A quality plan (refer to section 22.1)
s. Proposed color scheme
t. Costs for performance testing
u. Costs for additional copies of the operating and maintenance manuals.
21
PROPOSED TYPES OF FIRE-FIGHTING VEHICLES
21.1
Rescue Equipment Truck
21.1.1
Rescue Equipment Truck and Accessories
The Industrial fire-fighting vehicle shall consist of a chassis with a superstructure, and it shall be designed for Industrial purposes (oil and gas) with an expected lifetime of 20 years. The vehicle shall be utilized for carrying fire and rescue equipment and fire crew to the scene of emergency. The vehicle shall be designed and fabricated for use in high hazardous area like oil refinery.
21.1.2
Design, Fabrication and Engineering
The Rescue equipment truck shall be designed and engineered as per the following requirements:
All components shall be fully corrosion proof and the system engineered to operate at high ambient temperatures also in combination with high humidity atmosphere. This vehicle shall be engineered and will be fabricated and tested in accordance with the NFPA 1901, BS and EU standards and Specifications. All components of this vehicle shall be made of approved products (UL listing /FM approval or EN approval).
The maximum vehicle width shall be 2.5 m to 2.6m. For safety purposes the vehicle’s sides shall be equipped with obstacle reflectors and reverse parking camera.
Overall Length: 8 – 10 Meter.
Overall Height: Approximately 4 Meters
High road clearance shall be provided for off-road use.
Accessories to be properly stored inside the storage cabinets.
The vehicle shall be able to carry all of the equipment specified in the requisition and to tow at the same time a trailer with a mass of at least 5 tons. It is essential that the local traffic regulations (UAE) be adhered to for overall weight, axle weight, turning radius, power/weight ratio, lighting, etc., that this shall be stated in the exchange of information with the Manufacturer. In general, Load / GVW shall not be less than 22,000 Kg; Maximum turning radius shall not exceed 14 meters.
Static calculations for axle/wheel load, center of gravity and tilting stability shall be made and shown to comply also with the chassis manufacturer’s requirements. The vehicle shall be of open construction to assist visual inspection, maintenance and repair. The equipment used for water systems shall be located so that it will be readily accessible. Firefighting systems shall be simple and easy to operate, to facilitate training of personnel and use in an emergency.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 46 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The angle of approach and departure (refer to NFPA 1901) shall be at least 15 degrees. Assuming the lowest point of the vehicle is the underside of the differential housing bowl, the clearance to the underside road surface shall be minimum 300 mm. The installation of mechanical, electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic components shall be located in such a way that dismounting or repair is not obstructed by the chassis structure or any other component, and electrical wiring and pneumatic tubing is not damaged while operating the vehicle. The electrical system shall be dustproof, waterproof and intrinsically proof to be operated in Hazardous atmosphere.
21.1.3
Basic Data
21.1.3.1 Chassis & Engine:
The truck shall be designed on the suitable chassis and VENDOR shall calculate and provide the axle load calculations, PTO for hydraulic equipment operation. VENDOR to ensure that the chassis is suitable for the truck payload. The Payload and Gross vehicle weight shall comply with all the regulations of UAE Government requirements.
Gross vehicle weight – Shall be more than 22,000 Kg VENDOR to design and calculate the same and provide all the calculations with bids.
Year: latest model
Engine: - The vehicle shall be driven by a diesel engine which is also capable of providing power to carry the payload. The diesel engine shall be 8 cylinders V shaped with parameters as follows.
Emission Level – as per UAE standards
4-stroke diesel engine with direct injection, and turbo charger and charge air cooler 8 cylinders in V-form.(The torque shall be suitable to drive the engine and PTO for hydraulic equipment driving). Fitted with Chalwyn valve.
Cooling system: Water with heavy duty radiator and thermostat, suitable for GCC areas. An adequate cooling system of sufficient capacity to prevent overheating e.g. during stationary use in hot, desert areas in combination with prolonged firefighting under full operational conditions pump The cooling fluid shall be a high-efficiency cooling medium with an anticorrosion additive.
Fuel tank: Capacity 300 l made of steel. Fitted with removable strainer.
Exhaust system: Exhaust outlet, direction backwards on the side. Fitted with standard exhaust silencer / muffler system. Exhaust outlet shall not generate sparks or glowing particles. Exhaust shall be provided with spark arrestor and shall comply all regulations of UAE Laws (traffic department and civil defense).
Gearbox: A heavy duty automatic gearbox with 6 forward and one reverse gear with an oil cooler shall be provided and shall be compatible and capable with the applied heavy motions and power take off (PTO) transmission. The gearbox shall be fitted with a switch to operate the reversing lights and an on-off buzzer when reverse gear is engaged. A gearbox temperature indicator shall be provided.
Clutch: Single plate hydraulically controlled dry clutch, self-adjusting.
P.T.O. Suitable PTO DRIVELINE or equivalent shall be provided with vehicle for hydraulic tools and components operation.
Drive: 6 x 6, with front and rear differential locks.
Transfer case: Double stage transfer case.
Wheelbase: 5400 mm, (shall comply with UAE Laws)
Tyres: Front: Single – Size -as per standard
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 47 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Rear: Double - Size -as per standard
Steering: Hydraulic L/H drive power steering. Manual steering in case of failure of power assist
Bumper: Heavy duty front bumper with towing pin. Each two towing hooks / eyes in front and rear.
Axles:
Front axle: Planetary hub reduction axle, design capacity 9.0 tons
Rear axles: Planetary hub reduction axles, design capacity each 16.0 tons, with pneumatically controlled differential locks. (Suitable axel load calculations with center of gravity and stability of vehicle to be provided.)
Suspension:
Shock absorbers: Front and rear axle.
Springs: Parabolic springs on front and rear axle
Stabilizer: Front and rear axle.
Brakes: Service brake: Dual-circuit compressed air brakes, self-adjusting, and compressed air dryer. Anti-block brake system (ABS) and ASR.
Parking brake: Spring loaded brake cylinder, acting on the rear wheels
Engine brake: Low-Noise exhaust-brake, manually controlled
Electric system: Voltage: 24 Volt, traffic installation as per national regulations
Alternator: Power 28 V, 80 A - 2240 Watt
Batteries: Number 2, voltage and capacity: 12 V, 165 Ah External socket for battery Charging, Battery master switch in cabin.
21.1.3.2 Illuminations:
Two front headlights with high and low beams.
Direction indicators and position/parking lights.
Two combination rear lights with position/parking light, direction indicator, taillight, reflector and registration plate light and stop light.
2 fog lights
2 Reverse light.
Reverse warning buzzer.
21.1.3.3 Accessories:
Hydraulic vehicle jack and wheel changing tools. Spare wheel and tire to be delivered with the vehicle.
21.1.3.4 Vehicle Performance:
Maximum speed 90 Km/Hrs with full load.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 48 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 21.1.4
Superstructure and Components
21.1.4.1 Cabin:
The cabin shall be Forward control type, hydraulically operated tilting, single cabin in steel/glass fiber reinforced polyester construction for a crew of 2 (1 driver plus 1 firemen). The cab is adequately insulated against Noise, vibration and extreme temperatures (As per GCC Climate conditions). All labels and plates in the cab are in English and Arabic language.
Doors: 2 doors (lockable with key) with fixed footsteps, with roll-down windows Windshield: Laminated safety glass.
Seats: Two (One air sprung driver’s seat with integrated seat belt and head restraint and one for co-driver seat.
Dashboard: The dashboard is equipped with all necessary gauges, pilot lamps and switches for operation.
Controls: - Control and pilot lamp PTO engaged- Control including pilot lamp for rotating beacons and electronic siren on/off- Pilot lamp for open roller shutters and doors
Control box: A separate control box, holding all controls and switches for the Public Address System, is dashboard mounted within easy reach of the driver or co-drivers.
Air condition: Air condition for Driver and crew cabin as per GCC Climatic conditions.
As separate air-conditioned control room shall be provided with two doors for weather and SCBA Monitoring system for 3 operators.
21.1.4.2 Body Construction:
Aluminum superstructure consisting of self-supporting screwed and bonded sheet aluminum construction with steel underbody.
Roof surface will be painted with anti-slippery paint, with gallery made of aluminum pipes. Between the cabin and the tank one large compartment over the total width of the vehicle, accessible from the left and right side, closed by means of water and dust-tight alloy roller shutters (one roller shutter on each side).
Side storage lockers offering sufficient space for the equipment which will be supplied with the vehicle. Adequate access to the front storage lockers is provided by foot boards. The foot boards are hinged and can be stored back into transport position.
Storage lockers are offering sufficient space for the equipment which will be supplied with the vehicle. Automatic interior illumination when opening a side roller shutter or the rear door. One foldable ladder for access to roof on the R/H front side of the vehicle.
General arrangement of the vehicle shall consist of following elements and drawings shall be approved by COMPANY and Third party.
a. Aluminum superstructure with 3 roller shutters on each side
b. PTO-driven 400/230 V, 30 kVA generator
c. Light mast 4 x 1000 W flood lights
d. PTO-driven hydraulic cable winch 8 tons, front towing operation
e. PTO-driven hydraulic telescopic crane, (22 m), complete with cable
f. Winch, 4 outriggers Outreach: max. 16.5 m Capacity: max. 4500 kg at 4.6 m outreach max. 960 kg at 16.5
m outreach
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 49 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 g. Hydraulic and pneumatic rescue tools as mentioned in the list
h. HazMat equipment as mentioned in the list
i. Confined space rescue equipment’s as mentioned in the list
j. High angle rescue equipment’s as mentioned in the list.
k. Special stretchers for casualty as mentioned in the list
l. Reverse camera system
m. Surrounding illumination system.
21.1.5
List of Equipment and Tools to be provided with the Vehicle
All the equipment and tools provided with the fire truck shall be UL Listed/FM Approved or EN Approved. The equipment’s shall be ingress protected as per IP 54 and intrinsically safe /Explosion proof to operate in high hazardous area like Oil & Gas and Petrochemical industries.
S.N.
DESCRIPTION OF THE ITEM
NUMBERS OF UNITS REQUIRED
EQUIPMENTS FOR CONFINED SPACE RESCUE- The above required quantities for the Confined Space Rescue equipment’s shall be based on ERT consisting of 6 members with capabilities of performing confined space rescue for workers from a single Confined Space.
Stretcher and Stokes Basket Stretcher
1 each
45m x 13mm Static Kernmantle Rescue Ropes in Rope Bags
Rescue climbing helmet with intrinsically safe head lamp
Beam Clamp 2 Ton SWL
Anchor Slings with Double “D” Rings (Large & Medium)
Padded Full Body Rescue Harness
Rescue Gloves – Leather
Solid Rope Edge Protectors & Soft Rope Protectors
Metal Carabiner Screw gate
Canvas Tarpaulin 4x4 m
Clear Safety Goggles
4
6
1
2
6
6
6
8
1
6
Single and double Rescue Pulley
5 each
Rescue Tripod with Winched or Pulley System
Figure of 8 Descender
Brake bar Rack
Fall Arrester 50m
SCBA with Spare Cylinder
1
6
6
1
2
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 50 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 18.
Rescue Equipment Container
First Responder First Aid Kit
Fire Extinguisher 9kg DCP
1
1
1
Multi Gas Detector (four gases with pump) & Personal Gas Monitor (four gases)
2 & 6
Confined Space Ventilation Fan with Fitted Ducting
Soft Tool Bag with Tools (e.g. Hammer / Hack Saw/ Axe/ Spanner etc.)
Large Rescue Equipment Kit Bag
2
1
1
Equipment’s for High Angle rescue: The equipment shall be capable of lifting and lowering the persons, stretchers, loads as well as rescuer himself. Maximum descending load 200 kg, maximum ascending load 100 kg, maximum working height 340 met. (1 Set)
The basic set shall consist of following requirements or equivalent. (1 set)
Rescue and Positioning Device
Anchor point for reduction 2:1
Mobile, double pulley with 1 hole, reduction 2:1
Two securing lanyards
Steel cable loop, 1 met long
120 m flex static cable, 9 mm dia
Stopping handle with controller
Rescue seat harness
Working position belt with snap Hooks
Transport bag made of PVC
7 Carabiner hooks (twist lock type)
Full body harness with light alloy fittings and plastic guides with 45 mm polyester webbing.
HYDRULIC /PNEUMATIC RESCUE EQUIPMENT
Hydraulic Spreader – Spreader with Minimum Spreading force on the open arm to be 25 Tons,
1 Set
Minimum spreading of 675mm,
Minimum Spreading force arm closed 8 Ton (measured at 25mm from the tips)
Minimum squeezing force 18 Ton,
Minimum pulling length 440mm,
Minimum pulling force 12 Ton,
It shall have well serrated tips for perfect grip during spreading & squeezing, sharp cutting tips with optimal angle,
Slim arms & Yoke design for easy penetration in confined spaces,
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 51 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Accurate spring return to neutral position,
Maximum rotation to the right & to the left only 22 degree,
Built in double check valves,
Full protection against overload,
Working pressure of 720 bar,
with all accessories like pulling chains,
Chain adaptors with a maintenance kit.
The carrying handle should preferably have integrated lighting.
The equipment & accessories shall be new, unused & would conform to latest design & specifications.
The tool would preferably have only single core technology (1 quick coupler)
Hydraulic cutter – Cutter with Minimum cutting force in the recess 92 Ton,
1 Set
Capable of cutting round bar of min 40mm dia
Minimum cutting force in the center of the blade 9.8 Ton,
Minimum blade opening 180 mm,
Accurate spring return to neutral position,
Maximum rotation to the right and to the left only 22 degree,
Built in double check valves,
Full protection against overload,
Working pressure of 720 bar.
The tool should preferably have slim bolt design for easy penetration in confined places and the carrying handle would preferably have integrated lighting.
The maintenance kit shall have spare blade, tool kit to change the blade etc.
The equipment & accessories shall be new, unused and shall conform to latest design and specifications.
The tool should preferably have only single core technology (1 quick coupler).
Hydraulic Combi Tool – Combi tool sets with Minimum Spreading force on the open arm to be 18 Ton,
1 Set
Minimum spreading of 360mm,
Minimum Spreading force arm closed 3.5 Ton measured 25 mm from the tips,
Minimum squeezing force 7.5 Ton,
Minimum pulling length 400mm,
Minimum pulling force 5 Ton,
It shall have well serrated tips for perfect grip during spreading & squeezing, sharp cutting tips with optimal angle,
Maximum cutting force in recess 35 ton,
Maximum cutting opening 230mm,
Maximum round bar in recess 32 mm dia,
Cutting force in the center of the blade
The tool should preferably have Slim arms, Yoke & slim bolt design for easy penetration in confined places and the carrying handle should preferably have
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 52 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 integrated lighting,
Accurate spring return to neutral position,
Maximum rotation to the right and to the left only 22 degree,
Built in double check valves,
Full protection against overload,
Working pressure of 720 bar,
with all accessories like pulling chains, chain adaptors, with a maintenance kit.
The equipment & accessories shall be new, unused and shall conform to latest design and specifications.
The tool should preferably have only single core technology (1 quick coupler)
Hydraulic Ram jack shall be of reputed Brand,
1 Set
Working pressure Not less than 720 bar,
Minimum spreading force 15 Ton,
Minimum length retracted including cross head 500 mm,
Maximum length including cross head shall not be less than 750 mm,
Pulling force shall not be less than 5 tons,
Stroke min 250 mm,
Rotating cross head for easy positioning & perfect grip in every positioning,
Accurate spring return to neutral position,
Maximum rotation to the right and to the left only 22 degree,
Full protection against overload,
With all accessories like flat base, wedge tip, V – base, spare cross head, pulling chains and adaptors, pulling heads, connection piece, extension pipes on min.150 mm, 300 mm, 600 mm, with a maintenance kit.
The equipment & accessories shall be new, unused and shall conform to latest design and specifications.
The tool would preferably have only single core technology (1 quick coupler).
Foot operated pump with working pressure 720 bar
1 Set
Mounted on wooden board,
Oil capacity sufficient for operation of all the tools mentioned above including the Telescopic ram jack,
Weight shall be Not more than 12 kgs.
Working pressure 720 bar,
Operational temperature range: -20°C - 80°C,
The pump would preferably have only 1 quick coupler.
The following hoses will be supplied with the pump :-
Light weight High pressure hydraulic hose (preferably single core technology (1 quick coupler)
Working pressure 720 bar
10 mtrs long with quick coupler.
The safety ratio will be 1:4 and the min. bursting pressure would be 2880 bar.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 53 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The weight of the hose shall Not be more than 5 kgs.
High pressure pneumatic lifting bags of reputed brand
1 Set
Working pressure 8 bar,
Made of Kevlar reinforced nitrile rubber with 3 layers aramide reinforcement,
Non-slip design,
Capable of being interlocked when 2 bags are placed on top of each other,
Quick connection with automatic double locking system,
Insertion thickness Not more than 25 mm including profile,
Resistant to ozone and range of chemicals etc.
The bags shall be of the following capacities:-
Lifting capacity - 20 tons
Min. Inflation height (mm) 275
Min dimensions 500 X 500(mm)
Weight (Not more than) kgs - 6 KG
The airbags are to be supplied with the following accessories
Pressure reducer 300 bar to 8 bar 2 Numbers
Control box for operating 2 airbags with pressure gauges and carrying strap 1 Numbers
Single control unit 2 Numbers
Air Hose 5 mtrs 2 Numbers
Air hose 10 mtrs 2 Numbers
Shut off hose with safety valve 4 Numbers
Connection piece to connect two air cylinders 2 Numbers
RESCUE EQUIPMENTS
Breathing apparatus, positive pressure type of 60 min. duration, complete with spare cylinders
5 Sets
Portable BA compressor 200 lpm 220 & 330 bar (preset signaling device)
1 Set
4 filling ends: 2 Number for 220 bar and 2 Number for 330 bar, auto drain / auto stop.
Fire Proximity suits
Gas tight chemical suit. (category 3 type 1)
Low temperature suit.
Chemical protective suit.
Radiation protection suit.
Electric gloves for 32 KVA Operation.
Heat resistant gloves
Splash proof Goggles.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
6 Numbers
3 Numbers
3 Numbers
3 Numbers
2 Numbers
2 Pairs
4 Pairs.
4 Pairs
Rev. No: 1 Page 54 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 11.
Resuscitation apparatus bellow type.
Diesel Engine Driven Portable pump of 2250 LPM capacity with Double delivery (2.5 inch) and a lift of 7 ms with spark arrestor.
Delivery hoses
Suction hoses 5.5 Inch
Multipurpose branch light weight.
Chain, lifting 3 tons, complete with end ring and shackles
Chain-sling, double leg, complete with rings
Hose ramp
Bolt Cutters 12” 24 “ 48 “- One each
Red white traffic control cones.
Portable hydraulic jack (10 tones)
Portable power chain saw
FM Approved Non sparking tool kit
Multipurpose firefighting ladder made of aluminum alloy
2 Sets
1 Number
5 Numbers
4 Numbers
5 Numbers
6 Mrs.
1 Number
4 Number
1 Set
5 Numbers
1 Number
1 Number
1 Number
1 Number
Pulling & lifting machine, lifting 3 ton or pulling 5 ton with wire rope & hook
2 Set
Portable electric hammer drill with different spare bits, 220 V. for use in high hazardous area.
1 Number
Fire fighters tool box one complete set.
Universal tool.
Multi tool (combination of cutters, pliers, and screwdriver)
Hydraulic jack set (1 ton to 100 ton) with appropriate foot pumps.
Lowering line, 50m (50mm)
Long line, 30m (50mm)
Short lines, 15m (50 mm)
Self-Rescue descended / Ascender 100m
Rope ladder (fire retardant) – 30 Meter.
Full Body Harness
Spades
Shovel
Mattocks, with handle
Picks, with handle
Axes, felling
1 Set
1 set
1 set
1 set
1 Number
1 Number
2 Numbers
6 Pair
1 Number
10 Numbers
2 Numbers
2 Numbers
2 Numbers
2 Numbers
1 Numbers
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 55 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 42.
Crow bars, 1m long
Sledge hammer
Hammer, 3 kg
Rubber, gloves in container
P.V.C GUM boots
Mat, rubber, 1m X 1m X 20mm
Bolt cropper, large with handle, 600mm
Life jacket
Lifebuoy
2 Numbers
1 Numbers
1 Numbers
4 Pairs
4 Pairs
2 Numbers
1 Pair
5 Numbers
5 Numbers
Flood lights 1000 W - 230 V with extension cable of 50 m ingress protected as per IP 54 (LED)
4 sets.
Safety belt with hook
Exhauster / Blower.
Concrete / Iron cutter 12” dia. (electrical).
Hydraulic concrete saw 19” guide bar.
Torch intrinsically safe
2 Numbers
1 Number
2 unit
1 set
2 unit
Airline trolley unit with 40 meters hose and two men connector 4 cylinder battery 1 unit
Concrete breaker 10 kg and 30 kg (electrical)
Concrete drill with 32 / 38 mm bits.
High pressure Universal Leak sealing kit (Pneumatic)
Pipe sealing sleeve ½ inch to 20 inch.
Stretcher Collapsible type
Vertical Stretcher
Folding scoop stretcher
Thermal image camera
One decontamination unit with eye wash, decontamination tub, decontamination shower, brooms and brushes, disinfectant and decontamination fluid
DCP Extinguisher - 9 kg
CO2 Extinguisher 5 Kg
First aid kit box for 20 persons as per NIOSH Regulations.
1 unit each
1 unit
1 set
1 each
6 Numbers
2 Numbers
2 Numbers
1 Numbers
1 unit
4 Numbers
2 Numbers
1 Number
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 56 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 21.1.6 Others
21.1.6.1 Electrical Equipment:
Traffic installation as per national regulations, 24 V. In compliance with national highway codes, comprising head lights, brake/stop lights, trafficators, back-up light and license plate illumination.
a. Reverse warning buzzer.
b. 2 front fog lights
c. External 24 V socket for battery charging
d. 2 searchlights with interconnecting cable, 24 V, 70 W (one at Superstructure front, one in the rear of
superstructure).
e. Radio preparation with voltage transformer and antenna.
21.1.6.2 Warning System:
a. LED star bar (blue) on top of the cabin roof
b. 1 electronic multi tones siren with control panel (PA 300) and incorporated Public Address System and
100 W loudspeakers.
21.1.6.3 Painting:
a. Cab and superstructure: fire red RAL 3000 (refer also to Painting & Coating Specification- AGES-SP-07-
b. Frame: nova grey
c. Rims: silver
d. Bumper and mudguard: grey
e. Light alloy: unpainted, natural color
f. Rust protection: During all stage of production for use in a salt laden, high humidity atmosphere.
g. Logo: According to the customer’s specification.
21.1.6.4 Technical Documentation:
a. All manuals are in English and Arabic language.
b. All instructions are in English and Arabic language where pictographs do not serve the purpose.
c. All documents to be provided in hard and soft format.
d. 2 sets of instruction books for chassis.
e. 2 sets of operation / service manuals and spare parts catalog for superstructure and firefighting installation.
21.1.6.5 Warranty:
Following warranties shall be provided with vehicle:
a. 2 years anti-corrosion warranty for the superstructure
b. 2 year chassis warranty
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 57 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 c. 1 year equipment warranty
d. 10 years guaranteed spare part availability.
e. 2 years spare parts list shall be provided with an option to purchase along with the water fire truck.
f.
3 years guarantee for vehicle and major parts/equipment.
g. The VENDOR shall identify the workshop in the UAE for routine test and inspection of all automotive and
rescue fire truck equipment/systems.
21.1.6.6 Inspection of Vehicle:
Shall be undertaken by end user (COMPANY) representative (4 no’s) and a 3rd party authority representatives shall attend full for automotive and rescue equipment/system truck performance and acceptance tests of the vehicle at the VENDOR’s principals’ facility. Accordingly, any reasonable practical alterations requested by the purchaser shall be considered by the seller (manufacturer) acceptance & performance testing.
21.1.6.7 Training Requirement
The VENDOR shall commission the vehicle at the operating site to the satisfaction of COMPANY and provide driver / operator training at site for 5 days.
21.2
Specification of HAZMAT Truck
21.2.1
Introduction
This specification describes Fire Hazmat (HT) Tender designed for the fighting of fuel fires and incorporates the following main components.
21.2.2
Chassis
6X4 Chassis
Cab
Drive
: M Cab
: 6x4
Wheelbase
: 5,100 mm
Front-axle load
: 7,500 Kg
Rear axle load
: 26,000 Kg
Perm. gross weight
: 33,000 Kg
Power Takeoff
: To Run Generator
21.2.3
Audible & Visual Warning Devices & Working Floodlights
The Hazmat Tender will be equipped with the following:-
a. 1- “Premier Hazard’ light bar, mounted on the driver’s cab roof, incorporating 4 units rotating halogen lamps with mirrors (2 units each end of light bar) located in high impact-resistant red and blue colored weather-proof domes.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 58 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 b. 1 - Siren / PA system, comprising a 100W (12V/DC) electronic siren amplifier [Wail, Yelp, Hi-Lo (2 –tone)] speaker and PA system, complete with handheld noise cancelling microphone. Speaker unit mounted in the light bar. The siren noise level will be at least 100 dB (A) at 5 m range.
c. 2 - Reflective lettering sets, to COMPANY’s approved wordings, with no shading background affixed to both sides of the driver’s cab below the windscreen. The lettering set on the offside will be in the reversed position for rear view mirror viewing.
d. 1 - Reversing buzzer operating automatically on engagement of reverse gear.
21.2.4
Drivers’ Cab
21.2.4.1 General
A factory built welded construction, which includes an all-metal roof, forward control safety cab is fitted.
The cab is of the tilt type, with hydraulic tilt mechanism, providing excellent access across the engine, front axle, gearbox, etc., for inspection, maintenance, and repair purposes.
21.2.4.2 Driver Cab
A factory fitted forward control, tilt type, one-piece integral safety cab designed and certified to meet UN ECE 29 regulations.
21.2.4.3 Construction
The cab is constructed in steel framework, paneled externally in steel sheet, with non-metallic panels in various non-structural areas. Design is such to afford the best field of vision to the windscreen so that the seated driver will be able to see the ground 6m ahead, and will have a minimum vertical range of vision of 12° above horizontal without the need to leave or rise from his seat. The driver’s horizontal vision in the horizontal plane will be at least 180° with the exception of windscreen pillars and door posts, and he will be able to see the ground immediately adjacent to the offside of the appliance.
21.2.4.4 Doors
Access to the integral cab is by 2 large, trimmed steel doors, forward hinged on heavy duty steel hinges with check straps fitted. Step wells and grab handles are provided to facilitate entry/exit. The door catches are of the anti- burst type and interior handles are recessed to prevent unintentional opening.
21.2.4.5 Windscreen/Windows
A one-piece large panorama windscreen in laminated safety glass is fitted whilst doors and side windows are in toughened safety glass and are of the fully drop-down type with quick-action winding mechanisms which afford maximum ventilation especially for tropical conditions.
21.2.4.6 Soundproofing Trim
The interior of the cab and doors are lined, where appropriate, with soundproofing materials, and noise levels will not exceed 75db in line to allow for effective radio communication with the windows closed.
21.2.4.7 Seats
A fully adjustable seat is provided for the driver and officer.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 59 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 21.2.4.8 Seat Belts
Seat belts are provided for the driver and officer.
21.2.5
Rear Bodywork/Superstructure
21.2.5.1 Construction
Fabricated in welded steel tubular section framework / aluminum extrusions profiles and paneled externally in aluminum sheeting where applicable with suitable measures taken to ensure that no electrolyte action can occur between dissimilar metals used in construction.
21.2.5.2 Roof Decking
The top of the superstructure will be decked in heavy gauge positive grip aluminum tread plates suitably strengthened with steel framework and designed to bear the weight of two firemen without distortion or damage. The roof decking provides accessibility to all parts of the top of the rear superstructure.
21.2.5.3 Roof Decking Safety Rail
The decking is bordered by a folding safety railing.
21.2.5.4 Roof Decking Access Ladder
A permanently fitted boarding ladder facilitating access to the roof decking is provided at the rear of the superstructure. At the step-over point between the ladder and roof decking, the safety railing is interrupted to give a safe step-over. Ladder rungs are in square section with anti-slip profiles fitted.
21.2.5.5 Superstructure
The rear bodywork superstructure comprises of two (2) modular components
a. A large front full vehicle width hazmat team room module.
b. A rear full vehicle width module housing the hazmat equipment.
21.2.5.6 Compartmentation
Compartments will be provided within the above front and rear superstructure for equipment stowage. The compartments will be provided with suitable bollards and stowage facilities to safely retain equipment during maximum deceleration and vibration forces that the vehicle may experience. Where delivery hoses are carried, hose racks will be provided in the compartments to stow rolled hoses in their vertical position.
21.2.5.7 Compartment Shutters
The rear equipment bay module will be fitted with weather and dust proof anodized aluminum roller shutters doors. Each roller shutter will be fitted with a spring-loaded lift bar type handle, which is also used to secure the shutter in its closed position by retention under nylon blocks located on the body frame at each end of the lift bar.
21.2.5.8 Compartment Drainage
All compartments and shelving where applicable will be provided with sufficient drain holes to prevent accumulation of water with the compartment floors in corrosion resistant material.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 60 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 21.2.5.9 Room
The hazmat team room is made of all-steel profile tubes, with light alloy paneling. The room is mounted behind the cab. The hazmat team room can be entered from each side of the vehicle via the step way.
21.2.6
Hydraulic Loading Ramp
Mounted at the rear of the truck, to give access to the rear storage area.
Payload
: 1,000 kg
Drive
Voltage
: Electro-hydraulic
: 24 V
21.2.7 Generator
Location
Capacity
: Mid ships
: 20 KVA at 1.200 RPM rated speed.
Frequency
: 50 Hz
Voltage
: 220 V, 1-Phase (3 sockets)
a. 380 V, 3-Phase 16 Ampere (2 sockets)
b. 380 V, 3-Phase 32 Ampere (1 socket)
c. Control panel: Located in the middle storage locker, on the right-hand side. Protection class IP 54.
21.2.8
Flexi Light Mast with Floodlights
Light mast
: Pneumatically extendible and retractable.
Pilot lamp
: A warning light in the cabin warns when the light pole is extended.
Height
: Maximum height above roof level approx. 3 meters.
Rotating range : ±180 degrees
Control
: Rotation electrically controlled from ground level.
Flood lights
: 8 x LED lamp 24 Volt.
21.2.9
Finish
21.2.9.1 Cabin
Fire red as per RAL 3000
21.2.9.2 Body
Fire red as per RAL 3000
21.2.9.3 Mudguards
Glossy white as per RAL 9010
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 61 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 21.2.9.4 Bumpers
Glossy white as per RAL 9010
21.2.9.5 Shutters
Original silver finish
21.2.9.6 Rust Protection
Protection of the under-part and substructures with bitumen base coating.
21.2.10 List of Equipment and Tools to be provided with the Vehicle
All the equipment and tools provided with the fire truck shall be UL Listed/FM Approved or EN Approved. The equipment’s shall be ingress protected as per IP 54 and intrinsically safe /Explosion proof to operate in high hazardous area like Oil & Gas and Petrochemical industries. Personal Protection Equipment standard (HSE-OS- ST20) also be reviewed for compliance. Based on the project firefighting (manual intervention) philosophy, below listed items to be procured as necessary.
S.N.
DESCRIPTION OF THE ITEM
UOM
QTY
Power generator
Chemical protection suit , BS EN 943-2, Type 1a-ET
Protection Cover for Chemical protection Suit
Extinguisher 9 KG ABC Dry powder
Suction Hose line, 10mm diameter, 20m long made out synthetic fibers, red color, one side with Carabiners C120 other side loop diameter 90mm, about 1.3 kg
Cutting knife on one side hook on the other side curved. Leather protection program bag included
Belt knife “Ruck-Zuck” in protective bag
Cutter for safety belts
First-Aid case for first care burnings, acid wounds, lye’s, hot gases, specially made for Chemical and galvanic accidents and areas
Portable searchlight, Explosion proof
Battery charger, for charging portable searchlight;
Explosion proof cable lamp with 10m cable Ex-connector, 60 W lamp
Connection cable Ex ATEX,10 m, one side AC Power connector, other side Ex ATEX- connector IP 68
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
1
4
4
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 62 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 14.
Warning triangle traffic, reflective about 440mm side length
Warning beacon without battery
Battery Mono-cell 1.5 Long-life battery
Pcs
Pcs
1
2
Pcs
10
Container Type 1 made of light metal, with cover, max. 70 kg to load 600x440x220mm
Pcs
Container Type 1 made of light metal, with cover, max. 70 kg load 6000x400x220mm
Pcs
Wheeled container for storage
Loading Platform [3, 5t]
Big containers, to be stapled inside each other Volume 220 liters, PE-plastic, white resistant to most chemicals, 1000x650x500mm
4-Gas –Detector for testing 02, H2S, CO and flammable gas.
Special Set Gas – Tester , 4 m, testing hose, 16 packages testers.
Hand-held receiver 6 channels with VOX
Battery charger handheld radio for all kind of battery charging time about 1 hour
SCBA Type 2.
Compressed Air Cylinder 6 L/300 bar Steel.
Regulator Normal pressure
Full-face mask SCBA normal pressure with round thread
Carrying box in plastic for full-face mask
PCV safety boots BS EN ISO 20345, yellow steel protection cap inner steel sole and ankle protection. Sole Oil and chemical resistant, height 38cm. Color yellow
Chemical protection suit. Overall CAT. Ill zipper with cover. Rubber band on head piece, waist, arms, and legs. Antistatic. Barrier protection class type 3 (liquids with pressure), type 4 (protection against liquid aerosol), type 5 (protection against solid flying particles), liquids up to 2 bars, type 6 (limited protection against liquid fogs), biological protect. To BS EN 14126, protection against contamination radioactive particles (but not against radioactive radiation). Sizes XL
Warning waistcoat with inscription FIREBRIGADE, BS EN ISO 20471. Polyester, 2 closed at the front,
Track suit 100% polyester, color red/blue. Jacket with 100% zipper and two side pockets with zippers rubber band on cuffs, Trousers with two side pockets with zipper and seams with zippers at the end of the legs. Sizes XS-XXL.
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Sets
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
1
1
3
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 63 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 35.
Pair of socks
Five finger gloves leather, Cat. I. Length ca. 28 cm
Chemical protection glove BS EN 374-1, BS EN 388, Cat. Ill, for protection against mechanical rises and several chemicals as grease, acids, etc. Fully coated, cotton inner liner, length with cuff 35cm, color green, size 10
Protection goggle in Nitrile Butadiene Rubber, BS EN 166, gas, dust and smoke tight widely chemical resistant with 3-layer glasses black.
Set of manhole cover lifting hooks steel with chain
Extension cable 10m, rubber cable (60245 IEC 66 YCW) with AC Power connector and socket 230V/16A, protection IP 68
Connecting cable 230V, heat protector IP 54, 50m wire high quality standard power cables for indoor and outdoor use. 3 connector, IP 68.
Electrical divider “Delta-Box” 230 V material poly carbonate. Resistant against oil, felt and light acids, 1.5m connection cable (60245 IEC 66 YCW) with AC Power plug, 3 exits AC Power socket 230V, with cover, water protection IP 68
Prohibition sign V2 Fire 400 mm, reflective plastic
Sign “Emergency site no trespassing “
Sign “Prohibited for vehicles of any kind” Plastic reflective Ø 600mm
Sign “Danger” according To local traffic regulation plastic reflective
Stand for traffic sign “universal”, to fix 2 traffic signs at max. 600mm dia.
Universal motor 230 W, for Pump Tubes . Explosion proof, IP 55, max. 210 I/min, pressure 1.1 bar
Container and barrel pump tube set pump set in plastic PP, for barrel pump. Material Polypropylene, resistant against chloride liquids such as hydrochloric acid. Not allowed for inflammable liquids
Foot strainer for pump tube set for plastic polypropylene sets
Hand-operated diaphragm pump with acid couplings DN 50, delivery height about 6 m, suction height about 5 m, parts through-pass min. 10 mm Ø, delivery per stroke: 3.5 I (150 i/min), stainless steel V2A, material 1.4301, widely resistant against acids, for pumping of high-and low-viscosity liquids as well as heavily contaminated ones. Pump lever about 1.2 m long. Carrying frame in stainless steel.
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
4
2
6
2
2
1
1
1
4
2
2
4
4
1
1
1
1
Aspirator for continuously aspirating liquids, power 1500 W/ 230 V, airpower 60 l/min. Integrated flood water pump for automatically depumping of the taken water, connection Stortz C, water power 200 l/min. Polluted water 300 l/min. Suction hose 3.5 m 36mm diam. 510x480x875mm
Pcs
1
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 64 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 53.
55
Stainless steel tray similar to conical shape, 600x400x180mm,
Set of spark resistant tools: Pliers, copper hammer, chisel, leather bag.
Scoop shovel, non-sparking material, with wooden handle, 850mm long.
Coco broom, 400mm
Broom handle, Length 1400mm
32mm suction/pressure hose “UPE” 10m. with 50mm acid couplings
32mm suction/pressure hose “UPE” 5m. With 50 mm acid couplings
Universal hose carrying belt made of leather 25 mm
50mm stainless steel ball valve with conical and threaded union and Fluoro-elastomer or Teflon gaskets
50mm stainless steel discharge pipe, 300mm long with 50mm conical union and cap nut 45° curve
Stainless steel adaptor C 52 Stortz conical DN 50. Fluoro-elastomer gasket
Stainless steel adaptor C 52 Stortz to thread DN 50. Fluoro-elastomer gasket
Stainless steel connection piece with DN50 conical union at both side groove nuts
Stainless steel connection piece with DN50 threaded union on both side
Fluoro-elastomer coupling gasket DN 50 10 pieces Fluoro-elastomer gaskets for Stortz C-coupling
Mini-grip-Bag 400x300x0.05mm
Unika coupling, with stainless steel 50mm thread, with Fluoro-elastomer gasket
Spindle set, loosely, for tank car filling coupling KWK
Stainless steel wire – V4A 1,5mm 20m long
Stainless steel suction pipe DN 32, thread DN 50. V4A 1000 mm long, 45° elbow, DN 50, cold protection Fluoro-elastomer gasket, foot valve
Safety discharge pipe DN 50, Conical union, Stainless steel
Key for open and fastening acid-couplings to DN25 – DN50, stainless steel V4A
Petrol can 5 liters plastic 240x250x130mm, ca. 0.5 kg
Wheel chock, Model G 46. Steel, zinged max. load 5000 kg, 380x160x190mm,
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
6
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 65 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 77.
Jack
Tank sealing wedges, set with 20 pieces wood, 300mm long 5 wedges 200/70 mm, 5 wedges 50/70 mm, 5 wedges 100/70 mm, 5 wedges 50/70mm, packed in a sack
Tank-sealing stoppers, 12 pieces, in wood, conical shape, 300mm long, 3 stoppers 90/25 mm(Ø), 3 stoppers 60/10mm(Ø), 6 stoppers 30/10mm (Ø), packed in bag
Tank-sealing cones, set with 10 pieces in polypropylene, 150mm long, conical shape 6 cones 50/10mm (Ø), 4 cones 25/5mm (Ø), packed in bag.
Sealing band 10.000x10mm,
Sealing plate, made of foamed plastic 900x900x20mm
Tin of body sealant, continuously elastically and ductile 1, 2kg-box
Lead-wool in bag
Cleaning range gray
Pcs
Set
Set
Set
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
PE-foil transparent, 25m on roll width 4m, folded in about 1m width, 0.2mm thickness
Pcs
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
Plastic bag polyethylene 0,2mm ca. 1500x800mm
Pcs
10
Drain cover, conical shape, PVC material, self-erecting, 750x750x550mm. The bag is filled with water to cover the drain
Quick closure loose Polyamide, length 3.5m, 6mm dia.
Universal-Gully-Sealing bag 2.5 bar, 1 Box Aluminum, 600x400x220mm
Tarpaulin 4x4m, PVC, 500 With border reinforcement and troops
Tarpaulin 4x4m, PVC, 500. With border reinforcement and troops
Set of stainless steel collecting channels 4-parts can be attached to each other, each part approximately 1800mm long, trapezoid
Funnel stainless steel, diam.250mm,
Canister 20 L Stainless steel V2A, gasket Fluoro-elastomer 468X345X165mm,
Stainless steel discharge union for stainless steel canister
Stainless steel bucket. 15 liter, one end without bulb, flattened, can be used as shovel for liquids.
Hand scoop 1 liter, stainless steel, handle 450mm long,
Stainless steel rescue barrel, 400 L, material 1.4571, wall thickness 1.5mm
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Set
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
5
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
PVC-bracket for barrels 650 l 500 u, round, 800x1300mm
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 66 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 101.
Stainless steel-absorbent shovel, 400x300x40mm
Handle made of wood 2000mm long
Metal squeegee, 44cm wide, without handle, with foam rubber double strap
Squeegee handle, Length 1400mm
Copper grounding cable 50m (164 ft.) – 16mm on cable reel, plastic-coated, with hook shaped lug on both sides
Earthing stake, about 550mm long, steel galvanized t-handle, Earthing screw in brass and wing nut M8
Brass Vice, with earth screw MS 110 mm approximately 105mm (4”) opening M8
Universal barrel opener FF made of bronze no sparking, for 22 different barrel locking 380 mm long
Tank strap with ratchet- 10m long, 50m wide, orange, allowed tractive force 5ft, 1 slide 5t ratchet, loose end on the other side
Leakproof of cushion set
Pressure reducer 200/300 bar, with 2m pressure hose green
single-control-unit 1.5 bar (fitting style)
air supply hose 10m- green with coupling and plug nipple
filling hose 1.5 bar, 10m blue
leak-proof cushion LD50/30 S Power with slots
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Set
Ratchet belt for Leak-proof cushions,10m, orange, allowed tractive force 400daN
Ratchet belt for leak sealing cushions, 10m, blue, perm, traction force 400daN
Sealing plate- CR 600x300x30m
Sealing plate- CR 1000x300x30m
Protective cover for leak-proof cushions
Compressed air-cylinder, 61/300 bar. Steel grey color, for working air (not breathing air) Pcs
3-6 inch Pipe sealing bag
4-8 inch Pipe sealing bag
8-16 inch Pipe sealing bag
Leak-sealing bandage 1.5 bar for pipes of 50-200mm diameter
Leak-sealing bandage. 1.5 bar for pipes of 200-480mm diameter
Oil/Chemical absorbent, grain form, grain 0, 25-1, 8 mm, absorbs 19 lit/bag.
5kg in bucket universal absorbent
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Pcs
Sack
Pcs
1
1
2
2
1
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 67 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 119.
Extension ladder 3 sections, in Aluminum, BS EN 1147, holms in aluminum, rugs in light, metal tube with plastic covering for cold protection, upper part with two wall rollers with rubber protection, 2 support bars in light metal, safety system for controlled collapsing when loosing rope, all steel parts are zinged, length 5.50m/14m,
Pcs
1
21.2.11 Others
21.2.11.1Documentation
One set of manuals (as per scope) to be supplied as below:
a. Operation and Maintenance manual
b. Electrical Wiring diagram
c. Piping and layout diagram
d. Chassis Operators manual
e. Equipment list
f. Spare parts list and its supply
21.2.11.2Tests
All acceptance tests are conducted at VENDOR’s (Manufacturer) factory works prior to delivery.
21.2.11.3Quality Control
All quality control and quality assurance certification and performed procedures will be applied as per ISO 9001 quality management system and approved by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., USA.
21.2.11.4Warranty
Two years from the date of delivery of the vehicle.
21.2.11.5Factory Training
The training on the operation and maintenance of the vehicle in our factory is included.
21.2.11.6Commission and Site Training
After delivery of the vehicle, a team of engineer / technicians will provide commissioning and training for the vehicle at site.
22
OTHER REQUIREMENTS
22.1
Quality Control and Assurance
Quality Management Systems shall comply with the applicable requirements of ISO 9001 and ISO 9004 with due regard to ISO 19011. The COMPANY shall ensure that the VENDOR shall have in effect at all times, a QA programme, which clearly establishes the authority and responsibilities of those responsible for the quality system. Persons performing quality functions shall have sufficient and well-defined authority to enforce quality
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 68 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 requirements that they initiate or identify and to recommend and provide solutions for quality problems and thereafter verify the effectiveness of the corrective action.
Quality System and Quality Control requirements shall be identified and included in the COMPANY’s Purchase and Subcontracting DOCUMENT(s). Based on these requirements the VENDOR & SUBCONTRACTOR shall develop a QA/QC programme which shall be submitted to the COMPANY for review and approval. The VENDOR’s QA/QC programme shall extend to his SUB-VENDORS.
COMPANY reserves the right to inspect materials and workmanship at all stages of manufacture and to witness any or all tests.
The Criticality Rating (CR) System outlined in Criticality Rating Specification AGES-SP-13-001 shall be used by COMPANY or COMPANY’s designee to develop the design checking levels and minimum requirements for shop inspection, testing and material certification given in Procurement Inspection and Certification Requirement in Projects (AGES-SP-13-002), Contractors QA/QC Requirement (AGES-GL-13-001) Positive Material Identification of Equipment and Piping (AGES-GL-13-002),
The quality plan provided by the VENDOR shall identify the major manufacturing steps and COMPANY’S shop inspection involvement. The plan shall include at least the following VENDOR’S verification steps:
22.1.1 General
a. Organize premanufacturing meeting to discuss the proposed quality plan.
b. Obtain agreement of the quality plan
c. Obtain agreement of the general arrangement drawings
d. Obtain agreement of the fire fighting systems’ main engineering documents (drawings and calculations)
22.1.2 Mechanical
a. Pressure vessels in accordance with ASME Section VIII, Division 1
b. Material certification
c. Material application in accordance with the approved design
d. Pump and monitor casings
e. Visual inspection and dimensional check of piping components (e.g., pipe schedule, flange rating and
flange finish)
f. Welding requirements in accordance with AGES-SP-07-007.
g. Pressure testing of tanks, vessels and piping systems (systems shall be without surface coating and they
shall be fully accessible)
h. Piping line-up and arrangements
i. Relief valve settings
j.
Truck chassis, i.e., materials and dimensions
k. Pump alignment
22.1.3
Non-Mechanical
a. Visual and dimensional lay-out
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 69 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 b. Coating and Painting application
c. Weather proofing
d. Draining, overflow and flushing facilities
e. Lighting system
f. Electrical system cabling and installation
g. Marking, identification and name plates
h. Completeness of the vehicle and systems (incl. dimensional check)
i. Additional equipment and materials
j. Nonmetallic tanks in accordance with ASTM D3299
k. Ergonomics (e.g., accessibility)
l. Spare parts and special tools
m. Operation and maintenance manuals
22.2
Sub-Contractors
Refer to Section 9 of Part 1- General.
22.3
Painting, Preservation and Shipment
The equipment shall be transported in a manner, which will insure arrival at the destination in a satisfactory condition acceptable to the COMPANY. Shipment shall be below deck and shall be by a roll-on/roll-off vessel. Exposed vehicle surfaces shall be additionally protected against a saline/marine atmosphere. All loose and vulnerable equipment on the vehicle shall be packed in a sturdy case.
Preparation for shipment shall be in accordance with the VENDOR’S standards and as noted herein. VENDOR shall be solely responsible for the adequacy of the preparation for shipment provisions with respect to materials and application, and to provide equipment at the destination in ex-works condition when handled by commercial carriers.
Adequate protection shall be provided to prevent mechanical damage and atmospheric corrosion in transit and at the jobsite.
Preparation for shipment and packing will be subject to inspection and rejection by COMPANY’S inspectors. All costs occasioned by such rejection shall be to the account of the VENDOR.
After inspection and test, equipment shall be completely free of water and dry before start of preparation for shipment.
All equipment and material shall be preserved and export packed in accordance with ADNOC Preservation and Export Packing Specification, AGES-SP-07-011.
22.4
Documentation
VENDOR shall submit the type and quantity of drawings and documentation for COMPANY’S authorization or information as listed in the individual Material Requisitions and Purchase Orders.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 70 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Mutual agreement between the VENDOR and COMPANY on schedule submittal of drawings and documentation shall be an integral part of any formal Contract Package.
Comments made by COMPANY on drawing submittal shall not relieve VENDOR or SUBVENDOR of any responsibility in meeting the requirements of the specifications. Such comments shall not be construed as permission to deviate from requirements of the Contract Package unless specific and mutual agreement is reached and confirmed in writing. Each drawing shall be provided with a title block in the bottom right-hand corner incorporating the following information:
a. Official trade name of COMPANY.
b. VENDOR’S drawing number.
c. Drawing title giving the description of contents whereby the drawing can be identified.
d. A symbol or letter indicating the latest issue or revision.
e. Purchase Order number and item tag numbers.
Failure to have the required items on the drawings may cause rejection of drawings.
Revisions to drawing shall be identified with symbols adjacent to the alterations, and the authority and date of the COMPANY shall ensure VENDOR utilizes the same drawing format, contents style, presentation, electronic format, as per Project procedures.
The MANUFACTURER shall provide 2 full sets of manuals and all the relevant drawings in the English language unless otherwise specified.
The manuals shall include at least the following:
a. Operation and maintenance of the chassis
b. Operation and maintenance of the fire-fighting systems and subsystems (e.g., foam system, DCP system,
pump operation, spark arrestors, chelwyn valves etc…)
c. Lubrication scheme with instructions
d. Electrical wiring diagrams
e. List of special tools
f. Spare parts list of all equipment
For additional documentation required, see the technical sections of this Part of specification.
22.5
Guarantees and Performance
See Section 11 in Part 1 – General
22.6
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance
See Section 12 in Part 1 – General.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 71 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 23
FIRE STATION
23.1
General
A fire station shall be provided in a non-hazardous location. Facility design shall be state of the art modern facilities and systems. Fire station, Vehicle and its related facility should be based on the site-specific manual intervention requirement as derived from the project philosophy.
A typical layout for a fire station is provided in APPENDIX A6, and shall also include special provisions, e.g., change room, prayer room, lunchroom, etc. as per project philosophy.
Fire Station shall be located upwind side.
Fire Station shall be well connected with wide approach roads (minimum two approach roads for ENTRY & EXIT of Fire Trucks – preferably in opposite direction).
23.2
Layout for Vehicles
The fire station shall provide parking accommodation for the required number of firefighting vehicles, foam trailers and mobile equipment, etc.
a. The station shall be designed and located such that future extension will be possible.
b. Vehicles shall be able to enter and leave the station parking bays at both the front and rear of the fire station. The entrances/exits shall be provided with doors designed for fast opening, constructed to allow vehicles to drive through them should the doors become jammed.
c. The station shall be designed such that fire fighting vehicles shall not have to be parked behind
obstructions in the building, e.g. columns.
d. Each parking bay shall be equipped with a compressed air supply for pressurizing the brakes of the vehicle, and an electrical connection and cable for charging the battery. The connections shall be made in such a way that air and electrical lines disconnect automatically when the vehicle drives away.
e. The height above the parking places, including doors, shall not be less than 5 m and shall be high enough to include a fire truck with a laid down extendable boom over it. A free space of 2 m shall be available between each vehicle, between vehicle and wall and all doors. The width of each vehicle is approximately 2.5 m.
f.
The length of a parking place shall be based on the length of the longest fire fighting vehicle pulling a mobile water/foam monitor (approximately 11 m).
g. Adequate natural ventilation and/or an exhaust fume extractor shall be provided.
h.
If the fire station is located at a main plant road, traffic lights shall be installed. These lights shall be activated from the fire fighting vehicles, so that they are in operation when vehicles are leaving the fire station.
23.3
Workshop, Office and Other Facilities
The station shall be laid out in such a way that there is a separation of clean and dirty areas, showers and toilets shall be accessible from both the clean corridor and the engine bay. Offices shall be located in clean corridors. Storerooms and workshops shall be accessed only from the engine bays or externally.
Sufficient showers and lockers shall be available to cater for all crew needing a shower after an incident without having to wait long. Minimum of 1 shower per every four people who are on duty.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 72 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 A firefighter’s day/rest room shall be available and also a facility for cooking food if none are available on site or to heat up food, eat and make hot refreshments.
If the station accommodates both day and night shift staff, sleeping quarters shall be well separated from the station activities, ideally on a separate floor.
In addition to APPENDIX A6, the following facilities shall be available:
a. Workshop with utility connections, containing a work bench and fixed drilling and grinding machines.
b. Equipment to clean, test and maintain fire hoses.
c. Testing equipment for foam, dry powder and breathing air.
d. Dry powder filling station.
e. Carbon dioxide transfer pump, connections and adapters for filling CO2 cartridges.
f.
Location for storing the turn out gear for the fire crew (first intervention team).
g. Storage for spare parts, i.e. hoses, protective clothing, etc.
h. Room for the storage of sufficient spare carbon dioxide and nitrogen bottles.
i. An air compressor for breathing air shall be installed in a separate room. Adequate space shall be provided
for storage and first line cleaning/maintenance of self-contained breathing apparatus.
j. A firefighting instruction room equipped with blackboard, video and overhead projector with a screen, etc.,
sized for about 30 people.
k. Office accommodation for the Chief Fire Officer and his assistants.
l. A slave fire alarm signal panel.
m. Provision for the storage and loading of foam concentrate.
n. Hydrant(s) with a fresh water supply shall be provided near the fire station together with hose cleaning
equipment.
o. Fixed emergency light for building and truck bay.
p. Sloped concrete floor for vehicle and equipment wash out.
q. Drying tower for fire hoses.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 73 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A1. WATER/FOAM FLOW SCHEME INCLUSIVE WATER TANK (SAMPLE)
APPENDICES
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 74 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A2. WATER/FOAM OPERATING PANEL (SAMPLE)
APPENDIX A3. FOAM CONCENTRATE FLOW SCHEME FOR CONCENTRATE CARRIER (SAMPLE)
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 75 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 76 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A4. DRY CHEMICAL POWDER FLOW SCHEME FOR HAND NOZZLES & MONITOR (SAMPLE)
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 77 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A5. WATER/FOAM CAPACITIES (SAMPLE)
The equipment and piping shall be selected and designed such that it will meet the following requirements as a minimum: This shall be reviewed and confirmed as per the GC’s manual firefighting requirement.
Application
Source of
m3/hr
barg
m3/hr
Water rate
Water pressure
Foam concentrate
4
4
4
4
4.7
28
2.7
16
1.4
8.6
30
min. max.
suction
disch.
setting
setting
min.
max.
1%
6%
24
470
6-12
(Note 2)
water supply
Direct from hydrants (bypassing the water pump)
From hydrants via the water pump
24
270
6-12
11-17 (pump diff. head 5 bar) (Note 4)
10
Foam solution or water
Suction from open water via the water pump
(Note 3)
24
140
1.5 m suction height
(Note 1)
Foam concentrate to discharge (16 barg)
NOTES:
Suction from open water at a temperature of 15 °C specified at a suction height of 1.5 m and atmospheric pressure of 1.055 barg.
The MANUFACTURER shall specify the discharge rate and pressure at 3.0 m and 6.0 m suction height.
Piping components shall not exceed 2 bar pressure drop across the vehicle at a flow of 470 m3/hr and a maximum inlet pressure of 12 barg.
The priming system of the water pump shall have a capacity such that at 3.0 m suction height the water pump will be fully operational within 25 seconds when a 6 m length of suction hose is connected.
The MANUFACTURER shall state the minimum required vehicle inlet pressure in continuous boosting mode to achieve a flow of 360 m3/hr at an outlet pressure of 12 barg.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 78 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 GENERAL NOTES:
a)
b)
c)
The MANUFACTURER shall provide marked-up certified pump curves at the selected rpm (engine pump speed) including the condition of fully open discharges. A list shall be included to show the required power-rpm-torque for all the specific conditions at rated flows and with fully open discharge.
Filling rate of foam tank is 72 m3/hr minimum or as per project / site specific requirement.
The pump installation shall be airtight down to 0.2 bara with the priming pump stopped, and 0.4 bara shall be maintained for a period of at least 2 minutes.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 79 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 APPENDIX A6. TYPICAL LAYOUT OF FIRE STATION - LARGE FACILITY
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-7)
Rev. No: 1 Page 80 of 80
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL.
ADNOC GROUP PROJECTS AND ENGINEERING
ACTIVE FIRE PROTECTION
Specification
Part 8 – Sprinkler Systems
AGES-SP-03-002
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
GENERAL …4
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
INTRODUCTION…4
PURPOSE…4
DEFINITIONS & ABBREVIATIONS …4
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS…5
DOCUMENT PRECEDENCE …5
SPECIFICATION DEVIATION / CONCESSION CONTROL…5
2
WATER SPRINKLER SYSTEM …6
2.1 GENERAL…6
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
SYSTEM COMPONENTS…6
SYSTEM TYPE …7
KEY SPRINKLER ATTRIBUTES …8
DESIGN DRIVERS FOR SPRINKLER SYSTEMS…8
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS…10
3
4
5
FOAM SPRINKLER SYSTEM …11
MATERIALS…11
OTHER REQUIREMENTS …12
5.1 QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE …12
5.2
5.3
5.4
SUB-CONTRACTORS …12
PAINTING, PRESERVATION AND SHIPMENT …12
DOCUMENTATION …12
5.5 GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE …13
5.6
INSPECTION, TESTING AND MAINTENANCE …13
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-8)
Rev. No: 1 Page 2 of 13
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1-1 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS …4
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE 2-1 DENSITY-AREA CURVE …9
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-8)
Rev. No: 1 Page 3 of 13
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1
GENERAL
1.1
Introduction
This Part of specification contains some general information for sprinkler systems and shall be read in conjunction with Part 1- General.
1.2
Purpose
This COMPANY specification defines some general design requirements for sprinkler fire protection systems.
Where sprinkler systems are required for a Project, the design, material, installation, testing and maintenance shall be as per the requirements of Chapter 9 of UAE F&LS Code and NFPA 13.
General Requirements for sprinkler systems may be found in Section 6 of Fire & Gas Detection And Fire Protection System Philosophy, AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4)
1.3
Definitions & Abbreviations
1.3.1
General Definitions
Refer to Section 3.1 of Part 1 – General
1.3.2
Technical Definitions
Refer to Section 3.2 of Part 1 – General.
Additional definitions for this Part 8 – Sprinkler Systems are the following:
“Combustible Product” means a medium having a flash point of greater or equal to 37.8°C
“Flammable Product” means a medium having a flash point below 37.8°C and a maximum vapor pressure of 2.81 bar (a) at 37.8°C.
“Flash Point” means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off sufficient vapour to form an ignitable mixture with air.
1.3.3
Abbreviations
Refer to Section 3.3 of Part 1 – General. Additional abbreviations used throughout this Section are in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1 List of Abbreviations
Abbreviations
CMSA
ESFR
RTI
Control Mode Specific Application
Early Suppression Fast-Response
Response Time Index
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-8)
Rev. No: 1 Page 4 of 13
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1.4
Reference Documents
It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s, SUBCONTRACTOR’s, CONSULTANT’s, VENDOR’s and SUB-VENDOR’s responsibility to be, or to become, knowledgeable of the requirements of the referenced Codes and Standards and to ensure that all equipment, systems, installations, packages are designed, manufactured and tested accordingly.
CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, CONSULTANT, VENDOR and SUB-VENDOR shall report to the COMPANY any discrepancy in this specification figures and necessary resolution shall be made prior to engage any Engineering development / Procurement or Construction.
The Codes, Standards, Specifications including its referenced documents and statutory regulations referred in this specification, form a part of this specification. Unless specified otherwise, the latest edition in force at the time of award of Contract or Purchase Order shall apply.
1.4.1
International Codes and Standards
Refer to Section 5 of Part 1- General.
1.4.2
ADNOC Specification
Refer to Section 4 of Part 1- General.
1.4.3
National and Local Codes and Standards
As a rule, the requirements of this specification shall be adhered to. However, national and/or local regulations may exist in which some of the requirements may be more stringent. SUPPLIER and CONTRACTOR shall determine by careful scrutiny which of the requirements are more stringent, and which combination of requirements will be acceptable as regards safety, economic and legal aspects.
In all cases, SUPPLIER and CONTRACTOR shall inform COMPANY of any deviation from the requirements of this specification, which is considered necessary in order to comply with the national and/or local regulations. CONTRACTOR may then negotiate with the authorities concerned with the object of obtaining agreement to follow this specification as closely as possible.
As applicable to the scope, CONTRACTOR and SUPPLIER shall comply with UAE F&LS Code of Practice.
1.5
Document Precedence
Refer to Section 6 of Part 1- General.
1.6
Specification Deviation / Concession Control
Refer to Section 7 of Part 1- General.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-8)
Rev. No: 1 Page 5 of 13
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 2
WATER SPRINKLER SYSTEM
2.1
General
Sprinkler systems are the most common fire protection system provided to commercial and industrial premises. According to the NFPA report, “Experience with Sprinklers and Other Fire Extinguishing Equipment”, the chances of dying in a fire are reduced by one-half to three-fourths, and the average property loss per fire is cut by one-half to two-thirds, compared to fires where sprinklers are not present.”
Fixed water sprinkler systems are devices where a temperature sensitive element opens in individual heads to sprinkle water on the heat source. The system design works on the principal that only a few heads will operate and thus assumes a maximum area of operation for a system and designs the pumps and water storage quantities to suit.
Most local building code officials have adopted NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, as law in their areas of jurisdiction. Many local authorities such as the UAE F&LS Code have added minor modifications unique to their areas. As such, the application of sprinkler system shall comply with the requirements of the relevant Sections of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code, and the design to comply with NFPA 13, as a minimum.
In the Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code, there are two ways that fire sprinklers may be required in a building: through either a direct requirement and or an indirect requirement. A direct requirement is one that the designer has little to no control over such as one based on an occupancy group. On the other hand, an indirect requirement is one that the designer does have control over, such as allowable building area/number of floors and occupancy separations. There are times when the installation of a sprinkler system is not based on a code mandate. Such system may be installed as a desire of the COMPANY for property protection. In such situations, the non-required system must still meet the provisions of the UAE F&LS Code and NFPA 13. Once fire protection is provided to some degree, it is expected that the system is properly installed and functional.
The design criteria of the sprinkler system shall be established by a fire protection engineer (Loss Prevention Engineer), whereas the installation of sprinkler systems is generally performed by licensed sprinkler contractors or equivalent contactor.
2.2
System Components
Section 3.5 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code identifies the types of materials and components that are acceptable for use in a sprinkler system and addresses their associated features and limitations. System components and hardware covered in Table 9.7 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code include sprinkler heads, aboveground pipe and tubing, fittings, joining of pipe and fittings, valves including Alarm Check valves and drains, fire department connections, test connection and waterflow alarms.
The ability of a sprinkler system to achieve fire control or suppression depends on a number of factors, including the use of effective and reliable system components. To provide a sufficient degree of sprinkler system reliability and performance, the UAE F&LS Code requires that components critical to system performance during a fire be listed such as alarm valves, dry pipe valves, sprinklers, and hangers, must be both listed and approved. In the context of the UAE F&LS Code the term listed is defined as Approved and Registered by the individual Emirates’ Civil Defense material department.
Refer to Table 9.3 of the UAE F&LS Code for general requirements of components, and Table 9.7 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code for components more specific to sprinkler system. Section 6 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code also provides a comprehensive list of all listed components.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-8)
Rev. No: 1 Page 6 of 13
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 2.3
System Type
Sprinkler systems can be either permanently wet (water filled, the fastest response), permanently dry (air filled pipework where loss of pressure opens the sprinkler valve), pre-action where a water valve is opened on a fire detection signal to convert a dry system to a wet system. In the deluge type all heads are open and operate simultaneously. The most appropriate system shall be selected to suit the risk.
2.3.1
Wet Pipe Sprinkler
Wet pipe sprinkler systems are the most common. In this system the sprinkler piping is constantly filled with water. When the temperature at the ceiling gets hot enough the glass bulb or fusible link in a sprinkler will break. Since the system is already filled with water, water is free to flow out of that sprinkler head. The temperature around that specific sprinkler head needs to be high enough to break the glass bulb or fusible link that is holding water back. Once that happens, water will immediately start flowing from only that head.
Wet pipe sprinkler systems are the most reliable and cost effective. Therefore, they should be the first type considered when selecting a sprinkler system. However, there are times when a wet pipe sprinkler system may not be appropriate. One of the major factors in determining if a wet pipe system can be used is the temperature of the space to be protected. If there is no risk for the water in the piping to freeze, a wet system is the preferred method.
2.3.2
Dry Pipe Sprinkler
Dry pipe systems are very similar to wet pipe systems with one major difference. The pipe is not constantly filled with water. Instead, the water is held behind a dry pipe valve usually some distance away from where the sprinklers are located. Like a wet pipe system, when the temperature at the ceiling becomes hot enough, the glass bulb or fusible link of the sprinkler breaks. However, in this case, water isn’t immediately available because the pipe is not water filled. Instead, air is released from the now open sprinkler head. This creates a drop in pressure causing the dry pipe valve to open and water to fill the system. Water will then flow from the open sprinkler head. Since there is a delay between sprinkler operation and water flow, the size of dry pipe systems is limited. The size limitation is intended to minimize the amount of time water delivery is delayed.
A dry pipe system is a great option for unconditioned spaces, or locations where the temperature of the space cannot be guaranteed to be high enough to prevent water in the system from freezing. It is important to note that a least the portion of the building where the water comes in and the dry pipe valve is located will need to have temperatures hot enough to prevent freezing.
2.3.3
Pre-action type Sprinkler
Of all the sprinkler system types perhaps the most complicated is the pre-action system. There are three different types of pre-action systems, a non-interlock system, a single interlock system, and a double interlock system. The main difference between pre-action systems and wet and dry pipe systems is that a specific event (or events) must happen before water is released into the system.
For a non-interlock system: the operation of detection devices OR automatic sprinklers For a single interlock system: the operation of detection devices For a double interlock system: the operation of detection devices AND automatic sprinklers
Additional considerations, other than temperature, may lead to the selection of another type of permitted sprinkler system. In some cases, there may be a desire to minimize the risk of water damage or to prevent the accidental
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-8)
Rev. No: 1 Page 7 of 13
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 filling of the system. In these cases, a single or double interlock system may be the preferred option. The double interlock pre-action system is intended for use in freezer storage warehouses, or in similar situations where the accidental presence of water in the piping system will lead to expensive remediation. It is important to consider the delay in water delivery that occurs with a double interlock pre-action system before selecting that system type.
2.3.4
Deluge Systems
Deluge systems are similar to pre-action systems in that they use another type of detection for operation. However, the biggest difference is that deluge systems use open sprinklers or nozzles. Instead of getting water flow from individual heads that have operated, once water fills the system, water will flow from every sprinkler head. Much like a pre-action system, a deluge valve will keep water from filling the system until the operation of another type of detection system, such as smoke detection. Once that detection system is activated, water not only fills the system but flows from the open sprinklers or nozzles.
Another consideration in the selection of the type of sprinkler system is the level of hazard being protected. If protecting an area of very high hazard, a deluge system may be the most suitable.
Each system type has its own unique benefits. It is important to consider the pros and cons of each system type when selecting which sprinkler system is appropriate. An entire building may be protected with a combination of systems.
2.4
Key Sprinkler Attributes
Sprinkler characteristic according to NFPA 13 are:
a. Orientation: means which way up it is, pendent or upright
b. K factor: it is the discharge coefficient, or in simple terms just relates to the amount of water that is
permitted through the sprinkler.
c. RTI (Response Time Index) rating: means how quickly it operates. The most common way of measuring thermal sensitivity is the RTI. Sprinklers are then categorized into fast or standard response based on their RTI.
i.
Fast Response: for RTI of 50 (meters-seconds)1/2 or less, sprinkler is defined as fast response
ii. Standard Response: for RTI of 80 (meters-seconds)1/2 or more, Sprinkler is defined as standard
response.
d. Temperature rating: means at what temperature in the bulb it bursts. There are different color bulbs available for Sprinkler heads. The colors identify the temperature rating of the sprinkler. The temperature rating of the sprinkler selected needs to consider the maximum ambient ceiling temperature as well as the occupancy classification. If the maximum ambient ceiling temperature isn’t considered, it could result in accidental sprinkler operation since sprinklers are activated by heat. The temperature rating is also stamped on the sprinkler head.
2.5
Design Drivers for Sprinkler Systems
The occupancy hazard classifications and commodity classifications form the basis of the application and design criteria of the UAE F&LS Code and the design and installation criteria of NFPA 13. Water application rates and sprinkler layouts are dependent on the hazard classification for which details are given in the relevant design code.
For non-storage areas the amount of combustibles available to feed a fire is key for the design. For Storage areas, occupancy classification, commodity classification, height of ceiling, height of storage and the storage configuration e.g. solid pile or racks all influence the design and shall be determined.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-8)
Rev. No: 1 Page 8 of 13
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Occupancy classifications relate to sprinkler design, installation, and water supply requirements shall not be interpreted to be a general classification of occupancy hazards.
The occupancy classes identified in the UAE F&LS Code are as follows:
a. Light Hazard
b. Ordinary Hazard, which has two subgroups, ordinary hazard group 1 & 2
c. Extra Hazard, which has two subgroups, Extra hazard group 1 & 2
Commodity classification for stored goods has four sub-divisions, Commodity Class I, II, III &IV which Class IV is further subdivided into Group A, B & C Plastics.
For detail concerning Sprinkler occupancy classification and commodity classification, refer to Section 1.1.13 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code. Examples for each type of occupancy hazard are provided in Table 9.1A, B & 9.2 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code and in NFPA 13, Annex A.
2.5.1
Design Criteria
UAE F&LS Code like NFPA 13 recognizes occupancy hazards in combination with the density/area method as the traditional, more common design approach to determining water demand for sprinkler systems. As it can be seen in Figure 2-1, each category has its own minimum design density and maximum operational area over which this design density is to be achieved. To calculate water supply requirement for sprinkler system, Hose stream allowances corresponding to each hazard categories shall also be added to the water supply requirement; hose allowances shall be as per Table 9.7.F. of Chapter 9 of the UAE Fire and Life Safety Code.
Figure 2-1 Density-Area Curve
The requirements for the protection of storage occupancies, including requirements for miscellaneous storage, Class I through Class IV commodities, Group A plastics, tire storage, rolled paper storage, and special designs for storage protection, are based on charts and provided in item 31.B of Table 9.7 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-8)
Rev. No: 1 Page 9 of 13
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 2.6
Installation Requirements
2.6.1
Basic Requirements
Basic installation requirements are covered in NFPA 13 and Section 3.5 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code. Sprinklers must be positioned with regard to other sprinklers, structural and architectural features at the ceiling, and other building elements, such as ductwork and lighting. Failure to do so greatly increases the likelihood of delayed sprinkler activation and of skewed or obstructed sprinkler spray patterns. Limiting distances between sprinklers and locating them where they will properly respond to the heat from the fire allows for their timely activation and results in the intended level of fire control or fire suppression.
The requirements for spacing, location, and position of sprinklers shall be based on the following principles:
a. Sprinkler heads must be reasonably close to the ceiling (deflectors between 25mm and 305mm from the
ceiling), “heat collectors” do not work.
b. For Special Hazard Areas, Warehouses and other semi enclosed facilities where it is not feasible to install spray heads close to the ceiling due to height constraints, installation requirement shall be as per with NFPA 13 and UAE F&LS code.
c. Sprinklers shall be located so as not to exceed the maximum protection area per sprinkler.
d. Minimum and maximum clearance to storage occupancy as specified in the Code shall be followed.
e. Ceiling types and their slop provide limits on the applications of specific types of sprinklers and must be
understood when choosing a specific sprinkler.
f. Building features that block the sprinkler discharge can negatively impact spray distribution patterns. So
effect of sprinkler obstruction shall be taken into account.
2.6.2
Sprinkler System Area Limitations
The UAE F&LS Code like NFPA 13 does limit the maximum area to be protected by sprinklers supplied by any one sprinkler system. Refer to item ii-17 & item 24 of Table 9.7 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code for all data.
The UAE F&LS Code like NFPA 13 does not limit the number of floors that can be protected by a single riser, because each floor is considered a separate fire area. However, limitations are placed on the area of each floor. Refer to item 24 of Table 9.7 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code for information.
2.6.3
Use of Sprinklers
There are various types of sprinklers currently available, sprinkler technology continues to evolve, especially with regard to thermal sensitivity, spray pattern distribution characteristics, and droplet size. Therefore, new types and styles of sprinklers with specific applications and installation requirements continue to be developed.
Section 3.5 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code provides use and installation requirements for the most common types of sprinklers, including standard upright and pendent sprinkler, sidewall standard spray, extended coverage upright and pendent spray, extended coverage sidewall spray, control mode specific application (CMSA), early suppression fast-response (ESFR), and in-rack sprinklers.
Sprinklers shall be installed in accordance with their listing. Any limitations placed on a sprinkler, such as hazard classification, location in which it can be used, restrictions on its position with respect to structural elements, or limitations placed on its temperature rating, are included as part of its listing.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-8)
Rev. No: 1 Page 10 of 13
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 2.6.4
Application of Sprinkler Head Type
Table 9.7 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code provides general information on where to use each type of sprinkler and outlines any restrictions in occupancy and construction that apply to each type of sprinkler.
A sprinkler cannot be used in all building construction types for the protection of all occupancy hazard types. Upright and pendent sprinklers are the most common sprinkler types and can be used in all occupancies and construction types (but not all storage applications), which is not the case for all sprinklers. Other types of sprinklers have more specific limitations associated with them. For example, extended coverage and sidewall sprinklers can only be installed under smooth, flat ceilings. Another example is that sidewall spray sprinklers are limited to light hazard occupancies, unless specifically listed for ordinary hazard occupancies.
Ceiling only sprinklers are limited in the building and storage heights they can protect. Solution for these cases is sprinkler within the racks, where properly design in-rack sprinkler will effectively suppress a fire. Generally, rack storage fires tend to grow and spread in the flues between storage, therefore protection aim would be to get water into these flues by directing discharge from sprinklers and running off the top of storage. In-rack sprinkler has its own limitation as well.
There are special design sprinkler heads available for certain risks and the use of ESFR heads (Early Suppression Fast Response) shall be considered in warehouse ceiling areas or where an early application of water is desirable. ESFR sprinklers is a fast response fusible element type sprinkler designed for early fire suppression. The design criteria specified for ESFR sprinklers assume that a fire will not exceed a certain size when the sprinkler operates, a maximum of 12 heads. This sprinkler has a larger orifice diameter and special deflector which produces large, high-momentum water droplets in a hemispheric pattern below the deflector. This permits penetration of the fire plume and direct wetting of the burning fuel surface while cooling the atmosphere early in the development of a high-challenge fire. ESFR sprinklers cannot be used where racks are provided with solid shelves because they shield the heat from operating ceiling level sprinklers and can result in additional opened sprinklers.
3
FOAM SPRINKLER SYSTEM
The foam–water sprinkler system is basically the same as a sprinkler system except foam concentrate is proportioned into the water causing foam to be discharged. These systems can flow either water or foam effectively. A fixed foam–water sprinkler system is provided to protect warehouse facilities where flammable liquids are stored or used during a manufacturing process.
Design of the foam-water sprinkler system generally falls under one or more of the following:
NFPA 13: Installation of Sprinkler Systems
NFPA 11: Standard for Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam
NFPA 30: Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
UAE F&LS Code has its own design criteria for both closed head and deluge type systems. Design Criteria for foam sprinkler system for indoor use shall comply with the requirements of Section 3.9 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code, as minimum.
For system components such as foam concentrate type, foam concentrate pump, foam proportioning system, pipe and fittings, refer to Part 4- Foam Fire Protection System of this specification.
4
MATERIALS
The piping / fitting material shall be selected in accordance with AGES-SP-09-002. Maximum pressure upstream the sprinkler valve is 16 barg or as per listing of the control valve (e.g. Alarm check valve). The “dry” pipe sections
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-8)
Rev. No: 1 Page 11 of 13
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 shall be flanged for all sizes and shall be hot dip galvanized after prefabrication in accordance with AGES-SP-07- 009 for fresh water or equivalent corrosion resistant material. For offshore facilities, Cu/Ni coating shall also be considered since hot dipped galvanized piping is still prone to corrosion in saline environment.
Materials and equipment shall be in accordance with the appropriate sections of this specification meeting the service requirement (e.g potable or sea water) and shall be UL listed and/or FM approved for the services they are intended to be used. Listings and approvals shall be a part of the documentation required to be submitted to the COMPANY.
5
OTHER REQUIREMENTS
5.1
Quality Control and Assurance
Refer to Section 8 of Part 1- General.
5.2
Sub-Contractors
Refer to Section 9 of Part 1- General.
5.3
Painting, Preservation and Shipment
Refer to Section 10 of Part 1- General.
5.4
Documentation
The CONTRACTOR shall submit the type and quantity of drawings and documentation for COMPANY’S authorization or information as listed herein, unless the type and quantity are otherwise specified by the COMPANY.
Mutual agreement between the CONTRACTOR and COMPANY on schedule submittal of drawings and documentation shall be an integral part of any formal Contract Package.
Comments made by COMPANY on drawing submittal shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of any responsibility in meeting the requirements of the specifications. Such comments shall not be construed as permission to deviate from requirements of the Contract Package unless specific and mutual agreement is reached and confirmed in writing. Each drawing shall be provided with a title block in the bottom right-hand corner incorporating the following information:
a. Official trade name of COMPANY.
b. SUB-CONTRACTOR drawing number.
c. Drawing title giving the description of contents whereby the drawing can be identified.
d. A symbol or letter indicating the latest issue or revision.
e. Contract Package reference number, and all items as specified in NFPA 11 &16 with tag numbers.
Failure to have the required items on the drawings may cause rejection of drawings.
Upon completion of each system, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY with four copies of as-built drawings showing actual installation details (As per project documentation requirement). All equipment locations (Valve, manual stations, alarms, sprinkler) shall be shown, as well as exact conduit and piping routing details and sprinkler valve location. All facilities modifications, including interface shall be illustrated.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-8)
Rev. No: 1 Page 12 of 13
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 Revisions to drawing shall be identified with symbols adjacent to the alterations, and the authority and date of the revision shall be listed. The term “Latest Revision” shall not be used.
All CONTRACTOR documents and drawings shall strictly follow revision marking (vertical line in right border) along with (strikethrough) for deletion and (underlined) for addition & modifications in hard copy as well as in electronic copy. All documents/drawings shall be submitted showing the last revision and changes/additions made along with a list of item-by- item CONTRACTOR response to COMPANY comments. When COMPANY approves a document with “No Comments”, CONTRACTOR shall issue such documents/drawings as “COMPANY approved issue” (as per project specification) . In this issue, the document shall be same as previous submission except that it will only show revised/added version without any revision marks.
CONTRACTOR shall thoroughly review documents to ensure compliance to Project documents/ drawings and shall submit copy to COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR shall ensure SUB-CONTRACTOR (if nominated) utilizes the same drawing format, contents style, presentation, electronic format, as per Project procedures.
The CONTRACTOR is to submit to the COMPANY the following drawings and documents and shall include, as a minimum:
a. Schedule for design, equipment delivery, installation, and testing.
b. CONTRACTOR references.
c. PI&Ds and piping isometrics of the system.
d. Plans (including As-Built). Fully dimensioned system layout drawings including linear scale.
e. Equipment descriptions, listings and specifications.
f. Single line diagrams and Electrical cabling diagrams.
g. Flow test (if applicable)
h. Hydraulic calculations.
i. Operation and maintenance instructions.
j.
Installation manuals.
k. Test procedures.
l.
List of spare parts provided
m. VENDORS equipment and CONTRACTORS system warranties.
n. The telephone numbers and addresses of VENDORS.
o. The Number of days to be provided for training
p. Test reports for Material Test certificates
5.5
Guarantees and Performance
See Section 11 in Part 1 – General
5.6
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance
See Section 12 in Part 1 – General.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-8)
Rev. No: 1 Page 13 of 13
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL.
ADNOC GROUP PROJECTS AND ENGINEERING
ACTIVE FIRE PROTECTION
Specification
Part 9 – Other Fire Protection Systems
AGES-SP-03-002
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
GENERAL …4
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
INTRODUCTION…4
PURPOSE…4
DEFINITIONS & ABBREVIATIONS …4
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS…5
DOCUMENT PRECEDENCE …6
SPECIFICATION DEVIATION / CONCESSION CONTROL…6
2
DRY CHEMICAL SYSTEM …6
2.1 GENERAL…6
2.2
2.3
SYSTEM DESIGN…6
APPLICATIONS …7
3
4
5
WET CHEMICAL SYSTEM …7
CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEM …8
4.1
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND APPLICATION…8
WATER MIST SYSTEM …9
5.1 GENERAL…9
5.2
5.3
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION…9
APPLICATIONS …10
6
OTHER REQUIREMENTS …11
6.1 QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE …11
6.2
6.3
6.4
SUB-CONTRACTORS …11
PAINTING, PRESERVATION AND SHIPMENT …11
DOCUMENTATION …11
6.5 GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE …12
6.6
INSPECTION, TESTING AND MAINTENANCE …12
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-9)
Rev. No: 1 Page 2 of 12
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1-1 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS …5
LIST OF FIGURES
No table of figures entries found.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-9)
Rev. No: 1 Page 3 of 12
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 1
GENERAL
1.1
Introduction
This Part of the specification introduces various other fire protection systems including, Dry Chemical System, Wet Chemical System, Carbon Dioxide System and Water Mist System.
This Part of the specification, Part 9 - Other Fire Protection Systems, shall be read in conjunction with Part 1- General.
1.2
Purpose
This COMPANY specification defines some general design requirements for various other fire protection systems.
Where any of these systems are required for a Project, the design, material and installation shall be as per the relevant section of UAE F&LS Code AND relevant NFPAs.
General Requirements for various other fire protection systems may be found in Section 6 of Fire & Gas Detection And Fire Protection System Philosophy, AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4)
1.3
Definitions & Abbreviations
1.3.1
General Definitions
Refer to Section 3.1 of Part 1 – General
1.3.2
Technical Definitions
Refer to Section 3.2 of Part 1 – General.
Additional definitions for this Part 9 – Other Fire Protection Systems are the following:
“Combustible Product” means a medium having a flash point of greater or equal to 37.8°C
“Dry Chemical” is a powder-based agent that extinguishes by stopping the reaction of free radicals with oxygen.
“Flammable Product” means a medium having a flash point below 37.8°C and a maximum vapor pressure of 2.81 kg/cm2 (a) at 37.8°C.
“Fluid Category” As per American regulation (NFPA 30), hydrocarbons fluids are classified as follows:
Fluid class I IA: Liquid having a flash point below 22.8°C and a boiling point below 37.8°C IB: Liquid having a flash point below 22.8°C and a boiling point above 37.8°C IC: Liquid having a flash point at or above 22.8°C and below 37.8°C Fluid class II: Liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8°C and below 60°C Fluid class III IIIA: Liquid having a flash point at or above 60°C and below 93°C IIIB: Liquid having a flash point at or above 93°C.
“Flash Point” means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off sufficient vapour to form an ignitable mixture with air.
“Saponification” is a process by which the extinguishing agent rapidly converts the burning substance (fat, oil, or lipid) into a non-combustible soap by the action of aqueous alkali (wet-chemical)
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-9)
Rev. No: 1 Page 4 of 12
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 “Water Mist” is a water spray for which the 99% of the drop diameters, for the flow-weighted cumulative volumetric distribution of water droplets, is less than 1000 microns at the minimum design operating pressure of the water mist nozzle.
“Wet Chemical” is a fire extinguishing agent (potassium acetate, potassium carbonate, or potassium citrate) which extinguishes the fire by saponification.
1.3.3
Abbreviations
Refer to Section 3.3 of Part 1 – General. Additional abbreviations used throughout this Section are in Table 1-1.
Abbreviations
Table 1-1 List of Abbreviations
EDG
IP
LNG
LPG
Emergency Diesel Generator
Ingress Protection
Liquefied Natural Gas
Liquefied Petroleum Gas
1.4
Reference Documents
It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s, SUBCONTRACTOR’s, CONSULTANT’s, VENDOR’s and SUB-VENDOR’s responsibility to be, or to become, knowledgeable of the requirements of the referenced Codes and Standards and to ensure that all equipment, systems, installations, packages are designed, manufactured and tested accordingly.
CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, CONSULTANT, VENDOR and SUB-VENDOR shall report to the COMPANY any discrepancy in this specification figures and necessary resolution shall be made prior to engage any Engineering development / Procurement or Construction.
The Codes, Standards, Specifications including its referenced documents and statutory regulations referred in this specification, form a part of this specification. Unless specified otherwise, the latest edition in force at the time of award of Contract or Purchase Order shall apply.
1.4.1
International Codes and Standards
Refer to Section 5 of Part 1- General.
1.4.2
ADNOC Specifications
Refer to Section 4 of Part 1- General.
1.4.3
National and Local Codes and Standards
As a rule, the requirements of this specification shall be adhered to. However, national and/or local regulations may exist in which some of the requirements may be more stringent. SUPPLIER and CONTRACTOR shall determine by careful scrutiny which of the requirements are more stringent, and which combination of requirements will be acceptable as regards safety, economic and legal aspects.
In all cases, SUPPLIER and CONTRACTOR shall inform COMPANY of any deviation from the requirements of this specification, which is considered necessary in order to comply with the national and/or local regulations. CONTRACTOR may then negotiate with the authorities concerned with the object of obtaining agreement to follow this specification as closely as possible.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-9)
Rev. No: 1 Page 5 of 12
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 As applicable to the scope, CONTRACTOR and SUPPLIER shall comply with UAE Fire and Life Safety Code of Practice.
1.5
Document Precedence
Refer to Section 6 of Part 1- General.
1.6
Specification Deviation / Concession Control
Refer to Section 7 of Part 1- General.
2
DRY CHEMICAL SYSTEM
2.1
General
Dry chemical systems are designed to discharge a finely divided powder from fixed nozzles and piping or from hose reels using expellant gas as the motive power. A system usually consists of a cylinder, or bank of cylinders, a pressure container with the powder in, piping and/or hose to carry the agent, a monitor or hosereel or both and an automatic actuating control system. As dry chemicals produced by various manufacturers are not identical in all characteristics reference to the manufacturer should be made before any system is designed.
When dry chemical system is applied on a fire, the extinguishment process works by a chain-breaking reaction which in turn inhibits the oxidation process within the flame itself.
There are a number of types of dry chemical agents available which are:
a. Sodium Bicarbonate based: is suitable for types on flammable liquid and gas fires (Class B) and also for fires involving energized electrical equipment (Class C). They can also be used on Cooking oils and Fats, the sodium bicarbonate based agent reacts with fats and greases to form a type of soap which floats on the liquid surface and thus effectively prevents reignition.
b. Potassium Salt based chemicals: they are essentially potassium bicarbonate, potassium chloride and urea-based potassium bicarbonate. All the agents are suitable for Class B and C fires. Generally, salts of potassium are more effective at firefighting Class B fires than sodium salts except where fats and greases are involved.
c. Multipurpose dry chemicals: they are based on monoammonium phosphate and has an effect on Class B and Class C fires similar to the other dry chemicals. Unlike the others it has a considerable effect on Class A fires as the agent, when heated, decomposes to form a molten residue which adheres to heated surfaces and on combustible solid surfaces and this characteristic helps to exclude oxygen.
All dry chemical agents are corrosive to exposed metal surfaces.
2.2
System Design
A fixed system shall hold about 30 seconds supply of dry chemical and sufficient nitrogen, or expellant gas, to blow the piping clean after all the powder has been discharged. The piping arrangement shall also allow the system to be blown out clean in the absence of powder.
Quick opening valves and pressure reducing valves shall be provided on each gas cylinder to supply the expellant gas at the design pressure to the chemical tank. The expellant gas must be moisture free to prevent ice formation and possible line blockage during discharge.
Fixed Dry Chemical systems may be total flooding or local application systems as described below:
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-9)
Rev. No: 1 Page 6 of 12
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 a. Total Flooding: A total flooding system will discharge fine powder into a closed space where there is a permanent enclosure about the hazard. In a total flooding system where forced air ventilation systems are involved the ventilation shall be either shut down and/or closed before or simultaneously with the start of the discharge. Should the unenclosed openings exceed 15% of the total surface area of the enclosure, a local application system shall be used.
b. Local Application: A local application system can be used for specific risks e.g. loading racks.
Hand hose line systems consist of a supply of fluidized dry chemical, a hose and a nozzle and are used to supplement fixed systems or portable extinguishers for the protection of specific hazards. Hand hose stations shall be located where they are easily accessible and safe to reach in a fire situation and they shall have sufficient hose length to reach the most distant hazard to be protected. The nozzles shall be one man operated and incorporate a quick opening and shut off arrangement to control the dry chemical flow.
Dry chemical agents are generally considered to be non-toxic however as with any finely divided material they may produce mild irritation when used in an enclosed area. In total flooding systems where there is a possibility that personnel may be exposed to the discharge safeguards must be provided to ensure prompt evacuation of the location and for the prompt rescue of trapped personnel. Items such as discharge and pre-discharge alarms, respirators and warning signs shall be considered for any installation.
Dry Chemical systems are pre-engineered and proprietary fire protection systems. Design and installation of these systems shall be based on NFPA 17 and Section 3.13 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code.
Inspection, testing, and maintenance activities shall be implemented in accordance with procedures meeting or exceeding those established in NFPA 17 and in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
2.3
Applications
Dry chemical agents are effective on small spill fires. Local application systems may be used for the protection of dip tanks & quenching oil tanks. On refineries the systems are often mounted on the refinery fire vehicles, sometimes in conjunction with a foam system, to provide a twin agent attack facility.
Fixed systems are used on loading and unloading racks, jetties handling LPG and LNG and on offshore platforms.
3
WET CHEMICAL SYSTEM
Wet Chemical Systems are a pre-engineered fire protection solution, and can be Total flooding, Local application type, Hand hose type or combinations. Wet chemical agent fire suppression system can be used for protection of all hazard areas associated with cooking operations, including exhaust hoods, plenums, ductwork and cooking appliances.
The system consists of Cylinder(s) & Valve Assemblies, actuation hardware and distribution nozzles attached to a fixed pipe network. Wet chemical agent works by creating a layer of soap-like substance on the fire surface which absorb heat, holds in vapours and smother a fire which in turn prevents reignition in a process known as saponification.
Cylinder and valve assemblies shall be factory pressurized with dry nitrogen or any other expellant gas. The cylinder and valve assemblies shall be capable of being stored and operated through a minimum temperature range from 0°C to 49°C.
The system control equipment shall be capable of all functions associated with automatically and manually discharging the wet chemical agent from all cylinder and valve assemblies, including automatic shutdown of the fuel and heat source(s), shut down of the air supply, activation of the fire alarm and isolation of electrical power to all protected and other required areas upon system discharge.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-9)
Rev. No: 1 Page 7 of 12
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 The system shall be capable of automatic and manual actuation, either by electrical or mechanical means. All cylinders protecting a single-hazard area must be connected for simultaneous discharge by all methods of system actuation. When automatic electric actuation is utilized, the electric solenoid shall be actuated by a tested and listed compatible control panel. Detection devices and control system shall be part of the listed system as assembly. All detection and releasing circuits shall be supervised and the system shall provide for a secondary power supply calculated, at minimum, according to NFPA and UL standards.
Distribution nozzles shall be equipped with strainers to prevent foreign object from clogging the nozzle orifice. All nozzles shall be equipped with caps to prevent entry of grease and foreign matter into the nozzles and piping.
Design and installation of wet chemical systems shall be based on NFPA 17A and Section 3.12 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code. In addition, requirements of section 6 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4) shall also be followed.
Inspection, testing, and maintenance activities shall be implemented in accordance with procedures meeting or exceeding those established in NFPA 17A and in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
4
CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEM
NOTE: New CO2 systems are not accepted in normally occupied spaces in COMPANY Facilities. CO2 System shall not be used in any buildings that fall in COMPANY Business Area, this is due to the concentrations of CO2 necessary to achieve extinguishment present a serious risk of asphyxiation to any human in the exposed areas. Where there is no alternate system, installation of CO2 shall require approval of the Group Company Technical Authority. Carbon dioxide systems shall be designed and installed and tested in accordance with NFPA 12 requirements.
Inspection, testing, and maintenance activities shall be implemented in accordance with procedures meeting or exceeding those established in NFPA 12 and in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
4.1
System Description and Application
Carbon dioxide does not conduct electricity and can be used on energized electrical equipment. It will not freeze or deteriorate with age. The concentrations of CO2 necessary to achieve extinguishment present a serious risk of asphyxiation to any human in the exposed areas. All such areas require strict access and additional safety alert systems. Although, the design incorporates a suitable time delay (minimum 20 seconds as per NFPA12) to accommodate emergency egress or activation of the abort, CO2 systems are usually provided to protect unmanned critical areas such as gas compressor and gas turbine enclosures.
Fixed CO2 systems may be total flooding or local application systems as described below:
c. Total Flooding Carbon Dioxide Systems: This type of system may be used where there is a permanent enclosure around the area or equipment to be protected that is adequate to enable the required concentration to be built up and to be maintained for the required period of time to ensure complete and permanent fire extinguishment. Examples of areas or equipment that may be successfully protected by total flooding CO2 systems are rooms and enclosed machines spaces.
d. Local Application Carbon Dioxide Systems: This type of system may be used for the extinguishment of surface fires in flammable liquids, gases, and solids where the hazard is not enclosed, such as dip tanks & quench tanks.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-9)
Rev. No: 1 Page 8 of 12
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 5
WATER MIST SYSTEM
5.1
General
There has been an increasing interest in the application of water mist technology in fire protection systems. Water mist offers several advantages over conventional sprinkler technology in some applications. However, there are some concerns with respect to the utilization of standards. Unlike sprinkler system where, for example, reference to NFPA 13 enables a full design to be developed and a fully compliant system to be installed, water mist systems are “project specific” and each particular hazard or occupancy requires its own very specific design. Although NFPA 750 sets out the design criteria for a water mist system, its suitability for a particular fire risk is dependent on there being an acceptable test protocol.
The principal of operation is that the fine water mist droplets have a large surface area and readily absorb heat, evaporating to form steam which has a powerful cooling effect. The steam displaces oxygen and combustible gases, removing another essential component of the fire. The combined effect is to smother the fire, cutting off its oxygen supply and cooling the combustible material and associated gases. Water mist particles absorb far more energy than water droplets from a sprinkler, this is due to atomized water mist droplets expand 1600-1700 times.
5.2
System Description
A water mist system is a fixed fire protection system that uses water to control, suppress or extinguish a fire. The system comprises components for automatic detection and actuation, automatic nozzles attached to a piping system containing water and connected to a water supply and water atomization. At operation, the water mist system discharges a cone of spray containing small water droplets that fills the protected zone with water mist.
Water mist system provides a water spray for which 90% of the flow-weighted cumulative volumetric distribution of water droplets is less than 1000 microns, in other words water droplets with a mean diameter of 1000 microns or less. This value is found at the minimum design operating pressure and is measured in a plane 1 m from the nozzle. An effective water mist system shall generate, distribute, and maintain a concentration of small droplets sufficient for the protection of the fire risk for sufficient time to meet the objective of the protection.
The system shall be capable of automatic and manual actuation, either by electrical, mechanical, or pneumatic means. When a water mist system actuated from electrical detection devices, detection and initiating device(s) and fire alarm systems shall be compatible with the water mist system. Detection devices and control system shall be part of the listed system as assembly. All detection and releasing circuits shall be supervised, powered from an approved primary power supply along with a backup power with a minimum of 24 hours standby (as per project design basis) energy, secondary power supply should be from EDG or equivalent supply.
The interaction of the water mist system with auxiliary functions, i.e. fuel shut off, HVAC control, damper closure, door closure and similar devices, and environmental control systems shall be carefully evaluated to determine which systems shall be shut down and which shall continue to operate when the water mist system is activated. All auxiliary functions shall be considered integral parts of the system.
Audible and visual alarms to actuate upon operation of any of the supervised devices shall be listed and water mist alarm signals shall be distinct from other alarm signals. Trouble/fault alarms shall also be provided and shall be distinctive from those indicating operation of the water mist system.
A water mist system can be classified as either a single fluid or twin fluid (water and atomizing gas) media type. There are three systems available as follows:
a. High Pressure System: where the distribution system piping is exposed to pressures of 34.5 bar (500 psi)
or greater or as per standard.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-9)
Rev. No: 1 Page 9 of 12
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 b.
Intermediate Pressure System: where the distribution system piping is exposed to pressures greater than 12.1 bar (175 psi) but less than 34.5 bar (500 psi).
c. Low Pressure System: where the distribution piping is exposed to pressures of 12.1 bar (175 psi) or less.
In each case the water must be clean, stored in pressurized cylinders and distributed in small bore clean pipework e.g. stainless steel, to ensure no blocking of the atomizing nozzles used.
The hydraulic characteristics of the water mist system can be specified being as either a pre-engineered or engineered type. Engineered Water Mist System is defined as a system that need individual calculation and design to determine the flow rates, nozzle pressures, pipe size, area, or volume protected by each nozzle, discharge density of water mist, the number and types of nozzles, and the nozzle placement in a specific system. Pre- engineered Water Mist Systems are those systems having predetermined flow rates, nozzle pressures, water quantities, specific pipe size and fittings prescribed by a testing laboratory. Based on actual test fires, the hazards protected by these systems are specifically limited as to type and size by a testing laboratory.
Water mist system is characterized by the following factors which influence the performance of the system:
a. Flux Density: is the number of droplets, or mass of water mist per unit volume
b. Drop Size Distribution: it refers to the size range of the droplets in the form of water mist existing within a
representative sample.
c. Spray Momentum: it refers to the mass and velocity of the water droplet.
The relationship between droplet size distribution and extinguishing capacity of a water mist is complex. In general, very fine particles enhance heat absorption and generation of water vapor, while larger drops could assist the spray to penetrate and wet fire seat. The nozzle design is also critical in getting the required spray velocity, cone angle, droplet distribution, etc.
Discharge of a water mist can cause reduction in temperature and visibility. Visibility will return to pre-discharge state when the temperature in the enclosure rises above the dew point temperature. A pre-discharge alarm and time delay can be used to prevent human exposure to the discharge and allow egress from areas with reduced visibility.
Water mist systems are specialized fire protection systems. Design and installation of these systems shall be based on NFPA 750 and Section 3.10 of Chapter 9 of the UAE F&LS Code. In addition, requirements of section 6 of AGES-PH-03-002 (Part 4) shall also be followed.
Inspection, testing, and maintenance activities shall be implemented in accordance with procedures meeting or exceeding those established in NFPA 750 and in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
5.3
Applications
Water mist systems can be applied where available water supply is limited or where the application of water needs to be restricted.
Water mist systems are also used for gas turbine and diesel engine enclosure protection as per manufacture recommendation.
Other potential applications for water mist system include Flammable and combustible liquids: in accordance with NFPA 750, properly designed water mist systems can be effective on both liquid fuel (Class B) and solid fuel (Class A) fires. Research indicates that fine (i.e., smaller than 400 microns) droplets are essential for extinguishing Class B fires, although larger drop sizes are effective for Class A combustibles due to the wetting of the fuel.
Special attention shall be paid to the use of equipment in hazardous classified areas and the appropriate ingress protection (IP) grade.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-9)
Rev. No: 1 Page 10 of 12
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 6
OTHER REQUIREMENTS
6.1
Quality Control and Assurance
Refer to Section 8 of Part 1- General.
6.2
Sub-Contractors
Refer to Section 9 of Part 1- General.
6.3
Painting, Preservation and Shipment
Refer to Section 10 of Part 1- General.
6.4
Documentation
The CONTRACTOR shall submit the type and quantity of drawings and documentation for COMPANY’S authorization or information as listed herein, unless the type and quantity are otherwise specified by the COMPANY.
Mutual agreement between the CONTRACTOR and COMPANY on schedule submittal of drawings and documentation shall be an integral part of any formal Contract Package.
Comments made by COMPANY on drawing submittal shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of any responsibility in meeting the requirements of the specifications. Such comments shall not be construed as permission to deviate from requirements of the Contract Package unless specific and mutual agreement is reached and confirmed in writing. Each drawing shall be provided with a title block in the bottom right-hand corner incorporating the following information:
a. Official trade name of COMPANY.
b. SUB-CONTRACTOR drawing number.
c. Drawing title giving the description of contents whereby the drawing can be identified.
d. A symbol or letter indicating the latest issue or revision.
e. Contract Package reference number, and all items as specified in the respective NFPA Standards with tag
numbers.
Failure to have the required items on the drawings may cause rejection of drawings.
Within ten (10) days after final acceptance, the SUB-CONTRACTOR shall provide five (5) complete bound operation and maintenance instruction manuals for each system to the CONTRACTOR.
Upon completion of each system, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY with four copies of as-built drawings showing actual installation details (As per project documentation requirement). All equipment locations (manual stations, abort switched, alarms, detectors, control panels) shall be shown, as well as exact conduit and piping routing details and agent storage positions. All facilities modifications, including door holder, and damper installations shall be illustrated.
Revisions to drawing shall be identified with symbols adjacent to the alterations, and the authority and date of the revision shall be listed. The term “Latest Revision” shall not be used.
All CONTRACTOR documents and drawings shall strictly follow revision marking (vertical line in right border) along with (strikethrough) for deletion and (underlined) for addition & modifications in hard copy as well as in electronic
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-9)
Rev. No: 1 Page 11 of 12
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777 copy. All documents/drawings shall be submitted showing the last revision and changes/additions made along with a list of item-by- item CONTRACTOR response to COMPANY comments. When COMPANY approves a document with “No Comments”, CONTRACTOR shall issue such documents/drawings as “COMPANY approved issue” (As per project specification). In this issue, the document shall be same as previous submission except that it will only show revised/added version without any revision marks.
CONTRACTOR shall thoroughly review documents to ensure compliance to Project documents/ drawings and shall submit copy to COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR shall ensure SUB-CONTRACTOR (if nominated) utilizes the same drawing format, contents style, presentation, electronic format, as per Project procedures.
The CONTRACTOR is to submit to the COMPANY the following drawings and documents and shall include, as a minimum:
a. Schedule for design, equipment delivery, installation and testing.
b. CONTRACTOR references.
c. PI&Ds and piping isometrics of the system.
d. Plans (including As-Built). Fully dimensioned system layout drawings including linear scale.
e. Equipment descriptions, listings and specifications.
f. Single line diagrams and Electrical cabling diagrams.
g. Flow test (if applicable)
h. Hydraulic calculations.
i. Operation and maintenance instructions.
j.
Installation manuals.
k. Test procedures.
l.
List of spare parts provided
m. VENDORS equipment and CONTRACTORS system warranties.
n. The telephone numbers and addresses of VENDORS.
o. The Number of days to be provided for training
p. Test reports for Material Test certificates
6.5
Guarantees and Performance
See Section 11 in Part 1 – General.
6.6
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance
See Section 12 in Part 1 – General.
AGES-SP-03-002 (Part-9)
Rev. No: 1 Page 12 of 12
All parties consent to this document being signed electronically -PT&CS/GP/INT/2022/5777
Project: Q-32859 - NMDC - Ruwais Folder: RFQ Files